Different building process.

.gitignore

@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
-# Ignore binary files
-bin/
-*.o
+# Ignore CMake files
+CMakeFiles/
+CMakeCache.txt
+cmake_install.cmake
+Makefile
+
+# Ignore the binary
+CastleTour

CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6)
+project(CastleTour)
+
+set(CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS "-Wall -g")
+set(CMAKE_MODULE_PATH ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake_modules)
+
+find_package(Irrlicht)
+if(NOT Irrlicht_FOUND)
+	message(FATAL_ERROR "Package Irrlicht is required, but not found!")
+endif(NOT Irrlicht_FOUND)
+
+include_directories(
+	${IRRLICHT_INCLUDE_DIR}
+)
+
+file(GLOB SRCS src/*.cpp)
+file(GLOB HDRS src/*.hpp)
+
+include_directories(${IRRLICHT_INCLUDE_DIR})
+
+add_executable(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}
+	${SRCS}
+	${HDRS}
+)
+
+target_link_libraries(${CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME}
+	${IRRLICHT_LIBRARY}
+)

Makefile

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-CXX=clang++
-CXXFLAGS= -O3 -Wall
-
-INCLUDES= -Iinclude/irrlicht
-LIBS= -lIrrlicht -lX11 -lGL
-
-MV=mv
-MKDIR=mkdir -p
-RM=rm -rf
-
-main:
-	$(MKDIR) bin
-	$(CXX) $(INCLUDES) -c -o src/main.o src/main.cpp
-	$(CXX) $(INCLUDES) -c -o src/eventReceiver.o src/eventReceiver.cpp
-	$(CXX) $(LIBS) -o bin/castletour src/*.o
-
-clean:
-	$(RM) src/*.o
-	$(RM) bin

README.md

@@ -4,14 +4,13 @@ CastleTour
 This repo is a combination of a few Irrlicht tutorials.
 
 ### Compiling
-The [Makefile](/Makefile) for this project is so far only for Debian Linux (it's all I can test it on). Please make sure you have all the necessary libraries, make sure that Irrlicht is in your _LD Path_, and also make sure you have the __clang++ compiler__ installed. Then, simply run the following:
-```
+This project uses [CMake](http://www.cmake.org/) and has only been tested on a 32-bit Linux computer. To compile this code install Irrlicht (from the repos) and all other necessary libraries (such as OpenGL) and run the following commands:
+```bash
+$ cd build/
+$ cmake ..
 $ make
 ```
-The binary should be in the ```bin``` directory.
-
-### Contributing
-Feel free to add. This is something I'm using to learn Irrlicht, and it would help if I had a better [Makefile](/Makefile) file that could compile on multiple platforms.
+Then, in order to run, use the script [castle-tour.sh](/castle-tour.sh) located in the root directory.
 
 ### License
 Since this really isn't my code but a combination of multiple Irrlicht tutorials, I have licensed this project under the [Unlicense](/LICENSE), because it's kind of like a tutorial.

castle-tour.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+./build/CastleTour

cmake_modules/FindIrrlicht.cmake

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+find_path(IRRLICHT_INCLUDE_DIR irrlicht/irrlicht.h
+	PATHS ${IRRDIR}/include
+	PATH_SUFFIXES irrlicht
+)
+
+message(STATUS "IRRLICHT_INCLUDE_DIR = ${IRRLICHT_INCLUDE_DIR}")
+
+find_library(IRRLICHT_LIBRARY NAMES libIrrlicht.so
+	PATHS $ENV{IRRDIR}/lib
+)
+
+
+message(STATUS "IRRLICHT_LIBRARY = ${IRRLICHT_LIBRARY}")
+
+if(IRRLICHT_INCLUDE_DIR AND IRRLICHT_LIBRARY)
+	set(Irrlicht_FOUND true)
+endif(IRRLICHT_INCLUDE_DIR AND IRRLICHT_LIBRARY)

include/irrlicht/CDynamicMeshBuffer.h

@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __C_DYNAMIC_MESHBUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __C_DYNAMIC_MESHBUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IDynamicMeshBuffer.h"
-
-#include "CVertexBuffer.h"
-#include "CIndexBuffer.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	class CDynamicMeshBuffer: public IDynamicMeshBuffer
-	{
-	public:
-		//! constructor
-		CDynamicMeshBuffer(video::E_VERTEX_TYPE vertexType, video::E_INDEX_TYPE indexType)
-		{
-			VertexBuffer=new CVertexBuffer(vertexType);
-			IndexBuffer=new CIndexBuffer(indexType);
-		}
-
-		//! destructor
-		virtual ~CDynamicMeshBuffer()
-		{
-			if (VertexBuffer)
-				VertexBuffer->drop();
-			if (IndexBuffer)
-				IndexBuffer->drop();
-		}
-
-		virtual IVertexBuffer& getVertexBuffer() const
-		{
-			return *VertexBuffer;
-		}
-
-		virtual IIndexBuffer& getIndexBuffer() const
-		{
-			return *IndexBuffer;
-		}
-
-		virtual void setVertexBuffer(IVertexBuffer *newVertexBuffer)
-		{
-			if (newVertexBuffer)
-				newVertexBuffer->grab();
-			if (VertexBuffer)
-				VertexBuffer->drop();
-
-			VertexBuffer=newVertexBuffer;
-		}
-
-		virtual void setIndexBuffer(IIndexBuffer *newIndexBuffer)
-		{
-			if (newIndexBuffer)
-				newIndexBuffer->grab();
-			if (IndexBuffer)
-				IndexBuffer->drop();
-
-			IndexBuffer=newIndexBuffer;
-		}
-
-		//! Get Material of this buffer.
-		virtual const video::SMaterial& getMaterial() const
-		{
-			return Material;
-		}
-
-		//! Get Material of this buffer.
-		virtual video::SMaterial& getMaterial()
-		{
-			return Material;
-		}
-
-		//! Get bounding box
-		virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox() const
-		{
-			return BoundingBox;
-		}
-
-		//! Set bounding box
-		virtual void setBoundingBox( const core::aabbox3df& box)
-		{
-			BoundingBox = box;
-		}
-
-		//! Recalculate bounding box
-		virtual void recalculateBoundingBox()
-		{
-			if (!getVertexBuffer().size())
-				BoundingBox.reset(0,0,0);
-			else
-			{
-				BoundingBox.reset(getVertexBuffer()[0].Pos);
-				for (u32 i=1; i<getVertexBuffer().size(); ++i)
-					BoundingBox.addInternalPoint(getVertexBuffer()[i].Pos);
-			}
-		}
-
-		video::SMaterial Material;
-		core::aabbox3d<f32> BoundingBox;
-	private:
-		IVertexBuffer *VertexBuffer;
-		IIndexBuffer *IndexBuffer;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/CIndexBuffer.h

@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __C_INDEX_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __C_INDEX_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IIndexBuffer.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	class CIndexBuffer : public IIndexBuffer
-	{
-
-		class IIndexList
-		{
-		public:
-			virtual ~IIndexList(){};
-
-			virtual u32 stride() const =0;
-			virtual u32 size() const =0;
-			virtual void push_back(const u32 &element) =0;
-			virtual u32 operator [](u32 index) const =0;
-			virtual u32 getLast() =0;
-			virtual void setValue(u32 index, u32 value) =0;
-			virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow) =0;
-			virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size) =0;
-			virtual u32 allocated_size() const =0;
-			virtual void* pointer() =0;
-			virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getType() const =0;
-		};
-
-		template <class T>
-		class CSpecificIndexList : public IIndexList
-		{
-		public:
-			core::array<T> Indices;
-
-			virtual u32 stride() const {return sizeof(T);}
-
-			virtual u32 size() const {return Indices.size();}
-
-			virtual void push_back(const u32 &element)
-			{
-				// push const ref due to compiler problem with gcc 4.6, big endian
-				Indices.push_back((const T&)element);
-			}
-
-			virtual u32 operator [](u32 index) const
-			{
-				return (u32)(Indices[index]);
-			}
-
-			virtual u32 getLast() {return (u32)Indices.getLast();}
-
-			virtual void setValue(u32 index, u32 value)
-			{
-				Indices[index]=(T)value;
-			}
-
-			virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow)
-			{
-				Indices.set_used(usedNow);
-			}
-
-			virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size)
-			{
-				Indices.reallocate(new_size);
-			}
-
-			virtual u32 allocated_size() const
-			{
-				return Indices.allocated_size();
-			}
-
-			virtual void* pointer() {return Indices.pointer();}
-
-			virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getType() const
-			{
-				if (sizeof(T)==sizeof(u16))
-					return video::EIT_16BIT;
-				else
-					return video::EIT_32BIT;
-			}
-		};
-
-	public:
-		IIndexList *Indices;
-
-		CIndexBuffer(video::E_INDEX_TYPE IndexType) :Indices(0), MappingHint(EHM_NEVER), ChangedID(1)
-		{
-			setType(IndexType);
-		}
-
-		CIndexBuffer(const IIndexBuffer &IndexBufferCopy) :Indices(0), MappingHint(EHM_NEVER), ChangedID(1)
-		{
-			setType(IndexBufferCopy.getType());
-			reallocate(IndexBufferCopy.size());
-
-			for (u32 n=0;n<IndexBufferCopy.size();++n)
-				push_back(IndexBufferCopy[n]);
-		}
-
-		virtual ~CIndexBuffer()
-		{
-			delete Indices;
-		}
-
-		//virtual void setType(video::E_INDEX_TYPE IndexType);
-		virtual void setType(video::E_INDEX_TYPE IndexType)
-		{
-			IIndexList *NewIndices=0;
-
-			switch (IndexType)
-			{
-				case video::EIT_16BIT:
-				{
-					NewIndices=new CSpecificIndexList<u16>;
-					break;
-				}
-				case video::EIT_32BIT:
-				{
-					NewIndices=new CSpecificIndexList<u32>;
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-
-			if (Indices)
-			{
-				NewIndices->reallocate( Indices->size() );
-
-				for(u32 n=0;n<Indices->size();++n)
-					NewIndices->push_back((*Indices)[n]);
-
-				delete Indices;
-			}
-
-			Indices=NewIndices;
-		}
-
-		virtual void* getData() {return Indices->pointer();}
-
-		virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getType() const {return Indices->getType();}
-
-		virtual u32 stride() const {return Indices->stride();}
-
-		virtual u32 size() const
-		{
-			return Indices->size();
-		}
-
-		virtual void push_back(const u32 &element)
-		{
-			Indices->push_back(element);
-		}
-
-		virtual u32 operator [](u32 index) const
-		{
-			return (*Indices)[index];
-		}
-
-		virtual u32 getLast()
-		{
-			return Indices->getLast();
-		}
-
-		virtual void setValue(u32 index, u32 value)
-		{
-			Indices->setValue(index, value);
-		}
-
-		virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow)
-		{
-			Indices->set_used(usedNow);
-		}
-
-		virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size)
-		{
-			Indices->reallocate(new_size);
-		}
-
-		virtual u32 allocated_size() const
-		{
-			return Indices->allocated_size();
-		}
-
-		virtual void* pointer()
-		{
-			return Indices->pointer();
-		}
-
-		//! get the current hardware mapping hint
-		virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint() const
-		{
-			return MappingHint;
-		}
-
-		//! set the hardware mapping hint, for driver
-		virtual void setHardwareMappingHint( E_HARDWARE_MAPPING NewMappingHint )
-		{
-			MappingHint=NewMappingHint;
-		}
-
-		//! flags the mesh as changed, reloads hardware buffers
-		virtual void setDirty()
-		{
-			++ChangedID;
-		}
-
-		//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
-		/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
-		virtual u32 getChangedID() const {return ChangedID;}
-
-		E_HARDWARE_MAPPING MappingHint;
-		u32 ChangedID;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/CMeshBuffer.h

@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __T_MESH_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __T_MESH_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "irrArray.h"
-#include "IMeshBuffer.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-	//! Template implementation of the IMeshBuffer interface
-	template <class T>
-	class CMeshBuffer : public IMeshBuffer
-	{
-	public:
-		//! Default constructor for empty meshbuffer
-		CMeshBuffer():ChangedID_Vertex(1),ChangedID_Index(1),MappingHint_Vertex(EHM_NEVER), MappingHint_Index(EHM_NEVER)
-		{
-			#ifdef _DEBUG
-			setDebugName("SMeshBuffer");
-			#endif
-		}
-
-
-		//! Get material of this meshbuffer
-		/** \return Material of this buffer */
-		virtual const video::SMaterial& getMaterial() const
-		{
-			return Material;
-		}
-
-
-		//! Get material of this meshbuffer
-		/** \return Material of this buffer */
-		virtual video::SMaterial& getMaterial()
-		{
-			return Material;
-		}
-
-
-		//! Get pointer to vertices
-		/** \return Pointer to vertices. */
-		virtual const void* getVertices() const
-		{
-			return Vertices.const_pointer();
-		}
-
-
-		//! Get pointer to vertices
-		/** \return Pointer to vertices. */
-		virtual void* getVertices()
-		{
-			return Vertices.pointer();
-		}
-
-
-		//! Get number of vertices
-		/** \return Number of vertices. */
-		virtual u32 getVertexCount() const
-		{
-			return Vertices.size();
-		}
-
-		//! Get type of index data which is stored in this meshbuffer.
-		/** \return Index type of this buffer. */
-		virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getIndexType() const
-		{
-			return video::EIT_16BIT;
-		}
-
-		//! Get pointer to indices
-		/** \return Pointer to indices. */
-		virtual const u16* getIndices() const
-		{
-			return Indices.const_pointer();
-		}
-
-
-		//! Get pointer to indices
-		/** \return Pointer to indices. */
-		virtual u16* getIndices()
-		{
-			return Indices.pointer();
-		}
-
-
-		//! Get number of indices
-		/** \return Number of indices. */
-		virtual u32 getIndexCount() const
-		{
-			return Indices.size();
-		}
-
-
-		//! Get the axis aligned bounding box
-		/** \return Axis aligned bounding box of this buffer. */
-		virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox() const
-		{
-			return BoundingBox;
-		}
-
-
-		//! Set the axis aligned bounding box
-		/** \param box New axis aligned bounding box for this buffer. */
-		//! set user axis aligned bounding box
-		virtual void setBoundingBox(const core::aabbox3df& box)
-		{
-			BoundingBox = box;
-		}
-
-
-		//! Recalculate the bounding box.
-		/** should be called if the mesh changed. */
-		virtual void recalculateBoundingBox()
-		{
-			if (Vertices.empty())
-				BoundingBox.reset(0,0,0);
-			else
-			{
-				BoundingBox.reset(Vertices[0].Pos);
-				for (u32 i=1; i<Vertices.size(); ++i)
-					BoundingBox.addInternalPoint(Vertices[i].Pos);
-			}
-		}
-
-
-		//! Get type of vertex data stored in this buffer.
-		/** \return Type of vertex data. */
-		virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getVertexType() const
-		{
-			return T().getType();
-		}
-
-		//! returns position of vertex i
-		virtual const core::vector3df& getPosition(u32 i) const
-		{
-			return Vertices[i].Pos;
-		}
-
-		//! returns position of vertex i
-		virtual core::vector3df& getPosition(u32 i)
-		{
-			return Vertices[i].Pos;
-		}
-
-		//! returns normal of vertex i
-		virtual const core::vector3df& getNormal(u32 i) const
-		{
-			return Vertices[i].Normal;
-		}
-
-		//! returns normal of vertex i
-		virtual core::vector3df& getNormal(u32 i)
-		{
-			return Vertices[i].Normal;
-		}
-
-		//! returns texture coord of vertex i
-		virtual const core::vector2df& getTCoords(u32 i) const
-		{
-			return Vertices[i].TCoords;
-		}
-
-		//! returns texture coord of vertex i
-		virtual core::vector2df& getTCoords(u32 i)
-		{
-			return Vertices[i].TCoords;
-		}
-
-
-		//! Append the vertices and indices to the current buffer
-		/** Only works for compatible types, i.e. either the same type
-		or the main buffer is of standard type. Otherwise, behavior is
-		undefined.
-		*/
-		virtual void append(const void* const vertices, u32 numVertices, const u16* const indices, u32 numIndices)
-		{
-			if (vertices == getVertices())
-				return;
-
-			const u32 vertexCount = getVertexCount();
-			u32 i;
-
-			Vertices.reallocate(vertexCount+numVertices);
-			for (i=0; i<numVertices; ++i)
-			{
-				Vertices.push_back(reinterpret_cast<const T*>(vertices)[i]);
-				BoundingBox.addInternalPoint(reinterpret_cast<const T*>(vertices)[i].Pos);
-			}
-
-			Indices.reallocate(getIndexCount()+numIndices);
-			for (i=0; i<numIndices; ++i)
-			{
-				Indices.push_back(indices[i]+vertexCount);
-			}
-		}
-
-
-		//! Append the meshbuffer to the current buffer
-		/** Only works for compatible types, i.e. either the same type
-		or the main buffer is of standard type. Otherwise, behavior is
-		undefined.
-		\param other Meshbuffer to be appended to this one.
-		*/
-		virtual void append(const IMeshBuffer* const other)
-		{
-			/*
-			if (this==other)
-				return;
-
-			const u32 vertexCount = getVertexCount();
-			u32 i;
-
-			Vertices.reallocate(vertexCount+other->getVertexCount());
-			for (i=0; i<other->getVertexCount(); ++i)
-			{
-				Vertices.push_back(reinterpret_cast<const T*>(other->getVertices())[i]);
-			}
-
-			Indices.reallocate(getIndexCount()+other->getIndexCount());
-			for (i=0; i<other->getIndexCount(); ++i)
-			{
-				Indices.push_back(other->getIndices()[i]+vertexCount);
-			}
-			BoundingBox.addInternalBox(other->getBoundingBox());
-			*/
-		}
-
-
-		//! get the current hardware mapping hint
-		virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint_Vertex() const
-		{
-			return MappingHint_Vertex;
-		}
-
-		//! get the current hardware mapping hint
-		virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint_Index() const
-		{
-			return MappingHint_Index;
-		}
-
-		//! set the hardware mapping hint, for driver
-		virtual void setHardwareMappingHint( E_HARDWARE_MAPPING NewMappingHint, E_BUFFER_TYPE Buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX )
-		{
-			if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_VERTEX)
-				MappingHint_Vertex=NewMappingHint;
-			if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_INDEX)
-				MappingHint_Index=NewMappingHint;
-		}
-
-
-		//! flags the mesh as changed, reloads hardware buffers
-		virtual void setDirty(E_BUFFER_TYPE Buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX)
-		{
-			if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX ||Buffer==EBT_VERTEX)
-				++ChangedID_Vertex;
-			if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_INDEX)
-				++ChangedID_Index;
-		}
-
-		//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
-		/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
-		virtual u32 getChangedID_Vertex() const {return ChangedID_Vertex;}
-
-		//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
-		/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
-		virtual u32 getChangedID_Index() const {return ChangedID_Index;}
-
-		u32 ChangedID_Vertex;
-		u32 ChangedID_Index;
-
-		//! hardware mapping hint
-		E_HARDWARE_MAPPING MappingHint_Vertex;
-		E_HARDWARE_MAPPING MappingHint_Index;
-
-		//! Material for this meshbuffer.
-		video::SMaterial Material;
-		//! Vertices of this buffer
-		core::array<T> Vertices;
-		//! Indices into the vertices of this buffer.
-		core::array<u16> Indices;
-		//! Bounding box of this meshbuffer.
-		core::aabbox3d<f32> BoundingBox;
-	};
-
-	//! Standard meshbuffer
-	typedef CMeshBuffer<video::S3DVertex> SMeshBuffer;
-	//! Meshbuffer with two texture coords per vertex, e.g. for lightmaps
-	typedef CMeshBuffer<video::S3DVertex2TCoords> SMeshBufferLightMap;
-	//! Meshbuffer with vertices having tangents stored, e.g. for normal mapping
-	typedef CMeshBuffer<video::S3DVertexTangents> SMeshBufferTangents;
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-
-

include/irrlicht/CVertexBuffer.h

@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __C_VERTEX_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __C_VERTEX_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IVertexBuffer.h"
-
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	class CVertexBuffer : public IVertexBuffer
-	{
-		class IVertexList
-		{
-		public:
-			virtual ~IVertexList(){};
-
-			virtual u32 stride() const =0;
-
-			virtual u32 size() const =0;
-
-			virtual void push_back (const video::S3DVertex &element) =0;
-			virtual video::S3DVertex& operator [](const u32 index) const =0;
-			virtual video::S3DVertex& getLast() =0;
-			virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow) =0;
-			virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size) =0;
-			virtual u32 allocated_size() const =0;
-			virtual video::S3DVertex* pointer() =0;
-			virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getType() const =0;
-		};
-
-		template <class T>
-		class CSpecificVertexList : public IVertexList
-		{
-		public:
-			core::array<T> Vertices;
-
-			virtual u32 stride() const {return sizeof(T);}
-
-			virtual u32 size() const {return Vertices.size();}
-
-			virtual void push_back (const video::S3DVertex &element)
-			{Vertices.push_back((T&)element);}
-
-			virtual video::S3DVertex& operator [](const u32 index) const
-			{return (video::S3DVertex&)Vertices[index];}
-
-			virtual video::S3DVertex& getLast()
-			{return (video::S3DVertex&)Vertices.getLast();}
-
-			virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow)
-			{Vertices.set_used(usedNow);}
-
-			virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size)
-			{Vertices.reallocate(new_size);}
-
-			virtual u32 allocated_size() const
-			{
-				return Vertices.allocated_size();
-			}
-
-			virtual video::S3DVertex* pointer() {return Vertices.pointer();}
-
-			virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getType() const {return T().getType();}
-		};
-
-	public:
-		IVertexList *Vertices;
-
-		CVertexBuffer(video::E_VERTEX_TYPE vertexType) : Vertices(0),
-				MappingHint(EHM_NEVER), ChangedID(1)
-		{
-			setType(vertexType);
-		}
-
-		CVertexBuffer(const IVertexBuffer &VertexBufferCopy) :
-				Vertices(0), MappingHint(EHM_NEVER),
-				ChangedID(1)
-		{
-			setType(VertexBufferCopy.getType());
-			reallocate(VertexBufferCopy.size());
-
-			for (u32 n=0;n<VertexBufferCopy.size();++n)
-				push_back(VertexBufferCopy[n]);
-		}
-
-		virtual ~CVertexBuffer()
-		{
-			delete Vertices;
-		}
-
-
-		virtual void setType(video::E_VERTEX_TYPE vertexType)
-		{
-			IVertexList *NewVertices=0;
-
-			switch (vertexType)
-			{
-				case video::EVT_STANDARD:
-				{
-					NewVertices=new CSpecificVertexList<video::S3DVertex>;
-					break;
-				}
-				case video::EVT_2TCOORDS:
-				{
-					NewVertices=new CSpecificVertexList<video::S3DVertex2TCoords>;
-					break;
-				}
-				case video::EVT_TANGENTS:
-				{
-					NewVertices=new CSpecificVertexList<video::S3DVertexTangents>;
-					break;
-				}
-			}
-			if (Vertices)
-			{
-				NewVertices->reallocate( Vertices->size() );
-
-				for(u32 n=0;n<Vertices->size();++n)
-					NewVertices->push_back((*Vertices)[n]);
-
-				delete Vertices;
-			}
-
-			Vertices=NewVertices;
-		}
-
-		virtual void* getData() {return Vertices->pointer();}
-
-		virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getType() const {return Vertices->getType();}
-
-		virtual u32 stride() const {return Vertices->stride();}
-
-		virtual u32 size() const
-		{
-			return Vertices->size();
-		}
-
-		virtual void push_back (const video::S3DVertex &element)
-		{
-			Vertices->push_back(element);
-		}
-
-		virtual video::S3DVertex& operator [](const u32 index) const
-		{
-			return (*Vertices)[index];
-		}
-
-		virtual video::S3DVertex& getLast()
-		{
-			return Vertices->getLast();
-		}
-
-		virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow)
-		{
-			Vertices->set_used(usedNow);
-		}
-
-		virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size)
-		{
-			Vertices->reallocate(new_size);
-		}
-
-		virtual u32 allocated_size() const
-		{
-			return Vertices->allocated_size();
-		}
-
-		virtual video::S3DVertex* pointer()
-		{
-			return Vertices->pointer();
-		}
-
-		//! get the current hardware mapping hint
-		virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint() const
-		{
-			return MappingHint;
-		}
-
-		//! set the hardware mapping hint, for driver
-		virtual void setHardwareMappingHint( E_HARDWARE_MAPPING NewMappingHint )
-		{
-			MappingHint=NewMappingHint;
-		}
-
-		//! flags the mesh as changed, reloads hardware buffers
-		virtual void setDirty()
-		{
-			++ChangedID;
-		}
-
-		//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
-		/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
-		virtual u32 getChangedID() const {return ChangedID;}
-
-		E_HARDWARE_MAPPING MappingHint;
-		u32 ChangedID;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/EAttributes.h

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_ATTRIBUTES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_ATTRIBUTES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace io
-{
-
-//! Types of attributes available for IAttributes
-enum E_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE
-{
-	// integer attribute
-	EAT_INT = 0,
-
-	// float attribute
-	EAT_FLOAT,
-
-	// string attribute
-	EAT_STRING,
-
-	// boolean attribute
-	EAT_BOOL,
-
-	// enumeration attribute
-	EAT_ENUM,
-
-	// color attribute
-	EAT_COLOR,
-
-	// floating point color attribute
-	EAT_COLORF,
-
-	// 3d vector attribute
-	EAT_VECTOR3D,
-
-	// 2d position attribute
-	EAT_POSITION2D,
-
-	// vector 2d attribute
-	EAT_VECTOR2D,
-
-	// rectangle attribute
-	EAT_RECT,
-
-	// matrix attribute
-	EAT_MATRIX,
-
-	// quaternion attribute
-	EAT_QUATERNION,
-
-	// 3d bounding box
-	EAT_BBOX,
-
-	// plane
-	EAT_PLANE,
-
-	// 3d triangle
-	EAT_TRIANGLE3D,
-
-	// line 2d
-	EAT_LINE2D,
-
-	// line 3d
-	EAT_LINE3D,
-
-	// array of stringws attribute
-	EAT_STRINGWARRAY,
-
-	// array of float
-	EAT_FLOATARRAY,
-
-	// array of int
-	EAT_INTARRAY,
-
-	// binary data attribute
-	EAT_BINARY,
-
-	// texture reference attribute
-	EAT_TEXTURE,
-
-	// user pointer void*
-	EAT_USER_POINTER,
-
-	// dimension attribute
-	EAT_DIMENSION2D,
-
-	// known attribute type count
-	EAT_COUNT,
-
-	// unknown attribute
-	EAT_UNKNOWN
-};
-
-} // end namespace io
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif

include/irrlicht/ECullingTypes.h

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_CULLING_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_CULLING_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "irrTypes.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	//! An enumeration for all types of automatic culling for built-in scene nodes
-	enum E_CULLING_TYPE
-	{
-		EAC_OFF = 0,
-		EAC_BOX = 1,
-		EAC_FRUSTUM_BOX = 2,
-		EAC_FRUSTUM_SPHERE = 4,
-		EAC_OCC_QUERY = 8
-	};
-
-	//! Names for culling type
-	const c8* const AutomaticCullingNames[] =
-	{
-		"false",
-		"box",			// camera box against node box
-		"frustum_box",		// camera frustum against node box
-		"frustum_sphere",	// camera frustum against node sphere
-		"occ_query",	// occlusion query
-		0
-	};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif // __E_CULLING_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/EDebugSceneTypes.h

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_DEBUG_SCENE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_DEBUG_SCENE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	//! An enumeration for all types of debug data for built-in scene nodes (flags)
-	enum E_DEBUG_SCENE_TYPE
-	{
-		//! No Debug Data ( Default )
-		EDS_OFF = 0,
-
-		//! Show Bounding Boxes of SceneNode
-		EDS_BBOX = 1,
-
-		//! Show Vertex Normals
-		EDS_NORMALS = 2,
-
-		//! Shows Skeleton/Tags
-		EDS_SKELETON = 4,
-
-		//! Overlays Mesh Wireframe
-		EDS_MESH_WIRE_OVERLAY = 8,
-
-		//! Temporary use transparency Material Type
-		EDS_HALF_TRANSPARENCY = 16,
-
-		//! Show Bounding Boxes of all MeshBuffers
-		EDS_BBOX_BUFFERS = 32,
-
-		//! EDS_BBOX | EDS_BBOX_BUFFERS
-		EDS_BBOX_ALL = EDS_BBOX | EDS_BBOX_BUFFERS,
-
-		//! Show all debug infos
-		EDS_FULL = 0xffffffff
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif // __E_DEBUG_SCENE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/EDeviceTypes.h

@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_DEVICE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_DEVICE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-namespace irr
-{
-
-	//! An enum for the different device types supported by the Irrlicht Engine.
-	enum E_DEVICE_TYPE
-	{
-
-		//! A device native to Microsoft Windows
-		/** This device uses the Win32 API and works in all versions of Windows. */
-		EIDT_WIN32,
-
-		//! A device native to Windows CE devices
-		/** This device works on Windows Mobile, Pocket PC and Microsoft SmartPhone devices */
-		EIDT_WINCE,
-
-		//! A device native to Unix style operating systems.
-		/** This device uses the X11 windowing system and works in Linux, Solaris, FreeBSD, OSX and
-		other operating systems which support X11. */
-		EIDT_X11,
-
-		//! A device native to Mac OSX
-		/** This device uses Apple's Cocoa API and works in Mac OSX 10.2 and above. */
-		EIDT_OSX,
-
-		//! A device which uses Simple DirectMedia Layer
-		/** The SDL device works under all platforms supported by SDL but first must be compiled
-		in by defining the IRR_USE_SDL_DEVICE macro in IrrCompileConfig.h */
-		EIDT_SDL,
-
-		//! A device for raw framebuffer access
-		/** Best used with embedded devices and mobile systems.
-		Does not need X11 or other graphical subsystems.
-		May support hw-acceleration via OpenGL-ES for FBDirect */
-		EIDT_FRAMEBUFFER,
-
-		//! A simple text only device supported by all platforms.
-		/** This device allows applications to run from the command line without opening a window.
-		It can render the output of the software drivers to the console as ASCII. It only supports
-		mouse and keyboard in Windows operating systems. */
-		EIDT_CONSOLE,
-
-		//! This selection allows Irrlicht to choose the best device from the ones available.
-		/** If this selection is chosen then Irrlicht will try to use the IrrlichtDevice native
-		to your operating system. If this is unavailable then the X11, SDL and then console device
-		will be tried. This ensures that Irrlicht will run even if your platform is unsupported,
-		although it may not be able to render anything. */
-		EIDT_BEST
-	};
-
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif // __E_DEVICE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/EDriverFeatures.h

@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_DRIVER_FEATURES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_DRIVER_FEATURES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace video
-{
-
-	//! enumeration for querying features of the video driver.
-	enum E_VIDEO_DRIVER_FEATURE
-	{
-		//! Is driver able to render to a surface?
-		EVDF_RENDER_TO_TARGET = 0,
-
-		//! Is hardeware transform and lighting supported?
-		EVDF_HARDWARE_TL,
-
-		//! Are multiple textures per material possible?
-		EVDF_MULTITEXTURE,
-
-		//! Is driver able to render with a bilinear filter applied?
-		EVDF_BILINEAR_FILTER,
-
-		//! Can the driver handle mip maps?
-		EVDF_MIP_MAP,
-
-		//! Can the driver update mip maps automatically?
-		EVDF_MIP_MAP_AUTO_UPDATE,
-
-		//! Are stencilbuffers switched on and does the device support stencil buffers?
-		EVDF_STENCIL_BUFFER,
-
-		//! Is Vertex Shader 1.1 supported?
-		EVDF_VERTEX_SHADER_1_1,
-
-		//! Is Vertex Shader 2.0 supported?
-		EVDF_VERTEX_SHADER_2_0,
-
-		//! Is Vertex Shader 3.0 supported?
-		EVDF_VERTEX_SHADER_3_0,
-
-		//! Is Pixel Shader 1.1 supported?
-		EVDF_PIXEL_SHADER_1_1,
-
-		//! Is Pixel Shader 1.2 supported?
-		EVDF_PIXEL_SHADER_1_2,
-
-		//! Is Pixel Shader 1.3 supported?
-		EVDF_PIXEL_SHADER_1_3,
-
-		//! Is Pixel Shader 1.4 supported?
-		EVDF_PIXEL_SHADER_1_4,
-
-		//! Is Pixel Shader 2.0 supported?
-		EVDF_PIXEL_SHADER_2_0,
-
-		//! Is Pixel Shader 3.0 supported?
-		EVDF_PIXEL_SHADER_3_0,
-
-		//! Are ARB vertex programs v1.0 supported?
-		EVDF_ARB_VERTEX_PROGRAM_1,
-
-		//! Are ARB fragment programs v1.0 supported?
-		EVDF_ARB_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_1,
-
-		//! Is GLSL supported?
-		EVDF_ARB_GLSL,
-
-		//! Is HLSL supported?
-		EVDF_HLSL,
-
-		//! Are non-square textures supported?
-		EVDF_TEXTURE_NSQUARE,
-
-		//! Are non-power-of-two textures supported?
-		EVDF_TEXTURE_NPOT,
-
-		//! Are framebuffer objects supported?
-		EVDF_FRAMEBUFFER_OBJECT,
-
-		//! Are vertex buffer objects supported?
-		EVDF_VERTEX_BUFFER_OBJECT,
-
-		//! Supports Alpha To Coverage
-		EVDF_ALPHA_TO_COVERAGE,
-
-		//! Supports Color masks (disabling color planes in output)
-		EVDF_COLOR_MASK,
-
-		//! Supports multiple render targets at once
-		EVDF_MULTIPLE_RENDER_TARGETS,
-
-		//! Supports separate blend settings for multiple render targets
-		EVDF_MRT_BLEND,
-
-		//! Supports separate color masks for multiple render targets
-		EVDF_MRT_COLOR_MASK,
-
-		//! Supports separate blend functions for multiple render targets
-		EVDF_MRT_BLEND_FUNC,
-
-		//! Supports geometry shaders
-		EVDF_GEOMETRY_SHADER,
-
-		//! Supports occlusion queries
-		EVDF_OCCLUSION_QUERY,
-
-		//! Supports polygon offset/depth bias for avoiding z-fighting
-		EVDF_POLYGON_OFFSET,
-
-		//! Support for different blend functions. Without, only ADD is available
-		EVDF_BLEND_OPERATIONS,
-
-		//! Support for texture coord transformation via texture matrix
-		EVDF_TEXTURE_MATRIX,
-
-		//! Support for NVidia's CG shader language
-		EVDF_CG,
-
-		//! Only used for counting the elements of this enum
-		EVDF_COUNT
-	};
-
-} // end namespace video
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/EDriverTypes.h

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_DRIVER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_DRIVER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace video
-{
-
-	//! An enum for all types of drivers the Irrlicht Engine supports.
-	enum E_DRIVER_TYPE
-	{
-		//! Null driver, useful for applications to run the engine without visualisation.
-		/** The null device is able to load textures, but does not
-		render and display any graphics. */
-		EDT_NULL,
-
-		//! The Irrlicht Engine Software renderer.
-		/** Runs on all platforms, with every hardware. It should only
-		be used for 2d graphics, but it can also perform some primitive
-		3d functions. These 3d drawing functions are quite fast, but
-		very inaccurate, and don't even support clipping in 3D mode. */
-		EDT_SOFTWARE,
-
-		//! The Burning's Software Renderer, an alternative software renderer
-		/** Basically it can be described as the Irrlicht Software
-		renderer on steroids. It rasterizes 3D geometry perfectly: It
-		is able to perform correct 3d clipping, perspective correct
-		texture mapping, perspective correct color mapping, and renders
-		sub pixel correct, sub texel correct primitives. In addition,
-		it does bilinear texel filtering and supports more materials
-		than the EDT_SOFTWARE driver. This renderer has been written
-		entirely by Thomas Alten, thanks a lot for this huge
-		contribution. */
-		EDT_BURNINGSVIDEO,
-
-		//! Direct3D8 device, only available on Win32 platforms.
-		/** Performs hardware accelerated rendering of 3D and 2D
-		primitives. */
-		EDT_DIRECT3D8,
-
-		//! Direct3D 9 device, only available on Win32 platforms.
-		/** Performs hardware accelerated rendering of 3D and 2D
-		primitives. */
-		EDT_DIRECT3D9,
-
-		//! OpenGL device, available on most platforms.
-		/** Performs hardware accelerated rendering of 3D and 2D
-		primitives. */
-		EDT_OPENGL,
-
-		//! No driver, just for counting the elements
-		EDT_COUNT
-	};
-
-} // end namespace video
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/EGUIAlignment.h

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_GUI_ALIGNMENT_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_GUI_ALIGNMENT_H_INCLUDED__
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-enum EGUI_ALIGNMENT
-{
-	//! Aligned to parent's top or left side (default)
-	EGUIA_UPPERLEFT=0,
-	//! Aligned to parent's bottom or right side
-	EGUIA_LOWERRIGHT,
-	//! Aligned to the center of parent
-	EGUIA_CENTER,
-	//! Stretched to fit parent
-	EGUIA_SCALE
-};
-
-//! Names for alignments
-const c8* const GUIAlignmentNames[] =
-{
-	"upperLeft",
-	"lowerRight",
-	"center",
-	"scale",
-	0
-};
-
-} // namespace gui
-} // namespace irr
-
-#endif // __E_GUI_ALIGNMENT_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/EGUIElementTypes.h

@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_GUI_ELEMENT_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_GUI_ELEMENT_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "irrTypes.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-
-//! List of all basic Irrlicht GUI elements.
-/** An IGUIElement returns this when calling IGUIElement::getType(); */
-enum EGUI_ELEMENT_TYPE
-{
-	//! A button (IGUIButton)
-	EGUIET_BUTTON = 0,
-
-	//! A check box (IGUICheckBox)
-	EGUIET_CHECK_BOX,
-
-	//! A combo box (IGUIComboBox)
-	EGUIET_COMBO_BOX,
-
-	//! A context menu (IGUIContextMenu)
-	EGUIET_CONTEXT_MENU,
-
-	//! A menu (IGUIMenu)
-	EGUIET_MENU,
-
-	//! An edit box (IGUIEditBox)
-	EGUIET_EDIT_BOX,
-
-	//! A file open dialog (IGUIFileOpenDialog)
-	EGUIET_FILE_OPEN_DIALOG,
-
-	//! A color select open dialog (IGUIColorSelectDialog)
-	EGUIET_COLOR_SELECT_DIALOG,
-
-	//! A in/out fader (IGUIInOutFader)
-	EGUIET_IN_OUT_FADER,
-
-	//! An image (IGUIImage)
-	EGUIET_IMAGE,
-
-	//! A list box (IGUIListBox)
-	EGUIET_LIST_BOX,
-
-	//! A mesh viewer (IGUIMeshViewer)
-	EGUIET_MESH_VIEWER,
-
-	//! A message box (IGUIWindow)
-	EGUIET_MESSAGE_BOX,
-
-	//! A modal screen
-	EGUIET_MODAL_SCREEN,
-
-	//! A scroll bar (IGUIScrollBar)
-	EGUIET_SCROLL_BAR,
-
-	//! A spin box (IGUISpinBox)
-	EGUIET_SPIN_BOX,
-
-	//! A static text (IGUIStaticText)
-	EGUIET_STATIC_TEXT,
-
-	//! A tab (IGUITab)
-	EGUIET_TAB,
-
-	//! A tab control
-	EGUIET_TAB_CONTROL,
-
-	//! A Table
-	EGUIET_TABLE,
-
-	//! A tool bar (IGUIToolBar)
-	EGUIET_TOOL_BAR,
-
-	//! A Tree View
-	EGUIET_TREE_VIEW,
-
-	//! A window
-	EGUIET_WINDOW,
-
-	//! Unknown type.
-	EGUIET_ELEMENT,
-
-	//! The root of the GUI
-	EGUIET_ROOT,
-
-	//! Not an element, amount of elements in there
-	EGUIET_COUNT,
-
-	//! This enum is never used, it only forces the compiler to compile this enumeration to 32 bit.
-	EGUIET_FORCE_32_BIT = 0x7fffffff
-
-};
-
-//! Names for built-in element types
-const c8* const GUIElementTypeNames[] =
-{
-	"button",
-	"checkBox",
-	"comboBox",
-	"contextMenu",
-	"menu",
-	"editBox",
-	"fileOpenDialog",
-	"colorSelectDialog",
-	"inOutFader",
-	"image",
-	"listBox",
-	"meshViewer",
-	"messageBox",
-	"modalScreen",
-	"scrollBar",
-	"spinBox",
-	"staticText",
-	"tab",
-	"tabControl",
-	"table",
-	"toolBar",
-	"treeview",
-	"window",
-	"element",
-	"root",
-	0
-};
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-
-
-
-

include/irrlicht/EHardwareBufferFlags.h

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_HARDWARE_BUFFER_FLAGS_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_HARDWARE_BUFFER_FLAGS_INCLUDED__
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	enum E_HARDWARE_MAPPING
-	{
-		//! Don't store on the hardware
-		EHM_NEVER=0,
-
-		//! Rarely changed, usually stored completely on the hardware
-		EHM_STATIC,
-
-		//! Sometimes changed, driver optimized placement
-		EHM_DYNAMIC,
-
-		//! Always changed, cache optimizing on the GPU
-		EHM_STREAM
-	};
-
-	enum E_BUFFER_TYPE
-	{
-		//! Does not change anything
-		EBT_NONE=0,
-		//! Change the vertex mapping
-		EBT_VERTEX,
-		//! Change the index mapping
-		EBT_INDEX,
-		//! Change both vertex and index mapping to the same value
-		EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX
-	};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/EMaterialFlags.h

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_MATERIAL_FLAGS_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_MATERIAL_FLAGS_H_INCLUDED__
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace video
-{
-
-	//! Material flags
-	enum E_MATERIAL_FLAG
-	{
-		//! Draw as wireframe or filled triangles? Default: false
-		EMF_WIREFRAME = 0x1,
-
-		//! Draw as point cloud or filled triangles? Default: false
-		EMF_POINTCLOUD = 0x2,
-
-		//! Flat or Gouraud shading? Default: true
-		EMF_GOURAUD_SHADING = 0x4,
-
-		//! Will this material be lighted? Default: true
-		EMF_LIGHTING = 0x8,
-
-		//! Is the ZBuffer enabled? Default: true
-		EMF_ZBUFFER = 0x10,
-
-		//! May be written to the zbuffer or is it readonly. Default: true
-		/** This flag is ignored, if the material type is a transparent type. */
-		EMF_ZWRITE_ENABLE = 0x20,
-
-		//! Is backface culling enabled? Default: true
-		EMF_BACK_FACE_CULLING = 0x40,
-
-		//! Is frontface culling enabled? Default: false
-		/** Overrides EMF_BACK_FACE_CULLING if both are enabled. */
-		EMF_FRONT_FACE_CULLING = 0x80,
-
-		//! Is bilinear filtering enabled? Default: true
-		EMF_BILINEAR_FILTER = 0x100,
-
-		//! Is trilinear filtering enabled? Default: false
-		/** If the trilinear filter flag is enabled,
-		the bilinear filtering flag is ignored. */
-		EMF_TRILINEAR_FILTER = 0x200,
-
-		//! Is anisotropic filtering? Default: false
-		/** In Irrlicht you can use anisotropic texture filtering in
-		conjunction with bilinear or trilinear texture filtering
-		to improve rendering results. Primitives will look less
-		blurry with this flag switched on. */
-		EMF_ANISOTROPIC_FILTER = 0x400,
-
-		//! Is fog enabled? Default: false
-		EMF_FOG_ENABLE = 0x800,
-
-		//! Normalizes normals. Default: false
-		/** You can enable this if you need to scale a dynamic lighted
-		model. Usually, its normals will get scaled too then and it
-		will get darker. If you enable the EMF_NORMALIZE_NORMALS flag,
-		the normals will be normalized again, and the model will look
-		as bright as it should. */
-		EMF_NORMALIZE_NORMALS = 0x1000,
-
-		//! Access to all layers texture wrap settings. Overwrites separate layer settings.
-		EMF_TEXTURE_WRAP = 0x2000,
-
-		//! AntiAliasing mode
-		EMF_ANTI_ALIASING = 0x4000,
-
-		//! ColorMask bits, for enabling the color planes
-		EMF_COLOR_MASK = 0x8000,
-
-		//! ColorMaterial enum for vertex color interpretation
-		EMF_COLOR_MATERIAL = 0x10000,
-
-		//! Flag for enabling/disabling mipmap usage
-		EMF_USE_MIP_MAPS = 0x20000,
-
-		//! Flag for blend operation
-		EMF_BLEND_OPERATION = 0x40000,
-
-		//! Flag for polygon offset
-		EMF_POLYGON_OFFSET = 0x80000
-	};
-
-} // end namespace video
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif // __E_MATERIAL_FLAGS_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/EMaterialTypes.h

@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_MATERIAL_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_MATERIAL_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace video
-{
-
-	//! Abstracted and easy to use fixed function/programmable pipeline material modes.
-	enum E_MATERIAL_TYPE
-	{
-		//! Standard solid material.
-		/** Only first texture is used, which is supposed to be the
-		diffuse material. */
-		EMT_SOLID = 0,
-
-		//! Solid material with 2 texture layers.
-		/** The second is blended onto the first using the alpha value
-		of the vertex colors. This material is currently not implemented in OpenGL.
-		*/
-		EMT_SOLID_2_LAYER,
-
-		//! Material type with standard lightmap technique
-		/** There should be 2 textures: The first texture layer is a
-		diffuse map, the second is a light map. Dynamic light is
-		ignored. */
-		EMT_LIGHTMAP,
-
-		//! Material type with lightmap technique like EMT_LIGHTMAP.
-		/** But lightmap and diffuse texture are added instead of modulated. */
-		EMT_LIGHTMAP_ADD,
-
-		//! Material type with standard lightmap technique
-		/** There should be 2 textures: The first texture layer is a
-		diffuse map, the second is a light map. Dynamic light is
-		ignored. The texture colors are effectively multiplied by 2
-		for brightening. Like known in DirectX as D3DTOP_MODULATE2X. */
-		EMT_LIGHTMAP_M2,
-
-		//! Material type with standard lightmap technique
-		/** There should be 2 textures: The first texture layer is a
-		diffuse map, the second is a light map. Dynamic light is
-		ignored. The texture colors are effectively multiplyied by 4
-		for brightening. Like known in DirectX as D3DTOP_MODULATE4X. */
-		EMT_LIGHTMAP_M4,
-
-		//! Like EMT_LIGHTMAP, but also supports dynamic lighting.
-		EMT_LIGHTMAP_LIGHTING,
-
-		//! Like EMT_LIGHTMAP_M2, but also supports dynamic lighting.
-		EMT_LIGHTMAP_LIGHTING_M2,
-
-		//! Like EMT_LIGHTMAP_4, but also supports dynamic lighting.
-		EMT_LIGHTMAP_LIGHTING_M4,
-
-		//! Detail mapped material.
-		/** The first texture is diffuse color map, the second is added
-		to this and usually displayed with a bigger scale value so that
-		it adds more detail. The detail map is added to the diffuse map
-		using ADD_SIGNED, so that it is possible to add and substract
-		color from the diffuse map. For example a value of
-		(127,127,127) will not change the appearance of the diffuse map
-		at all. Often used for terrain rendering. */
-		EMT_DETAIL_MAP,
-
-		//! Look like a reflection of the environment around it.
-		/** To make this possible, a texture called 'sphere map' is
-		used, which must be set as the first texture. */
-		EMT_SPHERE_MAP,
-
-		//! A reflecting material with an optional non reflecting texture layer.
-		/** The reflection map should be set as first texture. */
-		EMT_REFLECTION_2_LAYER,
-
-		//! A transparent material.
-		/** Only the first texture is used. The new color is calculated
-		by simply adding the source color and the dest color. This
-		means if for example a billboard using a texture with black
-		background and a red circle on it is drawn with this material,
-		the result is that only the red circle will be drawn a little
-		bit transparent, and everything which was black is 100%
-		transparent and not visible. This material type is useful for
-		particle effects. */
-		EMT_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR,
-
-		//! Makes the material transparent based on the texture alpha channel.
-		/** The final color is blended together from the destination
-		color and the texture color, using the alpha channel value as
-		blend factor. Only first texture is used. If you are using
-		this material with small textures, it is a good idea to load
-		the texture in 32 bit mode
-		(video::IVideoDriver::setTextureCreationFlag()). Also, an alpha
-		ref is used, which can be manipulated using
-		SMaterial::MaterialTypeParam. This value controls how sharp the
-		edges become when going from a transparent to a solid spot on
-		the texture. */
-		EMT_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_CHANNEL,
-
-		//! Makes the material transparent based on the texture alpha channel.
-		/** If the alpha channel value is greater than 127, a
-		pixel is written to the target, otherwise not. This
-		material does not use alpha blending and is a lot faster
-		than EMT_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_CHANNEL. It is ideal for drawing
-		stuff like leafes of plants, because the borders are not
-		blurry but sharp. Only first texture is used. If you are
-		using this material with small textures and 3d object, it
-		is a good idea to load the texture in 32 bit mode
-		(video::IVideoDriver::setTextureCreationFlag()). */
-		EMT_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_CHANNEL_REF,
-
-		//! Makes the material transparent based on the vertex alpha value.
-		EMT_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA,
-
-		//! A transparent reflecting material with an optional additional non reflecting texture layer.
-		/** The reflection map should be set as first texture. The
-		transparency depends on the alpha value in the vertex colors. A
-		texture which will not reflect can be set as second texture.
-		Please note that this material type is currently not 100%
-		implemented in OpenGL. */
-		EMT_TRANSPARENT_REFLECTION_2_LAYER,
-
-		//! A solid normal map renderer.
-		/** First texture is the color map, the second should be the
-		normal map. Note that you should use this material only when
-		drawing geometry consisting of vertices of type
-		S3DVertexTangents (EVT_TANGENTS). You can convert any mesh into
-		this format using IMeshManipulator::createMeshWithTangents()
-		(See SpecialFX2 Tutorial). This shader runs on vertex shader
-		1.1 and pixel shader 1.1 capable hardware and falls back to a
-		fixed function lighted material if this hardware is not
-		available. Only two lights are supported by this shader, if
-		there are more, the nearest two are chosen. */
-		EMT_NORMAL_MAP_SOLID,
-
-		//! A transparent normal map renderer.
-		/** First texture is the color map, the second should be the
-		normal map. Note that you should use this material only when
-		drawing geometry consisting of vertices of type
-		S3DVertexTangents (EVT_TANGENTS). You can convert any mesh into
-		this format using IMeshManipulator::createMeshWithTangents()
-		(See SpecialFX2 Tutorial). This shader runs on vertex shader
-		1.1 and pixel shader 1.1 capable hardware and falls back to a
-		fixed function lighted material if this hardware is not
-		available. Only two lights are supported by this shader, if
-		there are more, the nearest two are chosen. */
-		EMT_NORMAL_MAP_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR,
-
-		//! A transparent (based on the vertex alpha value) normal map renderer.
-		/** First texture is the color map, the second should be the
-		normal map. Note that you should use this material only when
-		drawing geometry consisting of vertices of type
-		S3DVertexTangents (EVT_TANGENTS). You can convert any mesh into
-		this format using IMeshManipulator::createMeshWithTangents()
-		(See SpecialFX2 Tutorial). This shader runs on vertex shader
-		1.1 and pixel shader 1.1 capable hardware and falls back to a
-		fixed function lighted material if this hardware is not
-		available.  Only two lights are supported by this shader, if
-		there are more, the nearest two are chosen. */
-		EMT_NORMAL_MAP_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA,
-
-		//! Just like EMT_NORMAL_MAP_SOLID, but uses parallax mapping.
-		/** Looks a lot more realistic. This only works when the
-		hardware supports at least vertex shader 1.1 and pixel shader
-		1.4. First texture is the color map, the second should be the
-		normal map. The normal map texture should contain the height
-		value in the alpha component. The
-		IVideoDriver::makeNormalMapTexture() method writes this value
-		automatically when creating normal maps from a heightmap when
-		using a 32 bit texture. The height scale of the material
-		(affecting the bumpiness) is being controlled by the
-		SMaterial::MaterialTypeParam member. If set to zero, the
-		default value (0.02f) will be applied. Otherwise the value set
-		in SMaterial::MaterialTypeParam is taken. This value depends on
-		with which scale the texture is mapped on the material. Too
-		high or low values of MaterialTypeParam can result in strange
-		artifacts. */
-		EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_SOLID,
-
-		//! A material like EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_SOLID, but transparent.
-		/** Using EMT_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR as base material. */
-		EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR,
-
-		//! A material like EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_SOLID, but transparent.
-		/** Using EMT_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA as base material. */
-		EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA,
-
-		//! BlendFunc = source * sourceFactor + dest * destFactor ( E_BLEND_FUNC )
-		/** Using only first texture. Generic blending method. */
-		EMT_ONETEXTURE_BLEND,
-
-		//! This value is not used. It only forces this enumeration to compile to 32 bit.
-		EMT_FORCE_32BIT = 0x7fffffff
-	};
-
-	//! Array holding the built in material type names
-	const char* const sBuiltInMaterialTypeNames[] =
-	{
-		"solid",
-		"solid_2layer",
-		"lightmap",
-		"lightmap_add",
-		"lightmap_m2",
-		"lightmap_m4",
-		"lightmap_light",
-		"lightmap_light_m2",
-		"lightmap_light_m4",
-		"detail_map",
-		"sphere_map",
-		"reflection_2layer",
-		"trans_add",
-		"trans_alphach",
-		"trans_alphach_ref",
-		"trans_vertex_alpha",
-		"trans_reflection_2layer",
-		"normalmap_solid",
-		"normalmap_trans_add",
-		"normalmap_trans_vertexalpha",
-		"parallaxmap_solid",
-		"parallaxmap_trans_add",
-		"parallaxmap_trans_vertexalpha",
-		"onetexture_blend",
-		0
-	};
-
-} // end namespace video
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif // __E_MATERIAL_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/EMeshWriterEnums.h

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_MESH_WRITER_ENUMS_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_MESH_WRITER_ENUMS_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "irrTypes.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	//! An enumeration for all supported types of built-in mesh writers
-	/** A scene mesh writers is represented by a four character code
-	such as 'irrm' or 'coll' instead of simple numbers, to avoid
-	name clashes with external mesh writers.*/
-	enum EMESH_WRITER_TYPE
-	{
-		//! Irrlicht native mesh writer, for static .irrmesh files.
-		EMWT_IRR_MESH     = MAKE_IRR_ID('i','r','r','m'),
-
-		//! COLLADA mesh writer for .dae and .xml files
-		EMWT_COLLADA      = MAKE_IRR_ID('c','o','l','l'),
-
-		//! STL mesh writer for .stl files
-		EMWT_STL          = MAKE_IRR_ID('s','t','l',0),
-
-		//! OBJ mesh writer for .obj files
-		EMWT_OBJ          = MAKE_IRR_ID('o','b','j',0),
-
-		//! PLY mesh writer for .ply files
-		EMWT_PLY          = MAKE_IRR_ID('p','l','y',0)
-	};
-
-
-	//! flags configuring mesh writing
-	enum E_MESH_WRITER_FLAGS
-	{
-		//! no writer flags
-		EMWF_NONE = 0,
-
-		//! write lightmap textures out if possible
-		EMWF_WRITE_LIGHTMAPS = 0x1,
-
-		//! write in a way that consumes less disk space
-		EMWF_WRITE_COMPRESSED = 0x2,
-
-		//! write in binary format rather than text
-		EMWF_WRITE_BINARY = 0x4
-	};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif // __E_MESH_WRITER_ENUMS_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/EMessageBoxFlags.h

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_MESSAGE_BOX_FLAGS_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_MESSAGE_BOX_FLAGS_H_INCLUDED__
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-
-//! enumeration for message box layout flags
-enum EMESSAGE_BOX_FLAG
-{
-	//! Flag for the ok button
-	EMBF_OK = 0x1,
-
-	//! Flag for the cancel button
-	EMBF_CANCEL = 0x2,
-
-	//! Flag for the yes button
-	EMBF_YES = 0x4,
-
-	//! Flag for the no button
-	EMBF_NO = 0x8,
-
-	//! This value is not used. It only forces this enumeration to compile in 32 bit.
-	EMBF_FORCE_32BIT = 0x7fffffff
-};
-
-} // namespace gui
-} // namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/EPrimitiveTypes.h

@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_PRIMITIVE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_PRIMITIVE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	//! Enumeration for all primitive types there are.
-	enum E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE
-	{
-		//! All vertices are non-connected points.
-		EPT_POINTS=0,
-
-		//! All vertices form a single connected line.
-		EPT_LINE_STRIP,
-
-		//! Just as LINE_STRIP, but the last and the first vertex is also connected.
-		EPT_LINE_LOOP,
-
-		//! Every two vertices are connected creating n/2 lines.
-		EPT_LINES,
-
-		//! After the first two vertices each vertex defines a new triangle.
-		//! Always the two last and the new one form a new triangle.
-		EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP,
-
-		//! After the first two vertices each vertex defines a new triangle.
-		//! All around the common first vertex.
-		EPT_TRIANGLE_FAN,
-
-		//! Explicitly set all vertices for each triangle.
-		EPT_TRIANGLES,
-
-		//! After the first two vertices each further tw vetices create a quad with the preceding two.
-		EPT_QUAD_STRIP,
-
-		//! Every four vertices create a quad.
-		EPT_QUADS,
-
-		//! Just as LINE_LOOP, but filled.
-		EPT_POLYGON,
-
-		//! The single vertices are expanded to quad billboards on the GPU.
-		EPT_POINT_SPRITES
-	};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/ESceneNodeAnimatorTypes.h

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_SCENE_NODE_ANIMATOR_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_SCENE_NODE_ANIMATOR_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	//! An enumeration for all types of built-in scene node animators
-	enum ESCENE_NODE_ANIMATOR_TYPE
-	{
-		//! Fly circle scene node animator
-		ESNAT_FLY_CIRCLE = 0,
-
-		//! Fly straight scene node animator
-		ESNAT_FLY_STRAIGHT,
-
-		//! Follow spline scene node animator
-		ESNAT_FOLLOW_SPLINE,
-
-		//! Rotation scene node animator
-		ESNAT_ROTATION,
-
-		//! Texture scene node animator
-		ESNAT_TEXTURE,
-
-		//! Deletion scene node animator
-		ESNAT_DELETION,
-
-		//! Collision respose scene node animator
-		ESNAT_COLLISION_RESPONSE,
-
-		//! FPS camera animator
-		ESNAT_CAMERA_FPS,
-
-		//! Maya camera animator
-		ESNAT_CAMERA_MAYA,
-
-		//! Amount of built-in scene node animators
-		ESNAT_COUNT,
-
-		//! Unknown scene node animator
-		ESNAT_UNKNOWN,
-
-		//! This enum is never used, it only forces the compiler to compile this enumeration to 32 bit.
-		ESNAT_FORCE_32_BIT = 0x7fffffff
-	};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/ESceneNodeTypes.h

@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_SCENE_NODE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_SCENE_NODE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "irrTypes.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	//! An enumeration for all types of built-in scene nodes
-	/** A scene node type is represented by a four character code
-	such as 'cube' or 'mesh' instead of simple numbers, to avoid
-	name clashes with external scene nodes.*/
-	enum ESCENE_NODE_TYPE
-	{
-		//! of type CSceneManager (note that ISceneManager is not(!) an ISceneNode)
-		ESNT_SCENE_MANAGER	= MAKE_IRR_ID('s','m','n','g'),
-
-		//! simple cube scene node
-		ESNT_CUBE           = MAKE_IRR_ID('c','u','b','e'),
-
-		//! Sphere scene node
-		ESNT_SPHERE         = MAKE_IRR_ID('s','p','h','r'),
-
-		//! Text Scene Node
-		ESNT_TEXT           = MAKE_IRR_ID('t','e','x','t'),
-
-		//! Water Surface Scene Node
-		ESNT_WATER_SURFACE  = MAKE_IRR_ID('w','a','t','r'),
-
-		//! Terrain Scene Node
-		ESNT_TERRAIN        = MAKE_IRR_ID('t','e','r','r'),
-
-		//! Sky Box Scene Node
-		ESNT_SKY_BOX        = MAKE_IRR_ID('s','k','y','_'),
-
-		//! Sky Dome Scene Node
-		ESNT_SKY_DOME       = MAKE_IRR_ID('s','k','y','d'),
-
-		//! Shadow Volume Scene Node
-		ESNT_SHADOW_VOLUME  = MAKE_IRR_ID('s','h','d','w'),
-
-		//! Octree Scene Node
-		ESNT_OCTREE         = MAKE_IRR_ID('o','c','t','r'),
-
-		//! Mesh Scene Node
-		ESNT_MESH           = MAKE_IRR_ID('m','e','s','h'),
-
-		//! Light Scene Node
-		ESNT_LIGHT          = MAKE_IRR_ID('l','g','h','t'),
-
-		//! Empty Scene Node
-		ESNT_EMPTY          = MAKE_IRR_ID('e','m','t','y'),
-
-		//! Dummy Transformation Scene Node
-		ESNT_DUMMY_TRANSFORMATION = MAKE_IRR_ID('d','m','m','y'),
-
-		//! Camera Scene Node
-		ESNT_CAMERA         = MAKE_IRR_ID('c','a','m','_'),
-
-		//! Billboard Scene Node
-		ESNT_BILLBOARD      = MAKE_IRR_ID('b','i','l','l'),
-
-		//! Animated Mesh Scene Node
-		ESNT_ANIMATED_MESH  = MAKE_IRR_ID('a','m','s','h'),
-
-		//! Particle System Scene Node
-		ESNT_PARTICLE_SYSTEM = MAKE_IRR_ID('p','t','c','l'),
-
-		//! Quake3 Shader Scene Node
-		ESNT_Q3SHADER_SCENE_NODE  = MAKE_IRR_ID('q','3','s','h'),
-
-		//! Quake3 Model Scene Node ( has tag to link to )
-		ESNT_MD3_SCENE_NODE  = MAKE_IRR_ID('m','d','3','_'),
-
-		//! Volume Light Scene Node
-		ESNT_VOLUME_LIGHT  = MAKE_IRR_ID('v','o','l','l'),
-
-		//! Maya Camera Scene Node
-		/** Legacy, for loading version <= 1.4.x .irr files */
-		ESNT_CAMERA_MAYA    = MAKE_IRR_ID('c','a','m','M'),
-
-		//! First Person Shooter Camera
-		/** Legacy, for loading version <= 1.4.x .irr files */
-		ESNT_CAMERA_FPS     = MAKE_IRR_ID('c','a','m','F'),
-
-		//! Unknown scene node
-		ESNT_UNKNOWN        = MAKE_IRR_ID('u','n','k','n'),
-
-		//! Will match with any scene node when checking types
-		ESNT_ANY            = MAKE_IRR_ID('a','n','y','_')
-	};
-
-
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/EShaderTypes.h

@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef __E_SHADER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __E_SHADER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "irrTypes.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace video
-{
-
-//! Compile target enumeration for the addHighLevelShaderMaterial() method.
-enum E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE
-{
-	EVST_VS_1_1 = 0,
-	EVST_VS_2_0,
-	EVST_VS_2_a,
-	EVST_VS_3_0,
-	EVST_VS_4_0,
-	EVST_VS_4_1,
-	EVST_VS_5_0,
-
-	//! This is not a type, but a value indicating how much types there are.
-	EVST_COUNT
-};
-
-//! Names for all vertex shader types, each entry corresponds to a E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE entry.
-const c8* const VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE_NAMES[] = {
-	"vs_1_1",
-	"vs_2_0",
-	"vs_2_a",
-	"vs_3_0",
-	"vs_4_0",
-	"vs_4_1",
-	"vs_5_0",
-	0 };
-
-//! Compile target enumeration for the addHighLevelShaderMaterial() method.
-enum E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE
-{
-	EPST_PS_1_1 = 0,
-	EPST_PS_1_2,
-	EPST_PS_1_3,
-	EPST_PS_1_4,
-	EPST_PS_2_0,
-	EPST_PS_2_a,
-	EPST_PS_2_b,
-	EPST_PS_3_0,
-	EPST_PS_4_0,
-	EPST_PS_4_1,
-	EPST_PS_5_0,
-
-	//! This is not a type, but a value indicating how much types there are.
-	EPST_COUNT
-};
-
-//! Names for all pixel shader types, each entry corresponds to a E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE entry.
-const c8* const PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE_NAMES[] = {
-	"ps_1_1",
-	"ps_1_2",
-	"ps_1_3",
-	"ps_1_4",
-	"ps_2_0",
-	"ps_2_a",
-	"ps_2_b",
-	"ps_3_0",
-	"ps_4_0",
-	"ps_4_1",
-	"ps_5_0",
-	0 };
-
-//! Enum for supported geometry shader types
-enum E_GEOMETRY_SHADER_TYPE
-{
-	EGST_GS_4_0 = 0,
-
-	//! This is not a type, but a value indicating how much types there are.
-	EGST_COUNT
-};
-
-//! String names for supported geometry shader types
-const c8* const GEOMETRY_SHADER_TYPE_NAMES[] = {
-	"gs_4_0",
-	0 };
-
-
-} // end namespace video
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif // __E_SHADER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/ETerrainElements.h

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __E_TERRAIN_ELEMENTS_H__
-#define __E_TERRAIN_ELEMENTS_H__
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	//! enumeration for patch sizes specifying the size of patches in the TerrainSceneNode
-	enum E_TERRAIN_PATCH_SIZE
-	{
-		//! patch size of 9, at most, use 4 levels of detail with this patch size.
-		ETPS_9 = 9,
-
-		//! patch size of 17, at most, use 5 levels of detail with this patch size.
-		ETPS_17 = 17,
-
-		//! patch size of 33, at most, use 6 levels of detail with this patch size.
-		ETPS_33 = 33,
-
-		//! patch size of 65, at most, use 7 levels of detail with this patch size.
-		ETPS_65 = 65,
-
-		//! patch size of 129, at most, use 8 levels of detail with this patch size.
-		ETPS_129 = 129
-	};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IAnimatedMesh.h

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_ANIMATED_MESH_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_ANIMATED_MESH_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "aabbox3d.h"
-#include "IMesh.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-	//! Possible types of (animated) meshes.
-	enum E_ANIMATED_MESH_TYPE
-	{
-		//! Unknown animated mesh type.
-		EAMT_UNKNOWN = 0,
-
-		//! Quake 2 MD2 model file
-		EAMT_MD2,
-
-		//! Quake 3 MD3 model file
-		EAMT_MD3,
-
-		//! Maya .obj static model
-		EAMT_OBJ,
-
-		//! Quake 3 .bsp static Map
-		EAMT_BSP,
-
-		//! 3D Studio .3ds file
-		EAMT_3DS,
-
-		//! My3D Mesh, the file format by Zhuck Dimitry
-		EAMT_MY3D,
-
-		//! Pulsar LMTools .lmts file. This Irrlicht loader was written by Jonas Petersen
-		EAMT_LMTS,
-
-		//! Cartography Shop .csm file. This loader was created by Saurav Mohapatra.
-		EAMT_CSM,
-
-		//! .oct file for Paul Nette's FSRad or from Murphy McCauley's Blender .oct exporter.
-		/** The oct file format contains 3D geometry and lightmaps and
-		can be loaded directly by Irrlicht */
-		EAMT_OCT,
-
-		//! Halflife MDL model file
-		EAMT_MDL_HALFLIFE,
-
-		//! generic skinned mesh
-		EAMT_SKINNED
-	};
-
-	//! Interface for an animated mesh.
-	/** There are already simple implementations of this interface available so
-	you don't have to implement this interface on your own if you need to:
-	You might want to use irr::scene::SAnimatedMesh, irr::scene::SMesh,
-	irr::scene::SMeshBuffer etc. */
-	class IAnimatedMesh : public IMesh
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! Gets the frame count of the animated mesh.
-		/** \return The amount of frames. If the amount is 1,
-		it is a static, non animated mesh. */
-		virtual u32 getFrameCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the animation speed of the animated mesh.
-		/** \return The number of frames per second to play the
-		animation with by default. If the amount is 0,
-		it is a static, non animated mesh. */
-		virtual f32 getAnimationSpeed() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the animation speed of the animated mesh.
-		/** \param fps Number of frames per second to play the
-		animation with by default. If the amount is 0,
-		it is not animated. The actual speed is set in the
-		scene node the mesh is instantiated in.*/
-		virtual void setAnimationSpeed(f32 fps) =0;
-
-		//! Returns the IMesh interface for a frame.
-		/** \param frame: Frame number as zero based index. The maximum
-		frame number is getFrameCount() - 1;
-		\param detailLevel: Level of detail. 0 is the lowest, 255 the
-		highest level of detail. Most meshes will ignore the detail level.
-		\param startFrameLoop: Because some animated meshes (.MD2) are
-		blended between 2 static frames, and maybe animated in a loop,
-		the startFrameLoop and the endFrameLoop have to be defined, to
-		prevent the animation to be blended between frames which are
-		outside of this loop.
-		If startFrameLoop and endFrameLoop are both -1, they are ignored.
-		\param endFrameLoop: see startFrameLoop.
-		\return Returns the animated mesh based on a detail level. */
-		virtual IMesh* getMesh(s32 frame, s32 detailLevel=255, s32 startFrameLoop=-1, s32 endFrameLoop=-1) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the type of the animated mesh.
-		/** In most cases it is not neccessary to use this method.
-		This is useful for making a safe downcast. For example,
-		if getMeshType() returns EAMT_MD2 it's safe to cast the
-		IAnimatedMesh to IAnimatedMeshMD2.
-		\returns Type of the mesh. */
-		virtual E_ANIMATED_MESH_TYPE getMeshType() const
-		{
-			return EAMT_UNKNOWN;
-		}
-	};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IAnimatedMeshMD2.h

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_ANIMATED_MESH_MD2_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_ANIMATED_MESH_MD2_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IAnimatedMesh.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	//! Types of standard md2 animations
-	enum EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE
-	{
-		EMAT_STAND = 0,
-		EMAT_RUN,
-		EMAT_ATTACK,
-		EMAT_PAIN_A,
-		EMAT_PAIN_B,
-		EMAT_PAIN_C,
-		EMAT_JUMP,
-		EMAT_FLIP,
-		EMAT_SALUTE,
-		EMAT_FALLBACK,
-		EMAT_WAVE,
-		EMAT_POINT,
-		EMAT_CROUCH_STAND,
-		EMAT_CROUCH_WALK,
-		EMAT_CROUCH_ATTACK,
-		EMAT_CROUCH_PAIN,
-		EMAT_CROUCH_DEATH,
-		EMAT_DEATH_FALLBACK,
-		EMAT_DEATH_FALLFORWARD,
-		EMAT_DEATH_FALLBACKSLOW,
-		EMAT_BOOM,
-
-		//! Not an animation, but amount of animation types.
-		EMAT_COUNT
-	};
-
-	//! Interface for using some special functions of MD2 meshes
-	class IAnimatedMeshMD2 : public IAnimatedMesh
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! Get frame loop data for a default MD2 animation type.
-		/** \param l The EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE to get the frames for.
-		\param outBegin The returned beginning frame for animation type specified.
-		\param outEnd The returned ending frame for the animation type specified.
-		\param outFPS The number of frames per second, this animation should be played at.
-		\return beginframe, endframe and frames per second for a default MD2 animation type. */
-		virtual void getFrameLoop(EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE l, s32& outBegin,
-			s32& outEnd, s32& outFPS) const = 0;
-
-		//! Get frame loop data for a special MD2 animation type, identified by name.
-		/** \param name Name of the animation.
-		\param outBegin The returned beginning frame for animation type specified.
-		\param outEnd The returned ending frame for the animation type specified.
-		\param outFPS The number of frames per second, this animation should be played at.
-		\return beginframe, endframe and frames per second for a special MD2 animation type. */
-		virtual bool getFrameLoop(const c8* name,
-			s32& outBegin, s32& outEnd, s32& outFPS) const = 0;
-
-		//! Get amount of md2 animations in this file.
-		virtual s32 getAnimationCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get name of md2 animation.
-		/** \param nr: Zero based index of animation. */
-		virtual const c8* getAnimationName(s32 nr) const = 0;
-	};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IAnimatedMeshMD3.h

@@ -1,304 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2007-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt / Thomas Alten
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_ANIMATED_MESH_MD3_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_ANIMATED_MESH_MD3_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IAnimatedMesh.h"
-#include "IQ3Shader.h"
-#include "quaternion.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	enum eMD3Models
-	{
-		EMD3_HEAD = 0,
-		EMD3_UPPER,
-		EMD3_LOWER,
-		EMD3_WEAPON,
-		EMD3_NUMMODELS
-	};
-
-	//! Animation list
-	enum EMD3_ANIMATION_TYPE
-	{
-		// Animations for both lower and upper parts of the player
-		EMD3_BOTH_DEATH_1 = 0,
-		EMD3_BOTH_DEAD_1,
-		EMD3_BOTH_DEATH_2,
-		EMD3_BOTH_DEAD_2,
-		EMD3_BOTH_DEATH_3,
-		EMD3_BOTH_DEAD_3,
-
-		// Animations for the upper part
-		EMD3_TORSO_GESTURE,
-		EMD3_TORSO_ATTACK_1,
-		EMD3_TORSO_ATTACK_2,
-		EMD3_TORSO_DROP,
-		EMD3_TORSO_RAISE,
-		EMD3_TORSO_STAND_1,
-		EMD3_TORSO_STAND_2,
-
-		// Animations for the lower part
-		EMD3_LEGS_WALK_CROUCH,
-		EMD3_LEGS_WALK,
-		EMD3_LEGS_RUN,
-		EMD3_LEGS_BACK,
-		EMD3_LEGS_SWIM,
-		EMD3_LEGS_JUMP_1,
-		EMD3_LEGS_LAND_1,
-		EMD3_LEGS_JUMP_2,
-		EMD3_LEGS_LAND_2,
-		EMD3_LEGS_IDLE,
-		EMD3_LEGS_IDLE_CROUCH,
-		EMD3_LEGS_TURN,
-
-		//! Not an animation, but amount of animation types.
-		EMD3_ANIMATION_COUNT
-	};
-
-	struct SMD3AnimationInfo
-	{
-		//! First frame
-		s32 first;
-		//! Last frame
-		s32 num;
-		//! Looping frames
-		s32 looping;
-		//! Frames per second
-		s32 fps;
-	};
-
-
-// byte-align structures
-#include "irrpack.h"
-
-	//! this holds the header info of the MD3 file
-	struct SMD3Header
-	{
-		c8	headerID[4];	//id of file, always "IDP3"
-		s32	Version;	//this is a version number, always 15
-		s8	fileName[68];	//sometimes left Blank... 65 chars, 32bit aligned == 68 chars
-		s32	numFrames;	//number of KeyFrames
-		s32	numTags;	//number of 'tags' per frame
-		s32	numMeshes;	//number of meshes/skins
-		s32	numMaxSkins;	//maximum number of unique skins used in md3 file. artefact md2
-		s32	frameStart;	//starting position of frame-structur
-		s32	tagStart;	//starting position of tag-structures
-		s32	tagEnd;		//ending position of tag-structures/starting position of mesh-structures
-		s32	fileSize;
-	} PACK_STRUCT;
-
-	//! this holds the header info of an MD3 mesh section
-	struct SMD3MeshHeader
-	{
-		c8 meshID[4];		//id, must be IDP3
-		c8 meshName[68];	//name of mesh 65 chars, 32 bit aligned == 68 chars
-
-		s32 numFrames;		//number of meshframes in mesh
-		s32 numShader;		//number of skins in mesh
-		s32 numVertices;	//number of vertices
-		s32 numTriangles;	//number of Triangles
-
-		s32 offset_triangles;	//starting position of Triangle data, relative to start of Mesh_Header
-		s32 offset_shaders;	//size of header
-		s32 offset_st;		//starting position of texvector data, relative to start of Mesh_Header
-		s32 vertexStart;	//starting position of vertex data,relative to start of Mesh_Header
-		s32 offset_end;
-	} PACK_STRUCT;
-
-
-	//! Compressed Vertex Data
-	struct SMD3Vertex
-	{
-		s16 position[3];
-		u8 normal[2];
-	} PACK_STRUCT;
-
-	//! Texture Coordinate
-	struct SMD3TexCoord
-	{
-		f32 u;
-		f32 v;
-	} PACK_STRUCT;
-
-	//! Triangle Index
-	struct SMD3Face
-	{
-		s32 Index[3];
-	} PACK_STRUCT;
-
-
-// Default alignment
-#include "irrunpack.h"
-
-	//! Holding Frame Data for a Mesh
-	struct SMD3MeshBuffer : public IReferenceCounted
-	{
-		SMD3MeshHeader MeshHeader;
-
-		core::stringc Shader;
-		core::array < s32 > Indices;
-		core::array < SMD3Vertex > Vertices;
-		core::array < SMD3TexCoord > Tex;
-	};
-
-	//! hold a tag info for connecting meshes
-	/** Basically its an alternate way to describe a transformation. */
-	struct SMD3QuaternionTag
-	{
-		virtual ~SMD3QuaternionTag()
-		{
-			position.X = 0.f;
-		}
-
-		// construct copy constructor
-		SMD3QuaternionTag( const SMD3QuaternionTag & copyMe )
-		{
-			*this = copyMe;
-		}
-
-		// construct for searching
-		SMD3QuaternionTag( const core::stringc& name )
-			: Name ( name ) {}
-
-		// construct from a position and euler angles in degrees
-		SMD3QuaternionTag ( const core::vector3df &pos, const core::vector3df &angle )
-			: position(pos), rotation(angle * core::DEGTORAD) {}
-
-		// set to matrix
-		void setto ( core::matrix4 &m )
-		{
-			rotation.getMatrix ( m, position );
-		}
-
-		bool operator == ( const SMD3QuaternionTag &other ) const
-		{
-			return Name == other.Name;
-		}
-
-		SMD3QuaternionTag & operator=( const SMD3QuaternionTag & copyMe )
-		{
-			Name = copyMe.Name;
-			position = copyMe.position;
-			rotation = copyMe.rotation;
-			return *this;
-		}
-
-		core::stringc Name;
-		core::vector3df position;
-		core::quaternion rotation;
-	};
-
-	//! holds a associative list of named quaternions
-	struct SMD3QuaternionTagList
-	{
-		SMD3QuaternionTagList()
-		{
-			Container.setAllocStrategy(core::ALLOC_STRATEGY_SAFE);
-		}
-
-		// construct copy constructor
-		SMD3QuaternionTagList(const SMD3QuaternionTagList& copyMe)
-		{
-			*this = copyMe;
-		}
-
-		virtual ~SMD3QuaternionTagList() {}
-
-		SMD3QuaternionTag* get(const core::stringc& name)
-		{
-			SMD3QuaternionTag search ( name );
-			s32 index = Container.linear_search ( search );
-			if ( index >= 0 )
-				return &Container[index];
-			return 0;
-		}
-
-		u32 size () const
-		{
-			return Container.size();
-		}
-
-		void set_used(u32 new_size)
-		{
-			s32 diff = (s32) new_size - (s32) Container.allocated_size();
-			if ( diff > 0 )
-			{
-				SMD3QuaternionTag e("");
-				for ( s32 i = 0; i < diff; ++i )
-					Container.push_back(e);
-			}
-		}
-
-		const SMD3QuaternionTag& operator[](u32 index) const
-		{
-			return Container[index];
-		}
-
-		SMD3QuaternionTag& operator[](u32 index)
-		{
-			return Container[index];
-		}
-
-		void push_back(const SMD3QuaternionTag& other)
-		{
-			Container.push_back(other);
-		}
-
-		SMD3QuaternionTagList& operator = (const SMD3QuaternionTagList & copyMe)
-		{
-			Container = copyMe.Container;
-			return *this;
-		}
-
-	private:
-		core::array < SMD3QuaternionTag > Container;
-	};
-
-
-	//! Holding Frames Buffers and Tag Infos
-	struct SMD3Mesh: public IReferenceCounted
-	{
-		SMD3Mesh ()
-		{
-			MD3Header.numFrames = 0;
-		}
-
-		virtual ~SMD3Mesh()
-		{
-			for (u32 i=0; i<Buffer.size(); ++i)
-				Buffer[i]->drop();
-		}
-
-		core::stringc Name;
-		core::array<SMD3MeshBuffer*> Buffer;
-		SMD3QuaternionTagList TagList;
-		SMD3Header MD3Header;
-	};
-
-
-	//! Interface for using some special functions of MD3 meshes
-	class IAnimatedMeshMD3 : public IAnimatedMesh
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! tune how many frames you want to render inbetween.
-		virtual void setInterpolationShift(u32 shift, u32 loopMode) =0;
-
-		//! get the tag list of the mesh.
-		virtual SMD3QuaternionTagList* getTagList(s32 frame, s32 detailLevel, s32 startFrameLoop, s32 endFrameLoop) =0;
-
-		//! get the original md3 mesh.
-		virtual SMD3Mesh* getOriginalMesh() =0;
-	};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IAnimatedMeshSceneNode.h

@@ -1,228 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_ANIMATED_MESH_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_ANIMATED_MESH_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "ISceneNode.h"
-#include "IBoneSceneNode.h"
-#include "IAnimatedMeshMD2.h"
-#include "IAnimatedMeshMD3.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-	class IShadowVolumeSceneNode;
-
-	enum E_JOINT_UPDATE_ON_RENDER
-	{
-		//! do nothing
-		EJUOR_NONE = 0,
-
-		//! get joints positions from the mesh (for attached nodes, etc)
-		EJUOR_READ,
-
-		//! control joint positions in the mesh (eg. ragdolls, or set the animation from animateJoints() )
-		EJUOR_CONTROL
-	};
-
-
-	class IAnimatedMeshSceneNode;
-
-	//! Callback interface for catching events of ended animations.
-	/** Implement this interface and use
-	IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::setAnimationEndCallback to be able to
-	be notified if an animation playback has ended.
-	**/
-	class IAnimationEndCallBack : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! Will be called when the animation playback has ended.
-		/** See IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::setAnimationEndCallback for
-		more informations.
-		\param node: Node of which the animation has ended. */
-		virtual void OnAnimationEnd(IAnimatedMeshSceneNode* node) = 0;
-	};
-
-	//! Scene node capable of displaying an animated mesh and its shadow.
-	/** The shadow is optional: If a shadow should be displayed too, just
-	invoke the IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::createShadowVolumeSceneNode().*/
-	class IAnimatedMeshSceneNode : public ISceneNode
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! Constructor
-		IAnimatedMeshSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
-			const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
-			const core::vector3df& rotation = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
-			const core::vector3df& scale = core::vector3df(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f))
-			: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position, rotation, scale) {}
-
-		//! Destructor
-		virtual ~IAnimatedMeshSceneNode() {}
-
-		//! Sets the current frame number.
-		/** From now on the animation is played from this frame.
-		\param frame: Number of the frame to let the animation be started from.
-		The frame number must be a valid frame number of the IMesh used by this
-		scene node. Set IAnimatedMesh::getMesh() for details. */
-		virtual void setCurrentFrame(f32 frame) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the frame numbers between the animation is looped.
-		/** The default is 0 - MaximalFrameCount of the mesh.
-		\param begin: Start frame number of the loop.
-		\param end: End frame number of the loop.
-		\return True if successful, false if not. */
-		virtual bool setFrameLoop(s32 begin, s32 end) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the speed with which the animation is played.
-		/** \param framesPerSecond: Frames per second played. */
-		virtual void setAnimationSpeed(f32 framesPerSecond) = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the speed with which the animation is played.
-		/** \return Frames per second played. */
-		virtual f32 getAnimationSpeed() const =0;
-
-		//! Creates shadow volume scene node as child of this node.
-		/** The shadow can be rendered using the ZPass or the zfail
-		method. ZPass is a little bit faster because the shadow volume
-		creation is easier, but with this method there occur ugly
-		looking artifacs when the camera is inside the shadow volume.
-		These error do not occur with the ZFail method.
-		\param shadowMesh: Optional custom mesh for shadow volume.
-		\param id: Id of the shadow scene node. This id can be used to
-		identify the node later.
-		\param zfailmethod: If set to true, the shadow will use the
-		zfail method, if not, zpass is used.
-		\param infinity: Value used by the shadow volume algorithm to
-		scale the shadow volume (for zfail shadow volume we support only
-		finite shadows, so camera zfar must be larger than shadow back cap,
-		which is depend on infinity parameter).
-		\return Pointer to the created shadow scene node. This pointer
-		should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
-		information. */
-		virtual IShadowVolumeSceneNode* addShadowVolumeSceneNode(const IMesh* shadowMesh=0,
-			s32 id=-1, bool zfailmethod=true, f32 infinity=1000.0f) = 0;
-
-
-		//! Get a pointer to a joint in the mesh (if the mesh is a bone based mesh).
-		/** With this method it is possible to attach scene nodes to
-		joints for example possible to attach a weapon to the left hand
-		of an animated model. This example shows how:
-		\code
-		ISceneNode* hand =
-			yourAnimatedMeshSceneNode->getJointNode("LeftHand");
-		hand->addChild(weaponSceneNode);
-		\endcode
-		Please note that the joint returned by this method may not exist
-		before this call and the joints in the node were created by it.
-		\param jointName: Name of the joint.
-		\return Pointer to the scene node which represents the joint
-		with the specified name. Returns 0 if the contained mesh is not
-		an skinned mesh or the name of the joint could not be found. */
-		virtual IBoneSceneNode* getJointNode(const c8* jointName)=0;
-
-		//! same as getJointNode(const c8* jointName), but based on id
-		virtual IBoneSceneNode* getJointNode(u32 jointID) = 0;
-
-		//! Gets joint count.
-		/** \return Amount of joints in the mesh. */
-		virtual u32 getJointCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! Starts a default MD2 animation.
-		/** With this method it is easily possible to start a Run,
-		Attack, Die or whatever animation, if the mesh contained in
-		this scene node is an md2 mesh. Otherwise, nothing happens.
-		\param anim: An MD2 animation type, which should be played, for
-		example EMAT_STAND for the standing animation.
-		\return True if successful, and false if not, for example if
-		the mesh in the scene node is not a md2 mesh. */
-		virtual bool setMD2Animation(EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE anim) = 0;
-
-		//! Starts a special MD2 animation.
-		/** With this method it is easily possible to start a Run,
-		Attack, Die or whatever animation, if the mesh contained in
-		this scene node is an md2 mesh. Otherwise, nothing happens.
-		This method uses a character string to identify the animation.
-		If the animation is a standard md2 animation, you might want to
-		start this animation with the EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE enumeration
-		instead.
-		\param animationName: Name of the animation which should be
-		played.
-		\return Returns true if successful, and false if not, for
-		example if the mesh in the scene node is not an md2 mesh, or no
-		animation with this name could be found. */
-		virtual bool setMD2Animation(const c8* animationName) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the currently displayed frame number.
-		virtual f32 getFrameNr() const = 0;
-		//! Returns the current start frame number.
-		virtual s32 getStartFrame() const = 0;
-		//! Returns the current end frame number.
-		virtual s32 getEndFrame() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets looping mode which is on by default.
-		/** If set to false, animations will not be played looped. */
-		virtual void setLoopMode(bool playAnimationLooped) = 0;
-
-		//! returns the current loop mode
-		/** When true the animations are played looped */
-		virtual bool getLoopMode() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets a callback interface which will be called if an animation playback has ended.
-		/** Set this to 0 to disable the callback again.
-		Please note that this will only be called when in non looped
-		mode, see IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::setLoopMode(). */
-		virtual void setAnimationEndCallback(IAnimationEndCallBack* callback=0) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets if the scene node should not copy the materials of the mesh but use them in a read only style.
-		/** In this way it is possible to change the materials a mesh
-		causing all mesh scene nodes referencing this mesh to change
-		too. */
-		virtual void setReadOnlyMaterials(bool readonly) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns if the scene node should not copy the materials of the mesh but use them in a read only style
-		virtual bool isReadOnlyMaterials() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets a new mesh
-		virtual void setMesh(IAnimatedMesh* mesh) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the current mesh
-		virtual IAnimatedMesh* getMesh(void) = 0;
-
-		//! Get the absolute transformation for a special MD3 Tag if the mesh is a md3 mesh, or the absolutetransformation if it's a normal scenenode
-		virtual const SMD3QuaternionTag* getMD3TagTransformation( const core::stringc & tagname) = 0;
-
-		//! Set how the joints should be updated on render
-		virtual void setJointMode(E_JOINT_UPDATE_ON_RENDER mode)=0;
-
-		//! Sets the transition time in seconds
-		/** Note: This needs to enable joints, and setJointmode set to
-		EJUOR_CONTROL. You must call animateJoints(), or the mesh will
-		not animate. */
-		virtual void setTransitionTime(f32 Time) =0;
-
-		//! animates the joints in the mesh based on the current frame.
-		/** Also takes in to account transitions. */
-		virtual void animateJoints(bool CalculateAbsolutePositions=true) = 0;
-
-		//! render mesh ignoring its transformation.
-		/** Culling is unaffected. */
-		virtual void setRenderFromIdentity( bool On )=0;
-
-		//! Creates a clone of this scene node and its children.
-		/** \param newParent An optional new parent.
-		\param newManager An optional new scene manager.
-		\return The newly created clone of this node. */
-		virtual ISceneNode* clone(ISceneNode* newParent=0, ISceneManager* newManager=0) = 0;
-
-	};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IAttributeExchangingObject.h

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_ATTRIBUTE_EXCHANGING_OBJECT_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_ATTRIBUTE_EXCHANGING_OBJECT_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-
-
-namespace irr
-{
-
-namespace io
-{
-
-class IAttributes;
-
-//! Enumeration flags passed through SAttributeReadWriteOptions to the IAttributeExchangingObject object
-enum E_ATTRIBUTE_READ_WRITE_FLAGS
-{
-	//! Serialization/Deserializion is done for an xml file
-	EARWF_FOR_FILE = 0x00000001,
-
-	//! Serialization/Deserializion is done for an editor property box
-	EARWF_FOR_EDITOR = 0x00000002,
-
-	//! When writing filenames, relative paths should be used
-	EARWF_USE_RELATIVE_PATHS = 0x00000004
-};
-
-
-//! struct holding data describing options
-struct SAttributeReadWriteOptions
-{
-	//! Constructor
-	SAttributeReadWriteOptions()
-		: Flags(0), Filename(0)
-	{
-	}
-
-	//! Combination of E_ATTRIBUTE_READ_WRITE_FLAGS or other, custom ones
-	s32 Flags;
-
-	//! Optional filename
-	const fschar_t* Filename;
-};
-
-
-//! An object which is able to serialize and deserialize its attributes into an attributes object
-class IAttributeExchangingObject : virtual public IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Writes attributes of the object.
-	/** Implement this to expose the attributes of your scene node animator for
-	scripting languages, editors, debuggers or xml serialization purposes. */
-	virtual void serializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* out, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0) const {}
-
-	//! Reads attributes of the object.
-	/** Implement this to set the attributes of your scene node animator for
-	scripting languages, editors, debuggers or xml deserialization purposes. */
-	virtual void deserializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* in, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0) {}
-
-};
-
-} // end namespace io
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IAttributes.h

@@ -1,738 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_ATTRIBUTES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_ATTRIBUTES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "SColor.h"
-#include "vector3d.h"
-#include "vector2d.h"
-#include "line2d.h"
-#include "line3d.h"
-#include "triangle3d.h"
-#include "position2d.h"
-#include "rect.h"
-#include "dimension2d.h"
-#include "matrix4.h"
-#include "quaternion.h"
-#include "plane3d.h"
-#include "triangle3d.h"
-#include "line2d.h"
-#include "line3d.h"
-#include "irrString.h"
-#include "irrArray.h"
-#include "IXMLReader.h"
-#include "EAttributes.h"
-#include "path.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace video
-{
-	class ITexture;
-} // end namespace video
-namespace io
-{
-	class IXMLWriter;
-
-//! Provides a generic interface for attributes and their values and the possiblity to serialize them
-class IAttributes : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Returns amount of attributes in this collection of attributes.
-	virtual u32 getAttributeCount() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns attribute name by index.
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual const c8* getAttributeName(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the type of an attribute
-	//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
-	virtual E_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE getAttributeType(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns attribute type by index.
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual E_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE getAttributeType(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the type string of the attribute
-	//! \param attributeName: String for the attribute type
-	virtual const wchar_t* getAttributeTypeString(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the type string of the attribute by index.
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual const wchar_t* getAttributeTypeString(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns if an attribute with a name exists
-	virtual bool existsAttribute(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns attribute index from name, -1 if not found
-	virtual s32 findAttribute(const c8* attributeName) const =0;
-
-	//! Removes all attributes
-	virtual void clear() = 0;
-
-	//! Reads attributes from a xml file.
-	//! \param reader The XML reader to read from
-	//! \param readCurrentElementOnly If set to true, reading only works if current element has the name 'attributes' or
-	//! the name specified using elementName.
-	//! \param elementName The surrounding element name. If it is null, the default one, "attributes" will be taken.
-	//! If set to false, the first appearing list of attributes are read.
-	virtual bool read(io::IXMLReader* reader, bool readCurrentElementOnly=false, const wchar_t* elementName=0) = 0;
-
-	//! Write these attributes into a xml file
-	//! \param writer: The XML writer to write to
-	//! \param writeXMLHeader: Writes a header to the XML file, required if at the beginning of the file
-	//! \param elementName: The surrounding element name. If it is null, the default one, "attributes" will be taken.
-	virtual bool write(io::IXMLWriter* writer, bool writeXMLHeader=false, const wchar_t* elementName=0) = 0;
-
-
-	/*
-
-		Integer Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as integer
-	virtual void addInt(const c8* attributeName, s32 value) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as integer value
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, s32 value) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as integer value
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual s32 getAttributeAsInt(const c8* attributeName) const =0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as integer value
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual s32 getAttributeAsInt(s32 index) const =0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as integer value
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, s32 value) = 0;
-
-	/*
-
-		Float Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as float
-	virtual void addFloat(const c8* attributeName, f32 value) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets a attribute as float value
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, f32 value) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as float value
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual f32 getAttributeAsFloat(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as float value
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual f32 getAttributeAsFloat(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as float value
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, f32 value) = 0;
-
-	/*
-
-		String Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as string
-	virtual void addString(const c8* attributeName, const c8* value) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute value as string.
-	//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
-	//! \param value: Value for the attribute. Set this to 0 to delete the attribute
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, const c8* value) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as string.
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	//! or 0 if attribute is not set.
-	virtual core::stringc getAttributeAsString(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as string.
-	//! \param attributeName Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \param target Buffer where the string is copied to.
-	virtual void getAttributeAsString(const c8* attributeName, c8* target) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns attribute value as string by index.
-	//! \param index Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::stringc getAttributeAsString(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute value as string.
-	//! \param index Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	//! \param value String to which the attribute is set.
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, const c8* value) = 0;
-
-	// wide strings
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as string
-	virtual void addString(const c8* attributeName, const wchar_t* value) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute value as string.
-	//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
-	//! \param value: Value for the attribute. Set this to 0 to delete the attribute
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, const wchar_t* value) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as string.
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	//! or 0 if attribute is not set.
-	virtual core::stringw getAttributeAsStringW(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as string.
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \param target: Buffer where the string is copied to.
-	virtual void getAttributeAsStringW(const c8* attributeName, wchar_t* target) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns attribute value as string by index.
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::stringw getAttributeAsStringW(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute value as string.
-	//! \param index Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	//! \param value String to which the attribute is set.
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, const wchar_t* value) = 0;
-
-	/*
-
-		Binary Data Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as binary data
-	virtual void addBinary(const c8* attributeName, void* data, s32 dataSizeInBytes) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as binary data
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, void* data, s32 dataSizeInBytes ) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as binary data
-	/** \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	\param outData Pointer to buffer where data shall be stored.
-	\param maxSizeInBytes Maximum number of bytes to write into outData.
-	*/
-	virtual void getAttributeAsBinaryData(const c8* attributeName, void* outData, s32 maxSizeInBytes) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as binary data
-	/** \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	\param outData Pointer to buffer where data shall be stored.
-	\param maxSizeInBytes Maximum number of bytes to write into outData.
-	*/
-	virtual void getAttributeAsBinaryData(s32 index, void* outData, s32 maxSizeInBytes) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as binary data
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, void* data, s32 dataSizeInBytes ) = 0;
-
-
-	/*
-		Array Attribute
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as wide string array
-	virtual void addArray(const c8* attributeName, const core::array<core::stringw>& value) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute value as a wide string array.
-	//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
-	//! \param value: Value for the attribute. Set this to 0 to delete the attribute
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, const core::array<core::stringw>& value) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as an array of wide strings.
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	//! or 0 if attribute is not set.
-	virtual core::array<core::stringw> getAttributeAsArray(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns attribute value as an array of wide strings by index.
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::array<core::stringw> getAttributeAsArray(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as an array of wide strings
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, const core::array<core::stringw>& value) = 0;
-
-
-	/*
-
-		Bool Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as bool
-	virtual void addBool(const c8* attributeName, bool value) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as boolean value
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, bool value) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as boolean value
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual bool getAttributeAsBool(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as boolean value
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual bool getAttributeAsBool(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as boolean value
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, bool value) = 0;
-
-	/*
-
-		Enumeration Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as enum
-	virtual void addEnum(const c8* attributeName, const c8* enumValue, const c8* const* enumerationLiterals) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as enum
-	virtual void addEnum(const c8* attributeName, s32 enumValue, const c8* const* enumerationLiterals) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as enumeration
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, const c8* enumValue, const c8* const* enumerationLiterals) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as enumeration
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual const c8* getAttributeAsEnumeration(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as enumeration
-	/** \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	\param enumerationLiteralsToUse: Use these enumeration literals to get
-	the index value instead of the set ones. This is useful when the
-	attribute list maybe was read from an xml file, and only contains the
-	enumeration string, but no information about its index.
-	\return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	*/
-	virtual s32 getAttributeAsEnumeration(const c8* attributeName, const c8* const* enumerationLiteralsToUse) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as enumeration
-	/** \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	\param enumerationLiteralsToUse: Use these enumeration literals to get
-	the index value instead of the set ones. This is useful when the
-	attribute list maybe was read from an xml file, and only contains the
-	enumeration string, but no information about its index.
-	\return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	*/
-	virtual s32 getAttributeAsEnumeration(s32 index, const c8* const* enumerationLiteralsToUse) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as enumeration
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual const c8* getAttributeAsEnumeration(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets the list of enumeration literals of an enumeration attribute
-	//! \param attributeName Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \param outLiterals Set of strings to choose the enum name from.
-	virtual void getAttributeEnumerationLiteralsOfEnumeration(const c8* attributeName, core::array<core::stringc>& outLiterals) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets the list of enumeration literals of an enumeration attribute
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	//! \param outLiterals Set of strings to choose the enum name from.
-	virtual void getAttributeEnumerationLiteralsOfEnumeration(s32 index, core::array<core::stringc>& outLiterals) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as enumeration
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, const c8* enumValue, const c8* const* enumerationLiterals) = 0;
-
-
-	/*
-
-		SColor Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as color
-	virtual void addColor(const c8* attributeName, video::SColor value) = 0;
-
-
-	//! Sets a attribute as color
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, video::SColor color) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as color
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual video::SColor getAttributeAsColor(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as color
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual video::SColor getAttributeAsColor(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as color
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, video::SColor color) = 0;
-
-	/*
-
-		SColorf Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as floating point color
-	virtual void addColorf(const c8* attributeName, video::SColorf value) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets a attribute as floating point color
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, video::SColorf color) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as floating point color
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual video::SColorf getAttributeAsColorf(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as floating point color
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual video::SColorf getAttributeAsColorf(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as floating point color
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, video::SColorf color) = 0;
-
-
-	/*
-
-		Vector3d Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as 3d vector
-	virtual void addVector3d(const c8* attributeName, core::vector3df value) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets a attribute as 3d vector
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::vector3df v) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as 3d vector
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual core::vector3df getAttributeAsVector3d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as 3d vector
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::vector3df getAttributeAsVector3d(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as vector
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::vector3df v) = 0;
-
-	/*
-
-		Vector2d Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as 2d vector
-	virtual void addVector2d(const c8* attributeName, core::vector2df value) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets a attribute as 2d vector
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::vector2df v) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as vector
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual core::vector2df getAttributeAsVector2d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as position
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::vector2df getAttributeAsVector2d(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as 2d vector
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::vector2df v) = 0;
-
-	/*
-
-		Position2d Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as 2d position
-	virtual void addPosition2d(const c8* attributeName, core::position2di value) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets a attribute as 2d position
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::position2di v) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as position
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual core::position2di getAttributeAsPosition2d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as position
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::position2di getAttributeAsPosition2d(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as 2d position
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::position2di v) = 0;
-
-	/*
-
-		Rectangle Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as rectangle
-	virtual void addRect(const c8* attributeName, core::rect<s32> value) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as rectangle
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::rect<s32> v) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as rectangle
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual core::rect<s32> getAttributeAsRect(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as rectangle
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::rect<s32> getAttributeAsRect(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as rectangle
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::rect<s32> v) = 0;
-
-
-	/*
-
-		Dimension2d Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as dimension2d
-	virtual void addDimension2d(const c8* attributeName, core::dimension2d<u32> value) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as dimension2d
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::dimension2d<u32> v) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as dimension2d
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual core::dimension2d<u32> getAttributeAsDimension2d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as dimension2d
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::dimension2d<u32> getAttributeAsDimension2d(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as dimension2d
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::dimension2d<u32> v) = 0;
-
-
-	/*
-		matrix attribute
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as matrix
-	virtual void addMatrix(const c8* attributeName, const core::matrix4& v) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as matrix
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, const core::matrix4& v) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as a matrix4
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual core::matrix4 getAttributeAsMatrix(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as matrix
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::matrix4 getAttributeAsMatrix(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as matrix
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, const core::matrix4& v) = 0;
-
-	/*
-		quaternion attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as quaternion
-	virtual void addQuaternion(const c8* attributeName, core::quaternion v) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as quaternion
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::quaternion v) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as a quaternion
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual core::quaternion getAttributeAsQuaternion(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as quaternion
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::quaternion getAttributeAsQuaternion(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as quaternion
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::quaternion v) = 0;
-
-	/*
-
-		3d bounding box
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as axis aligned bounding box
-	virtual void addBox3d(const c8* attributeName, core::aabbox3df v) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as axis aligned bounding box
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::aabbox3df v) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as a axis aligned bounding box
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual core::aabbox3df getAttributeAsBox3d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as axis aligned bounding box
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::aabbox3df getAttributeAsBox3d(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as axis aligned bounding box
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::aabbox3df v) = 0;
-
-	/*
-
-		plane
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as 3d plane
-	virtual void addPlane3d(const c8* attributeName, core::plane3df v) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as 3d plane
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::plane3df v) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as a 3d plane
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual core::plane3df getAttributeAsPlane3d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as 3d plane
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::plane3df getAttributeAsPlane3d(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as 3d plane
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::plane3df v) = 0;
-
-
-	/*
-
-		3d triangle
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as 3d triangle
-	virtual void addTriangle3d(const c8* attributeName, core::triangle3df v) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as 3d trianle
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::triangle3df v) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as a 3d triangle
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual core::triangle3df getAttributeAsTriangle3d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as 3d triangle
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::triangle3df getAttributeAsTriangle3d(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as 3d triangle
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::triangle3df v) = 0;
-
-
-	/*
-
-		line 2d
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as a 2d line
-	virtual void addLine2d(const c8* attributeName, core::line2df v) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as a 2d line
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::line2df v) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as a 2d line
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual core::line2df getAttributeAsLine2d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as a 2d line
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::line2df getAttributeAsLine2d(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as a 2d line
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::line2df v) = 0;
-
-
-	/*
-
-		line 3d
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as a 3d line
-	virtual void addLine3d(const c8* attributeName, core::line3df v) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as a 3d line
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::line3df v) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as a 3d line
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
-	virtual core::line3df getAttributeAsLine3d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as a 3d line
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual core::line3df getAttributeAsLine3d(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as a 3d line
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::line3df v) = 0;
-
-
-	/*
-
-		Texture Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as texture reference
-	virtual void addTexture(const c8* attributeName, video::ITexture* texture, const io::path& filename = "") = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as texture reference
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, video::ITexture* texture, const io::path& filename = "") = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as texture reference
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	virtual video::ITexture* getAttributeAsTexture(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as texture reference
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual video::ITexture* getAttributeAsTexture(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as texture reference
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, video::ITexture* texture, const io::path& filename = "") = 0;
-
-
-	/*
-
-		User Pointer Attribute
-
-	*/
-
-	//! Adds an attribute as user pointner
-	virtual void addUserPointer(const c8* attributeName, void* userPointer) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as user pointer
-	virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, void* userPointer) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as user pointer
-	//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
-	virtual void* getAttributeAsUserPointer(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets an attribute as user pointer
-	//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
-	virtual void* getAttributeAsUserPointer(s32 index) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets an attribute as user pointer
-	virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, void* userPointer) = 0;
-
-};
-
-} // end namespace io
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-
-
-

include/irrlicht/IBillboardSceneNode.h

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_BILLBOARD_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_BILLBOARD_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "ISceneNode.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-//! A billboard scene node.
-/** A billboard is like a 3d sprite: A 2d element,
-which always looks to the camera. It is usually used for explosions, fire,
-lensflares, particles and things like that.
-*/
-class IBillboardSceneNode : public ISceneNode
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Constructor
-	IBillboardSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
-		const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0))
-		: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position) {}
-
-	//! Sets the size of the billboard, making it rectangular.
-	virtual void setSize(const core::dimension2d<f32>& size) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets the size of the billboard with independent widths of the bottom and top edges.
-	/** \param[in] height The height of the billboard.
-	\param[in] bottomEdgeWidth The width of the bottom edge of the billboard.
-	\param[in] topEdgeWidth The width of the top edge of the billboard.
-	*/
-	virtual void setSize(f32 height, f32 bottomEdgeWidth, f32 topEdgeWidth) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the size of the billboard.
-	/** This will return the width of the bottom edge of the billboard.
-	Use getWidths() to retrieve the bottom and top edges independently.
-	\return Size of the billboard.
-	*/
-	virtual const core::dimension2d<f32>& getSize() const = 0;
-
-	//! Gets the size of the the billboard and handles independent top and bottom edge widths correctly.
-	/** \param[out] height The height of the billboard.
-	\param[out] bottomEdgeWidth The width of the bottom edge of the billboard.
-	\param[out] topEdgeWidth The width of the top edge of the billboard.
-	*/
-	virtual void getSize(f32& height, f32& bottomEdgeWidth, f32& topEdgeWidth) const =0;
-
-	//! Set the color of all vertices of the billboard
-	/** \param[in] overallColor Color to set */
-	virtual void setColor(const video::SColor& overallColor) = 0;
-
-	//! Set the color of the top and bottom vertices of the billboard
-	/** \param[in] topColor Color to set the top vertices
-	\param[in] bottomColor Color to set the bottom vertices */
-	virtual void setColor(const video::SColor& topColor,
-			const video::SColor& bottomColor) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets the color of the top and bottom vertices of the billboard
-	/** \param[out] topColor Stores the color of the top vertices
-	\param[out] bottomColor Stores the color of the bottom vertices */
-	virtual void getColor(video::SColor& topColor,
-			video::SColor& bottomColor) const = 0;
-};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IBillboardTextSceneNode.h

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_BILLBOARD_TEXT_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_BILLBOARD_TEXT_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IBillboardSceneNode.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-//! A billboard text scene node.
-/** Acts like a billboard which displays the currently set text.
-  Due to the exclusion of RTTI in Irrlicht we have to avoid multiple
-  inheritance. Hence, changes to the ITextSceneNode interface have
-  to be copied here manually.
-*/
-class IBillboardTextSceneNode : public IBillboardSceneNode
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Constructor
-	IBillboardTextSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
-		const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0))
-		: IBillboardSceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position) {}
-
-	//! Sets the size of the billboard.
-	virtual void setSize(const core::dimension2d<f32>& size) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the size of the billboard.
-	virtual const core::dimension2d<f32>& getSize() const = 0;
-
-	//! Set the color of all vertices of the billboard
-	/** \param overallColor: the color to set */
-	virtual void setColor(const video::SColor & overallColor) = 0;
-
-	//! Set the color of the top and bottom vertices of the billboard
-	/** \param topColor: the color to set the top vertices
-	\param bottomColor: the color to set the bottom vertices */
-	virtual void setColor(const video::SColor & topColor, const video::SColor & bottomColor) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets the color of the top and bottom vertices of the billboard
-	/** \param topColor: stores the color of the top vertices
-	\param bottomColor: stores the color of the bottom vertices */
-	virtual void getColor(video::SColor & topColor, video::SColor & bottomColor) const = 0;
-
-	//! sets the text string
-	virtual void setText(const wchar_t* text) = 0;
-
-	//! sets the color of the text
-	virtual void setTextColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
-};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IBoneSceneNode.h

@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_BONE_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_BONE_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "ISceneNode.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	//! Enumeration for different bone animation modes
-	enum E_BONE_ANIMATION_MODE
-	{
-		//! The bone is usually animated, unless it's parent is not animated
-		EBAM_AUTOMATIC=0,
-
-		//! The bone is animated by the skin, if it's parent is not animated then animation will resume from this bone onward
-		EBAM_ANIMATED,
-
-		//! The bone is not animated by the skin
-		EBAM_UNANIMATED,
-
-		//! Not an animation mode, just here to count the available modes
-		EBAM_COUNT
-
-	};
-
-	enum E_BONE_SKINNING_SPACE
-	{
-		//! local skinning, standard
-		EBSS_LOCAL=0,
-
-		//! global skinning
-		EBSS_GLOBAL,
-
-		EBSS_COUNT
-	};
-
-	//! Names for bone animation modes
-	const c8* const BoneAnimationModeNames[] =
-	{
-		"automatic",
-		"animated",
-		"unanimated",
-		0,
-	};
-
-
-	//! Interface for bones used for skeletal animation.
-	/** Used with ISkinnedMesh and IAnimatedMeshSceneNode. */
-	class IBoneSceneNode : public ISceneNode
-	{
-	public:
-
-		IBoneSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id=-1) :
-			ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id),positionHint(-1),scaleHint(-1),rotationHint(-1) { }
-
-		//! Get the name of the bone
-		/** \deprecated Use getName instead. This method may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9 */
-		_IRR_DEPRECATED_ virtual const c8* getBoneName() const { return getName(); }
-
-		//! Get the index of the bone
-		virtual u32 getBoneIndex() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the animation mode of the bone.
-		/** \return True if successful. (Unused) */
-		virtual bool setAnimationMode(E_BONE_ANIMATION_MODE mode) = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the current animation mode of the bone
-		virtual E_BONE_ANIMATION_MODE getAnimationMode() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get the axis aligned bounding box of this node
-		virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the relative transformation of the scene node.
-		//virtual core::matrix4 getRelativeTransformation() const = 0;
-
-		//! The animation method.
-		virtual void OnAnimate(u32 timeMs) =0;
-
-		//! The render method.
-		/** Does nothing as bones are not visible. */
-		virtual void render() { }
-
-		//! How the relative transformation of the bone is used
-		virtual void setSkinningSpace( E_BONE_SKINNING_SPACE space ) =0;
-
-		//! How the relative transformation of the bone is used
-		virtual E_BONE_SKINNING_SPACE getSkinningSpace() const =0;
-
-		//! Updates the absolute position based on the relative and the parents position
-		virtual void updateAbsolutePositionOfAllChildren()=0;
-
-		s32 positionHint;
-		s32 scaleHint;
-		s32 rotationHint;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/ICameraSceneNode.h

@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_CAMERA_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_CAMERA_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "ISceneNode.h"
-#include "IEventReceiver.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-	struct SViewFrustum;
-
-	//! Scene Node which is a (controlable) camera.
-	/** The whole scene will be rendered from the cameras point of view.
-	Because the ICameraScenNode is a SceneNode, it can be attached to any
-	other scene node, and will follow its parents movement, rotation and so
-	on.
-	*/
-	class ICameraSceneNode : public ISceneNode, public IEventReceiver
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! Constructor
-		ICameraSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
-			const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
-			const core::vector3df& rotation = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
-			const core::vector3df& scale = core::vector3df(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f))
-			: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position, rotation, scale), IsOrthogonal(false) {}
-
-		//! Sets the projection matrix of the camera.
-		/** The core::matrix4 class has some methods to build a
-		projection matrix. e.g:
-		core::matrix4::buildProjectionMatrixPerspectiveFovLH.
-		Note that the matrix will only stay as set by this method until
-		one of the following Methods are called: setNearValue,
-		setFarValue, setAspectRatio, setFOV.
-		\param projection The new projection matrix of the camera.
-		\param isOrthogonal Set this to true if the matrix is an
-		orthogonal one (e.g. from matrix4::buildProjectionMatrixOrtho).
-		*/
-		virtual void setProjectionMatrix(const core::matrix4& projection, bool isOrthogonal=false) =0;
-
-		//! Gets the current projection matrix of the camera.
-		/** \return The current projection matrix of the camera. */
-		virtual const core::matrix4& getProjectionMatrix() const =0;
-
-		//! Gets the current view matrix of the camera.
-		/** \return The current view matrix of the camera. */
-		virtual const core::matrix4& getViewMatrix() const =0;
-
-		//! Sets a custom view matrix affector.
-		/** The matrix passed here, will be multiplied with the view
-		matrix when it gets updated. This allows for custom camera
-		setups like, for example, a reflection camera.
-		\param affector The affector matrix. */
-		virtual void setViewMatrixAffector(const core::matrix4& affector) =0;
-
-		//! Get the custom view matrix affector.
-		/** \return The affector matrix. */
-		virtual const core::matrix4& getViewMatrixAffector() const =0;
-
-		//! It is possible to send mouse and key events to the camera.
-		/** Most cameras may ignore this input, but camera scene nodes
-		which are created for example with
-		ISceneManager::addCameraSceneNodeMaya or
-		ISceneManager::addCameraSceneNodeFPS, may want to get
-		this input for changing their position, look at target or
-		whatever. */
-		virtual bool OnEvent(const SEvent& event) =0;
-
-		//! Sets the look at target of the camera
-		/** If the camera's target and rotation are bound ( @see
-		bindTargetAndRotation() ) then calling this will also change
-		the camera's scene node rotation to match the target.
-		Note that setTarget uses the current absolute position 
-		internally, so if you changed setPosition since last rendering you must
-		call updateAbsolutePosition before using this function.
-		\param pos Look at target of the camera, in world co-ordinates. */
-		virtual void setTarget(const core::vector3df& pos) =0;
-
-		//! Sets the rotation of the node.
-		/** This only modifies the relative rotation of the node.
-		If the camera's target and rotation are bound ( @see
-		bindTargetAndRotation() ) then calling this will also change
-		the camera's target to match the rotation.
-		\param rotation New rotation of the node in degrees. */
-		virtual void setRotation(const core::vector3df& rotation) =0;
-
-		//! Gets the current look at target of the camera
-		/** \return The current look at target of the camera, in world co-ordinates */
-		virtual const core::vector3df& getTarget() const =0;
-
-		//! Sets the up vector of the camera.
-		/** \param pos: New upvector of the camera. */
-		virtual void setUpVector(const core::vector3df& pos) =0;
-
-		//! Gets the up vector of the camera.
-		/** \return The up vector of the camera, in world space. */
-		virtual const core::vector3df& getUpVector() const =0;
-
-		//! Gets the value of the near plane of the camera.
-		/** \return The value of the near plane of the camera. */
-		virtual f32 getNearValue() const =0;
-
-		//! Gets the value of the far plane of the camera.
-		/** \return The value of the far plane of the camera. */
-		virtual f32 getFarValue() const =0;
-
-		//! Gets the aspect ratio of the camera.
-		/** \return The aspect ratio of the camera. */
-		virtual f32 getAspectRatio() const =0;
-
-		//! Gets the field of view of the camera.
-		/** \return The field of view of the camera in radians. */
-		virtual f32 getFOV() const =0;
-
-		//! Sets the value of the near clipping plane. (default: 1.0f)
-		/** \param zn: New z near value. */
-		virtual void setNearValue(f32 zn) =0;
-
-		//! Sets the value of the far clipping plane (default: 2000.0f)
-		/** \param zf: New z far value. */
-		virtual void setFarValue(f32 zf) =0;
-
-		//! Sets the aspect ratio (default: 4.0f / 3.0f)
-		/** \param aspect: New aspect ratio. */
-		virtual void setAspectRatio(f32 aspect) =0;
-
-		//! Sets the field of view (Default: PI / 2.5f)
-		/** \param fovy: New field of view in radians. */
-		virtual void setFOV(f32 fovy) =0;
-
-		//! Get the view frustum.
-		/** Needed sometimes by bspTree or LOD render nodes.
-		\return The current view frustum. */
-		virtual const SViewFrustum* getViewFrustum() const =0;
-
-		//! Disables or enables the camera to get key or mouse inputs.
-		/** If this is set to true, the camera will respond to key
-		inputs otherwise not. */
-		virtual void setInputReceiverEnabled(bool enabled) =0;
-
-		//! Checks if the input receiver of the camera is currently enabled.
-		virtual bool isInputReceiverEnabled() const =0;
-
-		//! Checks if a camera is orthogonal.
-		virtual bool isOrthogonal() const
-		{
-			_IRR_IMPLEMENT_MANAGED_MARSHALLING_BUGFIX;
-			return IsOrthogonal;
-		}
-
-		//! Binds the camera scene node's rotation to its target position and vice vera, or unbinds them.
-		/** When bound, calling setRotation() will update the camera's
-		target position to be along its +Z axis, and likewise calling
-		setTarget() will update its rotation so that its +Z axis will
-		point at the target point. FPS camera use this binding by
-		default; other cameras do not.
-		\param bound True to bind the camera's scene node rotation
-		and targetting, false to unbind them.
-		@see getTargetAndRotationBinding() */
-		virtual void bindTargetAndRotation(bool bound) =0;
-
-		//! Queries if the camera scene node's rotation and its target position are bound together.
-		/** @see bindTargetAndRotation() */
-		virtual bool getTargetAndRotationBinding(void) const =0;
-
-		//! Writes attributes of the camera node
-		virtual void serializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* out, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0) const
-		{
-			ISceneNode::serializeAttributes(out, options);
-
-			if (!out)
-				return;
-			out->addBool	("IsOrthogonal", IsOrthogonal );
-		}
-
-		//! Reads attributes of the camera node
-		virtual void deserializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* in, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0)
-		{
-			ISceneNode::deserializeAttributes(in, options);
-			if (!in)
-				return;
-
-			if ( in->findAttribute("IsOrthogonal") )
-				IsOrthogonal = in->getAttributeAsBool("IsOrthogonal");
-		}
-
-	protected:
-
-		void cloneMembers(ICameraSceneNode* toCopyFrom)
-		{
-			IsOrthogonal = toCopyFrom->IsOrthogonal;
-		}
-
-		bool IsOrthogonal;
-	};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IColladaMeshWriter.h

@@ -1,405 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __IRR_I_COLLADA_MESH_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __IRR_I_COLLADA_MESH_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IMeshWriter.h"
-#include "ISceneNode.h"
-#include "IAnimatedMesh.h"
-#include "SMaterial.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace io
-{
-	class IWriteFile;
-} // end namespace io
-
-namespace scene
-{
-	//! Lighting models - more or less the way Collada categorizes materials
-	enum E_COLLADA_TECHNIQUE_FX
-	{
-		//! Blinn-phong which is default for opengl and dx fixed function pipelines.
-		//! But several well-known renderers don't support it and prefer phong.
-		ECTF_BLINN,	
-		//! Phong shading, default in many external renderers.
-		ECTF_PHONG,
-		//! diffuse shaded surface that is independent of lighting.
-		ECTF_LAMBERT,
-		// constantly shaded surface that is independent of lighting. 
-		ECTF_CONSTANT
-	};
-
-	//! How to interpret the opacity in collada
-	enum E_COLLADA_TRANSPARENT_FX
-	{
-		//! default - only alpha channel of color or texture is used.
-		ECOF_A_ONE = 0,
-
-		//! Alpha values for each RGB channel of color or texture are used. 
-		ECOF_RGB_ZERO = 1
-	};
-
-	//! Color names collada uses in it's color samplers
-	enum E_COLLADA_COLOR_SAMPLER
-	{
-		ECCS_DIFFUSE,
-		ECCS_AMBIENT,
-		ECCS_EMISSIVE,
-		ECCS_SPECULAR,
-		ECCS_TRANSPARENT,
-		ECCS_REFLECTIVE
-	};
-
-	//! Irrlicht colors which can be mapped to E_COLLADA_COLOR_SAMPLER values
-	enum E_COLLADA_IRR_COLOR
-	{
-		//! Don't write this element at all
-		ECIC_NONE,
-
-		//! Check IColladaMeshWriterProperties for custom color
-		ECIC_CUSTOM,
-
-		//! Use SMaterial::DiffuseColor
-		ECIC_DIFFUSE,
-
-		//! Use SMaterial::AmbientColor
-		ECIC_AMBIENT,
-
-		//! Use SMaterial::EmissiveColor
-		ECIC_EMISSIVE,
-
-		//! Use SMaterial::SpecularColor
-		ECIC_SPECULAR
-	};
-
-	//! Control when geometry elements are created
-	enum E_COLLADA_GEOMETRY_WRITING
-	{
-		//! Default - write each mesh exactly once to collada. Optimal but will not work with many tools.
-		ECGI_PER_MESH,	
-
-		//! Write each mesh as often as it's used with different materials-names in the scene.
-		//! Material names which are used here are created on export, so using the IColladaMeshWriterNames
-		//! interface you have some control over how many geometries are written.
-		ECGI_PER_MESH_AND_MATERIAL
-	};
-
-	//! Callback interface for properties which can be used to influence collada writing
-	class IColladaMeshWriterProperties  : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-	{
-	public:
-		virtual ~IColladaMeshWriterProperties ()	{}
-
-		//! Which lighting model should be used in the technique (FX) section when exporting effects (materials)
-		virtual E_COLLADA_TECHNIQUE_FX getTechniqueFx(const video::SMaterial& material) const = 0;
-
-		//! Which texture index should be used when writing the texture of the given sampler color.
-		/** \return the index to the texture-layer or -1 if that texture should never be exported 
-			Note: for ECCS_TRANSPARENT by default the alpha channel is used, if you want to use RGB you have to set
-			also the ECOF_RGB_ZERO flag in getTransparentFx.  */
-		virtual s32 getTextureIdx(const video::SMaterial & material, E_COLLADA_COLOR_SAMPLER cs) const = 0;
-
-		//! Return which color from Irrlicht should be used for the color requested by collada
-		/** Note that collada allows exporting either texture or color, not both. 
-			So color mapping is only checked if we have no valid texture already.
-			By default we try to return best fits when possible. For example ECCS_DIFFUSE is mapped to ECIC_DIFFUSE.
-			When ECIC_CUSTOM is returned then the result of getCustomColor will be used. */
-		virtual E_COLLADA_IRR_COLOR getColorMapping(const video::SMaterial & material, E_COLLADA_COLOR_SAMPLER cs) const = 0;
-
-		//! Return custom colors for certain color types requested by collada. 
-		/** Only used when getColorMapping returns ECIC_CUSTOM for the same paramters. */
-		virtual video::SColor getCustomColor(const video::SMaterial & material, E_COLLADA_COLOR_SAMPLER cs) const = 0;
-
-		//! Return the transparence color interpretation.
-		/** Not this is only about ECCS_TRANSPARENT and does not affect getTransparency. */
-		virtual E_COLLADA_TRANSPARENT_FX getTransparentFx(const video::SMaterial& material) const = 0;
-
-		//! Transparency value for that material. 
-		/** This value is additional to transparent settings, if both are set they will be multiplicated.
-		\return 1.0 for fully transparent, 0.0 for not transparent and not written at all when < 0.f */
-		virtual f32 getTransparency(const video::SMaterial& material) const = 0;
-
-		//! Reflectivity value for that material
-		/** The amount of perfect mirror reflection to be added to the reflected light 
-		\return 0.0 - 1.0 for reflectivity and element is not written at all when < 0.f */
-		virtual f32 getReflectivity(const video::SMaterial& material) const = 0;
-
-		//! Return index of refraction for that material
-		/**	By default we don't write that.
-		\return a value greater equal 0.f to write \<index_of_refraction\> when it is lesser than 0 nothing will be written */
-		virtual f32 getIndexOfRefraction(const video::SMaterial& material) const = 0;
-
-		//! Should node be used in scene export? (only needed for scene-writing, ignored in mesh-writing)
-		//! By default all visible nodes are exported.
-		virtual bool isExportable(const irr::scene::ISceneNode * node) const = 0;
-
-		//! Return the mesh for the given node. If it has no mesh or shouldn't export it's mesh 
-		//! you can return 0 in which case only the transformation matrix of the node will be used.
-		// Note: Function is not const because there is no const getMesh() function.
-		virtual IMesh* getMesh(irr::scene::ISceneNode * node) = 0;
-
-		//! Return if the node has it's own material overwriting the mesh-materials
-		/** Usually true except for mesh-nodes which have isReadOnlyMaterials set.
-		This is mostly important for naming (as ISceneNode::getMaterial() already returns the correct material).
-		You have to override it when exporting custom scenenodes with own materials.
-		\return true => The node's own material is used, false => ignore node material and use the one from the mesh */
-		virtual bool useNodeMaterial(const scene::ISceneNode* node) const = 0;
-
-	};
-
-	//! Callback interface to use custom names on collada writing.
-	/** You can either modify names and id's written to collada or you can use
-	this interface to just find out which names are used on writing.
-	*/
-	class IColladaMeshWriterNames  : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-	{
-	public:
-	
-		virtual ~IColladaMeshWriterNames () {}
-
-		//! Return a unique name for the given mesh
-		/** Note that names really must be unique here per mesh-pointer, so 
-		mostly it's a good idea to return the nameForMesh from 
-		IColladaMeshWriter::getDefaultNameGenerator(). Also names must follow 
-		the xs::NCName standard to be valid, you can run them through 
-		IColladaMeshWriter::toNCName to ensure that.
-		\param mesh Pointer to the mesh which needs a name
-		\param instance When E_COLLADA_GEOMETRY_WRITING is not ECGI_PER_MESH then 
-		several instances of the same mesh can be written and this counts them.
-		*/
-		virtual irr::core::stringw nameForMesh(const scene::IMesh* mesh, int instance) = 0;
-
-		//! Return a unique name for the given node
-		/** Note that names really must be unique here per node-pointer, so 
-		mostly it's a good idea to return the nameForNode from 
-		IColladaMeshWriter::getDefaultNameGenerator(). Also names must follow 
-		the xs::NCName standard to be valid, you can run them through 
-		IColladaMeshWriter::toNCName to ensure that.
-		*/
-		virtual irr::core::stringw nameForNode(const scene::ISceneNode* node) = 0;
-
-		//! Return a name for the material
-		/** There is one material created in the writer for each unique name. 
-		So you can use this to control the number of materials which get written. 
-		For example Irrlicht does by default write one material for each material
-		instanced by a node. So if you know that in your application material 
-		instances per node are identical between different nodes you can reduce 
-		the number of exported materials using that knowledge by using identical 
-		names for such shared materials. 
-		Names must follow the xs::NCName standard to be valid, you can run them 
-		through	IColladaMeshWriter::toNCName to ensure that.
-		*/
-		virtual irr::core::stringw nameForMaterial(const video::SMaterial & material, int materialId, const scene::IMesh* mesh, const scene::ISceneNode* node) = 0;
-	};
-
-
-	//! Interface for writing meshes
-	class IColladaMeshWriter : public IMeshWriter
-	{
-	public:
-
-		IColladaMeshWriter() 
-			: Properties(0), DefaultProperties(0), NameGenerator(0), DefaultNameGenerator(0)
-			, WriteTextures(true), WriteDefaultScene(true), ExportSMaterialOnce(true)
-			, AmbientLight(0.f, 0.f, 0.f, 1.f)
-			, GeometryWriting(ECGI_PER_MESH)
-		{
-		}
-
-		//! Destructor
-		virtual ~IColladaMeshWriter() 
-		{
-			if ( Properties )
-				Properties->drop();
-			if ( DefaultProperties )
-				DefaultProperties->drop();
-			if ( NameGenerator )
-				NameGenerator->drop();
-			if ( DefaultNameGenerator )
-				DefaultNameGenerator->drop();
-		}
-
-		//! writes a scene starting with the given node
-		virtual bool writeScene(io::IWriteFile* file, scene::ISceneNode* root) = 0;
-
-
-		//! Set if texture information should be written
-		virtual void setWriteTextures(bool write)
-		{
-			WriteTextures = write;
-		}
-
-		//! Get if texture information should be written
-		virtual bool getWriteTextures() const 
-		{
-			return WriteTextures;
-		}
-
-		//! Set if a default scene should be written when writing meshes.
-		/** Many collada readers fail to read a mesh if the collada files doesn't contain a scene as well.
-		The scene is doing an instantiation of the mesh.
-		When using writeScene this flag is ignored (as we have scene there already)
-		*/
-		virtual void setWriteDefaultScene(bool write)
-		{
-			WriteDefaultScene = write;
-		}
-
-		//! Get if a default scene should be written
-		virtual bool getWriteDefaultScene() const
-		{
-			return WriteDefaultScene;
-		}
-
-		//! Sets ambient color of the scene to write
-		virtual void setAmbientLight(const video::SColorf &ambientColor)
-		{
-			AmbientLight = ambientColor;
-		}
-
-		//! Return ambient light of the scene which is written
-		virtual video::SColorf getAmbientLight() const
-		{
-			return AmbientLight;
-		}
-
-		//! Control when and how often a mesh is written
-		/** Optimally ECGI_PER_MESH would be always sufficent - writing geometry once per mesh.
-		Unfortunately many tools (at the time of writing this nearly all of them) have trouble
-		on import when different materials are used per node. So when you override materials
-		per node and importing the resuling collada has materials problems in other tools try 
-		using other values here. 
-		\param writeStyle One of the E_COLLADA_GEOMETRY_WRITING settings. 
-		*/
-		virtual void setGeometryWriting(E_COLLADA_GEOMETRY_WRITING writeStyle) 
-		{
-			GeometryWriting = writeStyle;
-		}
-
-		//! Get the current style of geometry writing.
-		virtual E_COLLADA_GEOMETRY_WRITING getGeometryWriting() const
-		{
-			return GeometryWriting;
-		}
-
-		//! Make certain there is only one collada material generated per Irrlicht material
-		/** Checks before creating a collada material-name if an identical 
-		irr:::video::SMaterial has been exported already. If so don't export it with 
-		another name. This is set by default and leads to way smaller .dae files.
-		Note that if you need to disable this flag for some reason you can still 
-		get a similar effect using the IColladaMeshWriterNames::nameForMaterial
-		by returning identical names for identical materials there.
-		*/
-		virtual void setExportSMaterialsOnlyOnce(bool exportOnce)
-		{
-			ExportSMaterialOnce = exportOnce;
-		}
-
-		virtual bool getExportSMaterialsOnlyOnce() const
-		{
-			return ExportSMaterialOnce;
-		}
-
-		//! Set properties to use by the meshwriter instead of it's default properties.
-		/** Overloading properties with an own class allows modifying the writing process in certain ways. 
-		By default properties are set to the DefaultProperties. */
-		virtual void setProperties(IColladaMeshWriterProperties * p)
-		{
-			if ( p == Properties )
-				return;
-			if ( p ) 
-				p->grab();
-			if ( Properties )
-				Properties->drop();
-			Properties = p;
-		}
-
-		//! Get properties which are currently used.
-		virtual IColladaMeshWriterProperties * getProperties() const
-		{
-			return Properties;
-		}
-
-		//! Return the original default properties of the writer. 
-		/** You can use this pointer in your own properties to access and return default values. */
-		IColladaMeshWriterProperties * getDefaultProperties() const 
-		{ 
-			return DefaultProperties; 
-		}
-
-		//! Install a generator to create custom names on export. 
-		virtual void setNameGenerator(IColladaMeshWriterNames * nameGenerator)
-		{
-			if ( nameGenerator == NameGenerator )
-				return;
-			if ( nameGenerator ) 
-				nameGenerator->grab();
-			if ( NameGenerator )
-				NameGenerator->drop();
-			NameGenerator = nameGenerator;
-		}
-
-		//! Get currently used name generator
-		virtual IColladaMeshWriterNames * getNameGenerator() const
-		{
-			return NameGenerator;
-		}
-
-		//! Return the original default name generator of the writer. 
-		/** You can use this pointer in your own generator to access and return default values. */
-		IColladaMeshWriterNames * getDefaultNameGenerator() const 
-		{ 
-			return DefaultNameGenerator; 
-		}
-
-		//! Restrict the characters of oldString a set of allowed characters in xs::NCName and add the prefix.
-		/** A tool function to help when using a custom name generator to generative valid names for collada names and id's. */
-		virtual irr::core::stringw toNCName(const irr::core::stringw& oldString, const irr::core::stringw& prefix=irr::core::stringw(L"_NC_")) const = 0;
-
-
-	protected:
-		// NOTE: You usually should also call setProperties with the same paraemter when using setDefaultProperties
-		virtual void setDefaultProperties(IColladaMeshWriterProperties * p)
-		{
-			if ( p == DefaultProperties )
-				return;
-			if ( p ) 
-				p->grab();
-			if ( DefaultProperties )
-				DefaultProperties->drop();
-			DefaultProperties = p;
-		}
-
-		// NOTE: You usually should also call setNameGenerator with the same paraemter when using setDefaultProperties
-		virtual void setDefaultNameGenerator(IColladaMeshWriterNames * p)
-		{
-			if ( p == DefaultNameGenerator )
-				return;
-			if ( p ) 
-				p->grab();
-			if ( DefaultNameGenerator )
-				DefaultNameGenerator->drop();
-			DefaultNameGenerator = p;
-		}
-
-	private:
-		IColladaMeshWriterProperties * Properties;
-		IColladaMeshWriterProperties * DefaultProperties;
-		IColladaMeshWriterNames * NameGenerator;
-		IColladaMeshWriterNames * DefaultNameGenerator;
-		bool WriteTextures;
-		bool WriteDefaultScene;
-		bool ExportSMaterialOnce;
-		video::SColorf AmbientLight;
-		E_COLLADA_GEOMETRY_WRITING GeometryWriting;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace
-} // end namespace
-
-#endif

include/irrlicht/ICursorControl.h

@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_CURSOR_CONTROL_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_CURSOR_CONTROL_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "position2d.h"
-#include "rect.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-
-	class IGUISpriteBank;
-
-	//! Default icons for cursors
-	enum ECURSOR_ICON
-	{
-		// Following cursors might be system specific, or might use an Irrlicht icon-set. No guarantees so far.
-		ECI_NORMAL,		// arrow
-		ECI_CROSS,		// Crosshair
-		ECI_HAND, 		// Hand
-		ECI_HELP,		// Arrow and question mark
-		ECI_IBEAM,		// typical text-selection cursor
-		ECI_NO, 		// should not click icon
-		ECI_WAIT, 		// hourclass
-		ECI_SIZEALL,  	// arrow in all directions
-		ECI_SIZENESW,	// resizes in direction north-east or south-west
-		ECI_SIZENWSE, 	// resizes in direction north-west or south-east
-		ECI_SIZENS, 	// resizes in direction north or south
-		ECI_SIZEWE, 	// resizes in direction west or east
-		ECI_UP,			// up-arrow
-
-		// Implementer note: Should we add system specific cursors, which use guaranteed the system icons,
-		// then I would recommend using a naming scheme like ECI_W32_CROSS, ECI_X11_CROSSHAIR and adding those
-		// additionally.
-
-		ECI_COUNT		// maximal of defined cursors. Note that higher values can be created at runtime
-	};
-
-	//! Names for ECURSOR_ICON
-	const c8* const GUICursorIconNames[ECI_COUNT+1] =
-	{
-		"normal",
-		"cross",
-		"hand",
-		"help",
-		"ibeam",
-		"no",
-		"wait",
-		"sizeall",
-		"sizenesw",
-		"sizenwse",
-		"sizens",
-		"sizewe",
-		"sizeup",
-		0
-	};
-
-	//! structure used to set sprites as cursors.
-	struct SCursorSprite
-	{
-		SCursorSprite()
-		: SpriteBank(0), SpriteId(-1)
-		{
-		}
-
-		SCursorSprite( gui::IGUISpriteBank * spriteBank, s32 spriteId, const core::position2d<s32> &hotspot=(core::position2d<s32>(0,0)) )
-		: SpriteBank(spriteBank), SpriteId(spriteId), HotSpot(hotspot)
-		{
-		}
-
-		IGUISpriteBank * SpriteBank;
-		s32 SpriteId;
-		core::position2d<s32> HotSpot;
-	};
-
-	//! platform specific behavior flags for the cursor
-	enum ECURSOR_PLATFORM_BEHAVIOR
-	{
-		//! default - no platform specific behavior
-		ECPB_NONE = 0,
-
-		//! On X11 try caching cursor updates as XQueryPointer calls can be expensive.
-		/** Update cursor positions only when the irrlicht timer has been updated or the timer is stopped.
-			This means you usually get one cursor update per device->run() which will be fine in most cases.
-			See this forum-thread for a more detailed explanation:
-			http://irrlicht.sourceforge.net/forum/viewtopic.php?f=7&t=45525
-		*/
-		ECPB_X11_CACHE_UPDATES = 1
-	};
-
-	//! Interface to manipulate the mouse cursor.
-	class ICursorControl : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! Changes the visible state of the mouse cursor.
-		/** \param visible: The new visible state. If true, the cursor will be visible,
-		if false, it will be invisible. */
-		virtual void setVisible(bool visible) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns if the cursor is currently visible.
-		/** \return True if the cursor is visible, false if not. */
-		virtual bool isVisible() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the new position of the cursor.
-		/** The position must be
-		between (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f), where (0.0f, 0.0f) is
-		the top left corner and (1.0f, 1.0f) is the bottom right corner of the
-		render window.
-		\param pos New position of the cursor. */
-		virtual void setPosition(const core::position2d<f32> &pos) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the new position of the cursor.
-		/** The position must be
-		between (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f), where (0.0f, 0.0f) is
-		the top left corner and (1.0f, 1.0f) is the bottom right corner of the
-		render window.
-		\param x New x-coord of the cursor.
-		\param y New x-coord of the cursor. */
-		virtual void setPosition(f32 x, f32 y) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the new position of the cursor.
-		/** \param pos: New position of the cursor. The coordinates are pixel units. */
-		virtual void setPosition(const core::position2d<s32> &pos) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the new position of the cursor.
-		/** \param x New x-coord of the cursor. The coordinates are pixel units.
-		\param y New y-coord of the cursor. The coordinates are pixel units. */
-		virtual void setPosition(s32 x, s32 y) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the current position of the mouse cursor.
-		/** \return Returns the current position of the cursor. The returned position
-		is the position of the mouse cursor in pixel units. */
-		virtual const core::position2d<s32>& getPosition() = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the current position of the mouse cursor.
-		/** \return Returns the current position of the cursor. The returned position
-		is a value between (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f), where (0.0f, 0.0f) is
-		the top left corner and (1.0f, 1.0f) is the bottom right corner of the
-		render window. */
-		virtual core::position2d<f32> getRelativePosition() = 0;
-
-		//! Sets an absolute reference rect for setting and retrieving the cursor position.
-		/** If this rect is set, the cursor position is not being calculated relative to
-		the rendering window but to this rect. You can set the rect pointer to 0 to disable
-		this feature again. This feature is useful when rendering into parts of foreign windows
-		for example in an editor.
-		\param rect: A pointer to an reference rectangle or 0 to disable the reference rectangle.*/
-		virtual void setReferenceRect(core::rect<s32>* rect=0) = 0;
-
-
-		//! Sets the active cursor icon
-		/** Setting cursor icons is so far only supported on Win32 and Linux */
-		virtual void setActiveIcon(ECURSOR_ICON iconId) {}
-
-		//! Gets the currently active icon
-		virtual ECURSOR_ICON getActiveIcon() const { return gui::ECI_NORMAL; }
-
-		//! Add a custom sprite as cursor icon.
-		/** \return Identification for the icon */
-		virtual ECURSOR_ICON addIcon(const gui::SCursorSprite& icon) { return gui::ECI_NORMAL; }
-
-		//! replace a cursor icon.
-		/** Changing cursor icons is so far only supported on Win32 and Linux
-			Note that this only changes the icons within your application, system cursors outside your
-			application will not be affected.
-		*/
-		virtual void changeIcon(ECURSOR_ICON iconId, const gui::SCursorSprite& sprite) {}
-
-		//! Return a system-specific size which is supported for cursors. Larger icons will fail, smaller icons might work.
-		virtual core::dimension2di getSupportedIconSize() const { return core::dimension2di(0,0); }
-
-		//! Set platform specific behavior flags.
-		virtual void setPlatformBehavior(ECURSOR_PLATFORM_BEHAVIOR behavior) {}
-
-		//! Return platform specific behavior.
-		/** \return Behavior set by setPlatformBehavior or ECPB_NONE for platforms not implementing specific behaviors.
-		*/
-		virtual ECURSOR_PLATFORM_BEHAVIOR getPlatformBehavior() const { return ECPB_NONE; }
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IDummyTransformationSceneNode.h

@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_DUMMY_TRANSFORMATION_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_DUMMY_TRANSFORMATION_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "ISceneNode.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-//! Dummy scene node for adding additional transformations to the scene graph.
-/** This scene node does not render itself, and does not respond to set/getPosition,
-set/getRotation and set/getScale. Its just a simple scene node that takes a
-matrix as relative transformation, making it possible to insert any transformation
-anywhere into the scene graph.
-This scene node is for example used by the IAnimatedMeshSceneNode for emulating
-joint scene nodes when playing skeletal animations.
-*/
-class IDummyTransformationSceneNode : public ISceneNode
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Constructor
-	IDummyTransformationSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id)
-		: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id) {}
-
-	//! Returns a reference to the current relative transformation matrix.
-	/** This is the matrix, this scene node uses instead of scale, translation
-	and rotation. */
-	virtual core::matrix4& getRelativeTransformationMatrix() = 0;
-};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IDynamicMeshBuffer.h

@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_DYNAMIC_MESH_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_DYNAMIC_MESH_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IMeshBuffer.h"
-#include "IVertexBuffer.h"
-#include "IIndexBuffer.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	/** a dynamic meshBuffer */
-	class IDynamicMeshBuffer : public IMeshBuffer
-	{
-	public:
-		virtual IVertexBuffer &getVertexBuffer() const =0;
-		virtual IIndexBuffer &getIndexBuffer() const =0;
-
-		virtual void setVertexBuffer(IVertexBuffer *vertexBuffer) =0;
-		virtual void setIndexBuffer(IIndexBuffer *indexBuffer) =0;
-
-		//! Get the material of this meshbuffer
-		/** \return Material of this buffer. */
-		virtual video::SMaterial& getMaterial() =0;
-
-		//! Get the material of this meshbuffer
-		/** \return Material of this buffer. */
-		virtual const video::SMaterial& getMaterial() const =0;
-
-		//! Get the axis aligned bounding box of this meshbuffer.
-		/** \return Axis aligned bounding box of this buffer. */
-		virtual const core::aabbox3df& getBoundingBox() const =0;
-
-		//! Set axis aligned bounding box
-		/** \param box User defined axis aligned bounding box to use
-		for this buffer. */
-		virtual void setBoundingBox(const core::aabbox3df& box) =0;
-
-		//! Recalculates the bounding box. Should be called if the mesh changed.
-		virtual void recalculateBoundingBox() =0;
-
-		//! Append the vertices and indices to the current buffer
-		/** Only works for compatible vertex types.
-		\param vertices Pointer to a vertex array.
-		\param numVertices Number of vertices in the array.
-		\param indices Pointer to index array.
-		\param numIndices Number of indices in array. */
-		virtual void append(const void* const vertices, u32 numVertices, const u16* const indices, u32 numIndices)
-		{
-
-		}
-
-		//! Append the meshbuffer to the current buffer
-		/** Only works for compatible vertex types
-		\param other Buffer to append to this one. */
-		virtual void append(const IMeshBuffer* const other)
-		{
-
-		}
-
-		// ------------------- To be removed? -------------------  //
-
-		//! get the current hardware mapping hint
-		virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint_Vertex() const
-		{
-			return getVertexBuffer().getHardwareMappingHint();
-		}
-
-		//! get the current hardware mapping hint
-		virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint_Index() const
-		{
-			return getIndexBuffer().getHardwareMappingHint();
-		}
-
-		//! set the hardware mapping hint, for driver
-		virtual void setHardwareMappingHint( E_HARDWARE_MAPPING NewMappingHint, E_BUFFER_TYPE Buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX )
-		{
-			if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_VERTEX)
-				getVertexBuffer().setHardwareMappingHint(NewMappingHint);
-			if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_INDEX)
-				getIndexBuffer().setHardwareMappingHint(NewMappingHint);
-		}
-
-		//! flags the mesh as changed, reloads hardware buffers
-		virtual void setDirty(E_BUFFER_TYPE Buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX)
-		{
-			if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_VERTEX)
-				getVertexBuffer().setDirty();
-			if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_INDEX)
-				getIndexBuffer().setDirty();
-		}
-
-		virtual u32 getChangedID_Vertex() const
-		{
-			return getVertexBuffer().getChangedID();
-		}
-
-		virtual u32 getChangedID_Index() const
-		{
-			return getIndexBuffer().getChangedID();
-		}
-
-		// ------------------- Old interface -------------------  //
-
-		//! Get type of vertex data which is stored in this meshbuffer.
-		/** \return Vertex type of this buffer. */
-		virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getVertexType() const
-		{
-			return getVertexBuffer().getType();
-		}
-
-		//! Get access to vertex data. The data is an array of vertices.
-		/** Which vertex type is used can be determined by getVertexType().
-		\return Pointer to array of vertices. */
-		virtual const void* getVertices() const
-		{
-			return getVertexBuffer().getData();
-		}
-
-		//! Get access to vertex data. The data is an array of vertices.
-		/** Which vertex type is used can be determined by getVertexType().
-		\return Pointer to array of vertices. */
-		virtual void* getVertices()
-		{
-			return getVertexBuffer().getData();
-		}
-
-		//! Get amount of vertices in meshbuffer.
-		/** \return Number of vertices in this buffer. */
-		virtual u32 getVertexCount() const
-		{
-			return getVertexBuffer().size();
-		}
-
-		//! Get type of index data which is stored in this meshbuffer.
-		/** \return Index type of this buffer. */
-		virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getIndexType() const
-		{
-			return getIndexBuffer().getType();
-		}
-
-		//! Get access to Indices.
-		/** \return Pointer to indices array. */
-		virtual const u16* getIndices() const
-		{
-			return (u16*)getIndexBuffer().getData();
-		}
-
-		//! Get access to Indices.
-		/** \return Pointer to indices array. */
-		virtual u16* getIndices()
-		{
-			return (u16*)getIndexBuffer().getData();
-		}
-
-		//! Get amount of indices in this meshbuffer.
-		/** \return Number of indices in this buffer. */
-		virtual u32 getIndexCount() const
-		{
-			return getIndexBuffer().size();
-		}
-
-		//! returns position of vertex i
-		virtual const core::vector3df& getPosition(u32 i) const
-		{
-			return getVertexBuffer()[i].Pos;
-		}
-
-		//! returns position of vertex i
-		virtual core::vector3df& getPosition(u32 i)
-		{
-			return getVertexBuffer()[i].Pos;
-		}
-
-		//! returns texture coords of vertex i
-		virtual const core::vector2df& getTCoords(u32 i) const
-		{
-			return getVertexBuffer()[i].TCoords;
-		}
-
-		//! returns texture coords of vertex i
-		virtual core::vector2df& getTCoords(u32 i)
-		{
-			return getVertexBuffer()[i].TCoords;
-		}
-
-		//! returns normal of vertex i
-		virtual const core::vector3df& getNormal(u32 i) const
-		{
-			return getVertexBuffer()[i].Normal;
-		}
-
-		//! returns normal of vertex i
-		virtual core::vector3df& getNormal(u32 i)
-		{
-			return getVertexBuffer()[i].Normal;
-		}
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-
-

include/irrlicht/IEventReceiver.h

@@ -1,490 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_EVENT_RECEIVER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_EVENT_RECEIVER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "ILogger.h"
-#include "Keycodes.h"
-#include "irrString.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-	//! Enumeration for all event types there are.
-	enum EEVENT_TYPE
-	{
-		//! An event of the graphical user interface.
-		/** GUI events are created by the GUI environment or the GUI elements in response
-		to mouse or keyboard events. When a GUI element receives an event it will either
-		process it and return true, or pass the event to its parent. If an event is not absorbed
-		before it reaches the root element then it will then be passed to the user receiver. */
-		EET_GUI_EVENT = 0,
-
-		//! A mouse input event.
-		/** Mouse events are created by the device and passed to IrrlichtDevice::postEventFromUser
-		in response to mouse input received from the operating system.
-		Mouse events are first passed to the user receiver, then to the GUI environment and its elements,
-		then finally the input receiving scene manager where it is passed to the active camera.
-		*/
-		EET_MOUSE_INPUT_EVENT,
-
-		//! A key input event.
-		/** Like mouse events, keyboard events are created by the device and passed to
-		IrrlichtDevice::postEventFromUser. They take the same path as mouse events. */
-		EET_KEY_INPUT_EVENT,
-
-		//! A joystick (joypad, gamepad) input event.
-		/** Joystick events are created by polling all connected joysticks once per
-		device run() and then passing the events to IrrlichtDevice::postEventFromUser.
-		They take the same path as mouse events.
-		Windows, SDL: Implemented.
-		Linux: Implemented, with POV hat issues.
-		MacOS / Other: Not yet implemented.
-		*/
-		EET_JOYSTICK_INPUT_EVENT,
-
-		//! A log event
-		/** Log events are only passed to the user receiver if there is one. If they are absorbed by the
-		user receiver then no text will be sent to the console. */
-		EET_LOG_TEXT_EVENT,
-
-		//! A user event with user data.
-		/** This is not used by Irrlicht and can be used to send user
-		specific data though the system. The Irrlicht 'window handle'
-		can be obtained from IrrlichtDevice::getExposedVideoData()
-		The usage and behavior depends on the operating system:
-		Windows: send a WM_USER message to the Irrlicht Window; the
-			wParam and lParam will be used to populate the
-			UserData1 and UserData2 members of the SUserEvent.
-		Linux: send a ClientMessage via XSendEvent to the Irrlicht
-			Window; the data.l[0] and data.l[1] members will be
-			casted to s32 and used as UserData1 and UserData2.
-		MacOS: Not yet implemented
-		*/
-		EET_USER_EVENT,
-
-		//! This enum is never used, it only forces the compiler to
-		//! compile these enumeration values to 32 bit.
-		EGUIET_FORCE_32_BIT = 0x7fffffff
-
-	};
-
-	//! Enumeration for all mouse input events
-	enum EMOUSE_INPUT_EVENT
-	{
-		//! Left mouse button was pressed down.
-		EMIE_LMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN = 0,
-
-		//! Right mouse button was pressed down.
-		EMIE_RMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN,
-
-		//! Middle mouse button was pressed down.
-		EMIE_MMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN,
-
-		//! Left mouse button was left up.
-		EMIE_LMOUSE_LEFT_UP,
-
-		//! Right mouse button was left up.
-		EMIE_RMOUSE_LEFT_UP,
-
-		//! Middle mouse button was left up.
-		EMIE_MMOUSE_LEFT_UP,
-
-		//! The mouse cursor changed its position.
-		EMIE_MOUSE_MOVED,
-
-		//! The mouse wheel was moved. Use Wheel value in event data to find out
-		//! in what direction and how fast.
-		EMIE_MOUSE_WHEEL,
-
-		//! Left mouse button double click.
-		//! This event is generated after the second EMIE_LMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN event.
-		EMIE_LMOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK,
-
-		//! Right mouse button double click.
-		//! This event is generated after the second EMIE_RMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN event.
-		EMIE_RMOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK,
-
-		//! Middle mouse button double click.
-		//! This event is generated after the second EMIE_MMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN event.
-		EMIE_MMOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK,
-
-		//! Left mouse button triple click.
-		//! This event is generated after the third EMIE_LMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN event.
-		EMIE_LMOUSE_TRIPLE_CLICK,
-
-		//! Right mouse button triple click.
-		//! This event is generated after the third EMIE_RMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN event.
-		EMIE_RMOUSE_TRIPLE_CLICK,
-
-		//! Middle mouse button triple click.
-		//! This event is generated after the third EMIE_MMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN event.
-		EMIE_MMOUSE_TRIPLE_CLICK,
-
-		//! No real event. Just for convenience to get number of events
-		EMIE_COUNT
-	};
-
-	//! Masks for mouse button states
-	enum E_MOUSE_BUTTON_STATE_MASK
-	{
-		EMBSM_LEFT    = 0x01,
-		EMBSM_RIGHT   = 0x02,
-		EMBSM_MIDDLE  = 0x04,
-
-		//! currently only on windows
-		EMBSM_EXTRA1  = 0x08,
-
-		//! currently only on windows
-		EMBSM_EXTRA2  = 0x10,
-
-		EMBSM_FORCE_32_BIT = 0x7fffffff
-	};
-
-	namespace gui
-	{
-
-		class IGUIElement;
-
-		//! Enumeration for all events which are sendable by the gui system
-		enum EGUI_EVENT_TYPE
-		{
-			//! A gui element has lost its focus.
-			/** GUIEvent.Caller is losing the focus to GUIEvent.Element.
-			If the event is absorbed then the focus will not be changed. */
-			EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUS_LOST = 0,
-
-			//! A gui element has got the focus.
-			/** If the event is absorbed then the focus will not be changed. */
-			EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUSED,
-
-			//! The mouse cursor hovered over a gui element.
-			/** If an element has sub-elements you also get this message for the subelements */
-			EGET_ELEMENT_HOVERED,
-
-			//! The mouse cursor left the hovered element.
-			/** If an element has sub-elements you also get this message for the subelements */
-			EGET_ELEMENT_LEFT,
-
-			//! An element would like to close.
-			/** Windows and context menus use this event when they would like to close,
-			this can be cancelled by absorbing the event. */
-			EGET_ELEMENT_CLOSED,
-
-			//! A button was clicked.
-			EGET_BUTTON_CLICKED,
-
-			//! A scrollbar has changed its position.
-			EGET_SCROLL_BAR_CHANGED,
-
-			//! A checkbox has changed its check state.
-			EGET_CHECKBOX_CHANGED,
-
-			//! A new item in a listbox was selected.
-			/** NOTE: You also get this event currently when the same item was clicked again after more than 500 ms. */
-			EGET_LISTBOX_CHANGED,
-
-			//! An item in the listbox was selected, which was already selected.
-			/** NOTE: You get the event currently only if the item was clicked again within 500 ms or selected by "enter" or "space". */
-			EGET_LISTBOX_SELECTED_AGAIN,
-
-			//! A file has been selected in the file dialog
-			EGET_FILE_SELECTED,
-
-			//! A directory has been selected in the file dialog
-			EGET_DIRECTORY_SELECTED,
-
-			//! A file open dialog has been closed without choosing a file
-			EGET_FILE_CHOOSE_DIALOG_CANCELLED,
-
-			//! 'Yes' was clicked on a messagebox
-			EGET_MESSAGEBOX_YES,
-
-			//! 'No' was clicked on a messagebox
-			EGET_MESSAGEBOX_NO,
-
-			//! 'OK' was clicked on a messagebox
-			EGET_MESSAGEBOX_OK,
-
-			//! 'Cancel' was clicked on a messagebox
-			EGET_MESSAGEBOX_CANCEL,
-
-			//! In an editbox 'ENTER' was pressed
-			EGET_EDITBOX_ENTER,
-
-			//! The text in an editbox was changed. This does not include automatic changes in text-breaking.
-			EGET_EDITBOX_CHANGED,
-
-            //! The marked area in an editbox was changed.
-			EGET_EDITBOX_MARKING_CHANGED,
-
-			//! The tab was changed in an tab control
-			EGET_TAB_CHANGED,
-
-			//! A menu item was selected in a (context) menu
-			EGET_MENU_ITEM_SELECTED,
-
-			//! The selection in a combo box has been changed
-			EGET_COMBO_BOX_CHANGED,
-
-			//! The value of a spin box has changed
-			EGET_SPINBOX_CHANGED,
-
-			//! A table has changed
-			EGET_TABLE_CHANGED,
-			EGET_TABLE_HEADER_CHANGED,
-			EGET_TABLE_SELECTED_AGAIN,
-
-			//! A tree view node lost selection. See IGUITreeView::getLastEventNode().
-			EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_DESELECT,
-
-			//! A tree view node was selected. See IGUITreeView::getLastEventNode().
-			EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_SELECT,
-
-			//! A tree view node was expanded. See IGUITreeView::getLastEventNode().
-			EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_EXPAND,
-
-			//! A tree view node was collapsed. See IGUITreeView::getLastEventNode().
-			EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_COLLAPSE,
-
-			//! deprecated - use EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_COLLAPSE instead. This
-			//! may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9
-			EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_COLLAPS = EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_COLLAPSE,
-
-			//! No real event. Just for convenience to get number of events
-			EGET_COUNT
-		};
-	} // end namespace gui
-
-
-//! SEvents hold information about an event. See irr::IEventReceiver for details on event handling.
-struct SEvent
-{
-	//! Any kind of GUI event.
-	struct SGUIEvent
-	{
-		//! IGUIElement who called the event
-		gui::IGUIElement* Caller;
-
-		//! If the event has something to do with another element, it will be held here.
-		gui::IGUIElement* Element;
-
-		//! Type of GUI Event
-		gui::EGUI_EVENT_TYPE EventType;
-
-	};
-
-	//! Any kind of mouse event.
-	struct SMouseInput
-	{
-		//! X position of mouse cursor
-		s32 X;
-
-		//! Y position of mouse cursor
-		s32 Y;
-
-		//! mouse wheel delta, often 1.0 or -1.0, but can have other values < 0.f or > 0.f;
-		/** Only valid if event was EMIE_MOUSE_WHEEL */
-		f32 Wheel;
-
-		//! True if shift was also pressed
-		bool Shift:1;
-
-		//! True if ctrl was also pressed
-		bool Control:1;
-
-		//! A bitmap of button states. You can use isButtonPressed() to determine
-		//! if a button is pressed or not.
-		//! Currently only valid if the event was EMIE_MOUSE_MOVED
-		u32 ButtonStates;
-
-		//! Is the left button pressed down?
-		bool isLeftPressed() const { return 0 != ( ButtonStates & EMBSM_LEFT ); }
-
-		//! Is the right button pressed down?
-		bool isRightPressed() const { return 0 != ( ButtonStates & EMBSM_RIGHT ); }
-
-		//! Is the middle button pressed down?
-		bool isMiddlePressed() const { return 0 != ( ButtonStates & EMBSM_MIDDLE ); }
-
-		//! Type of mouse event
-		EMOUSE_INPUT_EVENT Event;
-	};
-
-	//! Any kind of keyboard event.
-	struct SKeyInput
-	{
-		//! Character corresponding to the key (0, if not a character)
-		wchar_t Char;
-
-		//! Key which has been pressed or released
-		EKEY_CODE Key;
-
-		//! If not true, then the key was left up
-		bool PressedDown:1;
-
-		//! True if shift was also pressed
-		bool Shift:1;
-
-		//! True if ctrl was also pressed
-		bool Control:1;
-	};
-
-	//! A joystick event.
-	/** Unlike other events, joystick events represent the result of polling
-	 * each connected joystick once per run() of the device. Joystick events will
-	 * not be generated by default.  If joystick support is available for the
-	 * active device, _IRR_COMPILE_WITH_JOYSTICK_EVENTS_ is defined, and
-	 * @ref irr::IrrlichtDevice::activateJoysticks() has been called, an event of
-	 * this type will be generated once per joystick per @ref IrrlichtDevice::run()
-	 * regardless of whether the state of the joystick has actually changed. */
-	struct SJoystickEvent
-	{
-		enum
-		{
-			NUMBER_OF_BUTTONS = 32,
-
-			AXIS_X = 0, // e.g. analog stick 1 left to right
-			AXIS_Y,		// e.g. analog stick 1 top to bottom
-			AXIS_Z,		// e.g. throttle, or analog 2 stick 2 left to right
-			AXIS_R,		// e.g. rudder, or analog 2 stick 2 top to bottom
-			AXIS_U,
-			AXIS_V,
-			NUMBER_OF_AXES
-		};
-
-		/** A bitmap of button states.  You can use IsButtonPressed() to
-		 ( check the state of each button from 0 to (NUMBER_OF_BUTTONS - 1) */
-		u32 ButtonStates;
-
-		/** For AXIS_X, AXIS_Y, AXIS_Z, AXIS_R, AXIS_U and AXIS_V
-		 * Values are in the range -32768 to 32767, with 0 representing
-		 * the center position.  You will receive the raw value from the
-		 * joystick, and so will usually want to implement a dead zone around
-		 * the center of the range. Axes not supported by this joystick will
-		 * always have a value of 0. On Linux, POV hats are represented as axes,
-		 * usually the last two active axis.
-		 */
-		s16 Axis[NUMBER_OF_AXES];
-
-		/** The POV represents the angle of the POV hat in degrees * 100,
-		 * from 0 to 35,900.  A value of 65535 indicates that the POV hat
-		 * is centered (or not present).
-		 * This value is only supported on Windows.  On Linux, the POV hat
-		 * will be sent as 2 axes instead. */
-		u16 POV;
-
-		//! The ID of the joystick which generated this event.
-		/** This is an internal Irrlicht index; it does not map directly
-		 * to any particular hardware joystick. */
-		u8 Joystick;
-
-		//! A helper function to check if a button is pressed.
-		bool IsButtonPressed(u32 button) const
-		{
-			if(button >= (u32)NUMBER_OF_BUTTONS)
-				return false;
-
-			return (ButtonStates & (1 << button)) ? true : false;
-		}
-	};
-
-
-	//! Any kind of log event.
-	struct SLogEvent
-	{
-		//! Pointer to text which has been logged
-		const c8* Text;
-
-		//! Log level in which the text has been logged
-		ELOG_LEVEL Level;
-	};
-
-	//! Any kind of user event.
-	struct SUserEvent
-	{
-		//! Some user specified data as int
-		s32 UserData1;
-
-		//! Another user specified data as int
-		s32 UserData2;
-	};
-
-	EEVENT_TYPE EventType;
-	union
-	{
-		struct SGUIEvent GUIEvent;
-		struct SMouseInput MouseInput;
-		struct SKeyInput KeyInput;
-		struct SJoystickEvent JoystickEvent;
-		struct SLogEvent LogEvent;
-		struct SUserEvent UserEvent;
-	};
-
-};
-
-//! Interface of an object which can receive events.
-/** Many of the engine's classes inherit IEventReceiver so they are able to
-process events. Events usually start at a postEventFromUser function and are
-passed down through a chain of event receivers until OnEvent returns true. See
-irr::EEVENT_TYPE for a description of where each type of event starts, and the
-path it takes through the system. */
-class IEventReceiver
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Destructor
-	virtual ~IEventReceiver() {}
-
-	//! Called if an event happened.
-	/** Please take care that you should only return 'true' when you want to _prevent_ Irrlicht
-	* from processing the event any further. So 'true' does mean that an event is completely done.
-	* Therefore your return value for all unprocessed events should be 'false'.
-	\return True if the event was processed.
-	*/
-	virtual bool OnEvent(const SEvent& event) = 0;
-};
-
-
-//! Information on a joystick, returned from @ref irr::IrrlichtDevice::activateJoysticks()
-struct SJoystickInfo
-{
-	//! The ID of the joystick
-	/** This is an internal Irrlicht index; it does not map directly
-	 * to any particular hardware joystick. It corresponds to the
-	 * irr::SJoystickEvent Joystick ID. */
-	u8				Joystick;
-
-	//! The name that the joystick uses to identify itself.
-	core::stringc	Name;
-
-	//! The number of buttons that the joystick has.
-	u32				Buttons;
-
-	//! The number of axes that the joystick has, i.e. X, Y, Z, R, U, V.
-	/** Note: with a Linux device, the POV hat (if any) will use two axes. These
-	 *  will be included in this count. */
-	u32				Axes;
-
-	//! An indication of whether the joystick has a POV hat.
-	/** A Windows device will identify the presence or absence or the POV hat.  A
-	 *  Linux device cannot, and will always return POV_HAT_UNKNOWN. */
-	enum
-	{
-		//! A hat is definitely present.
-		POV_HAT_PRESENT,
-
-		//! A hat is definitely not present.
-		POV_HAT_ABSENT,
-
-		//! The presence or absence of a hat cannot be determined.
-		POV_HAT_UNKNOWN
-	} PovHat;
-}; // struct SJoystickInfo
-
-
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IFileArchive.h

@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt/ Thomas Alten
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_FILE_ARCHIVE_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_FILE_ARCHIVE_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReadFile.h"
-#include "IFileList.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-
-namespace io
-{
-
-//! FileSystemType: which Filesystem should be used for e.g. browsing
-enum EFileSystemType
-{
-	FILESYSTEM_NATIVE = 0,	// Native OS FileSystem
-	FILESYSTEM_VIRTUAL	// Virtual FileSystem
-};
-
-//! Contains the different types of archives
-enum E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE
-{
-	//! A PKZIP archive
-	EFAT_ZIP     = MAKE_IRR_ID('Z','I','P', 0),
-
-	//! A gzip archive
-	EFAT_GZIP    = MAKE_IRR_ID('g','z','i','p'),
-
-	//! A virtual directory
-	EFAT_FOLDER  = MAKE_IRR_ID('f','l','d','r'),
-
-	//! An ID Software PAK archive
-	EFAT_PAK     = MAKE_IRR_ID('P','A','K', 0),
-
-	//! A Nebula Device archive
-	EFAT_NPK     = MAKE_IRR_ID('N','P','K', 0),
-
-	//! A Tape ARchive
-	EFAT_TAR     = MAKE_IRR_ID('T','A','R', 0),
-
-	//! A wad Archive, Quake2, Halflife
-	EFAT_WAD     = MAKE_IRR_ID('W','A','D', 0),
-
-	//! The type of this archive is unknown
-	EFAT_UNKNOWN = MAKE_IRR_ID('u','n','k','n')
-};
-
-//! The FileArchive manages archives and provides access to files inside them.
-class IFileArchive : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Opens a file based on its name
-	/** Creates and returns a new IReadFile for a file in the archive.
-	\param filename The file to open
-	\return Returns A pointer to the created file on success,
-	or 0 on failure. */
-	virtual IReadFile* createAndOpenFile(const path& filename) =0;
-
-	//! Opens a file based on its position in the file list.
-	/** Creates and returns
-	\param index The zero based index of the file.
-	\return Returns a pointer to the created file on success, or 0 on failure. */
-	virtual IReadFile* createAndOpenFile(u32 index) =0;
-
-	//! Returns the complete file tree
-	/** \return Returns the complete directory tree for the archive,
-	including all files and folders */
-	virtual const IFileList* getFileList() const =0;
-
-	//! get the archive type
-	virtual E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE getType() const { return EFAT_UNKNOWN; }
-
-	//! An optionally used password string
-	/** This variable is publicly accessible from the interface in order to
-	avoid single access patterns to this place, and hence allow some more
-	obscurity.
-	*/
-	core::stringc Password;
-};
-
-//! Class which is able to create an archive from a file.
-/** If you want the Irrlicht Engine be able to load archives of
-currently unsupported file formats (e.g .wad), then implement
-this and add your new Archive loader with
-IFileSystem::addArchiveLoader() to the engine. */
-class IArchiveLoader : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-	//! Check if the file might be loaded by this class
-	/** Check based on the file extension (e.g. ".zip")
-	\param filename Name of file to check.
-	\return True if file seems to be loadable. */
-	virtual bool isALoadableFileFormat(const path& filename) const =0;
-
-	//! Check if the file might be loaded by this class
-	/** This check may look into the file.
-	\param file File handle to check.
-	\return True if file seems to be loadable. */
-	virtual bool isALoadableFileFormat(io::IReadFile* file) const =0;
-
-	//! Check to see if the loader can create archives of this type.
-	/** Check based on the archive type.
-	\param fileType The archive type to check.
-	\return True if the archile loader supports this type, false if not */
-	virtual bool isALoadableFileFormat(E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE fileType) const =0;
-
-	//! Creates an archive from the filename
-	/** \param filename File to use.
-	\param ignoreCase Searching is performed without regarding the case
-	\param ignorePaths Files are searched for without checking for the directories
-	\return Pointer to newly created archive, or 0 upon error. */
-	virtual IFileArchive* createArchive(const path& filename, bool ignoreCase, bool ignorePaths) const =0;
-
-	//! Creates an archive from the file
-	/** \param file File handle to use.
-	\param ignoreCase Searching is performed without regarding the case
-	\param ignorePaths Files are searched for without checking for the directories
-	\return Pointer to newly created archive, or 0 upon error. */
-	virtual IFileArchive* createArchive(io::IReadFile* file, bool ignoreCase, bool ignorePaths) const =0;
-};
-
-
-} // end namespace io
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IFileList.h

@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_FILE_LIST_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_FILE_LIST_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "path.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace io
-{
-
-//! Provides a list of files and folders.
-/** File lists usually contain a list of all files in a given folder,
-but can also contain a complete directory structure. */
-class IFileList : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-	//! Get the number of files in the filelist.
-	/** \return Amount of files and directories in the file list. */
-	virtual u32 getFileCount() const = 0;
-
-	//! Gets the name of a file in the list, based on an index.
-	/** The path is not included in this name. Use getFullFileName for this.
-	\param index is the zero based index of the file which name should
-	be returned. The index must be less than the amount getFileCount() returns.
-	\return File name of the file. Returns 0, if an error occured. */
-	virtual const io::path& getFileName(u32 index) const = 0;
-
-	//! Gets the full name of a file in the list including the path, based on an index.
-	/** \param index is the zero based index of the file which name should
-	be returned. The index must be less than the amount getFileCount() returns.
-	\return File name of the file. Returns 0 if an error occured. */
-	virtual const io::path& getFullFileName(u32 index) const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the size of a file in the file list, based on an index.
-	/** \param index is the zero based index of the file which should be returned.
-	The index must be less than the amount getFileCount() returns.
-	\return The size of the file in bytes. */
-	virtual u32 getFileSize(u32 index) const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the file offset of a file in the file list, based on an index.
-	/** \param index is the zero based index of the file which should be returned.
-	The index must be less than the amount getFileCount() returns.
-	\return The offset of the file in bytes. */
-	virtual u32 getFileOffset(u32 index) const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the ID of a file in the file list, based on an index.
-	/** This optional ID can be used to link the file list entry to information held
-	elsewhere. For example this could be an index in an IFileArchive, linking the entry
-	to its data offset, uncompressed size and CRC.
-	\param index is the zero based index of the file which should be returned.
-	The index must be less than the amount getFileCount() returns.
-	\return The ID of the file. */
-	virtual u32 getID(u32 index) const = 0;
-
-	//! Check if the file is a directory
-	/** \param index The zero based index which will be checked. The index
-	must be less than the amount getFileCount() returns.
-	\return True if the file is a directory, else false. */
-	virtual bool isDirectory(u32 index) const = 0;
-
-	//! Searches for a file or folder in the list
-	/** Searches for a file by name
-	\param filename The name of the file to search for.
-	\param isFolder True if you are searching for a directory path, false if you are searching for a file
-	\return Returns the index of the file in the file list, or -1 if
-	no matching name name was found. */
-	virtual s32 findFile(const io::path& filename, bool isFolder=false) const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the base path of the file list
-	virtual const io::path& getPath() const = 0;
-
-	//! Add as a file or folder to the list
-	/** \param fullPath The file name including path, from the root of the file list.
-	\param isDirectory True if this is a directory rather than a file.
-	\param offset The file offset inside an archive
-	\param size The size of the file in bytes.
-	\param id The ID of the file in the archive which owns it */
-	virtual u32 addItem(const io::path& fullPath, u32 offset, u32 size, bool isDirectory, u32 id=0) = 0;
-
-	//! Sorts the file list. You should call this after adding any items to the file list
-	virtual void sort() = 0;
-};
-
-} // end namespace irr
-} // end namespace io
-
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IFileSystem.h

@@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_FILE_SYSTEM_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_FILE_SYSTEM_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "IXMLReader.h"
-#include "IFileArchive.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace video
-{
-	class IVideoDriver;
-} // end namespace video
-namespace io
-{
-
-class IReadFile;
-class IWriteFile;
-class IFileList;
-class IXMLWriter;
-class IAttributes;
-
-
-//! The FileSystem manages files and archives and provides access to them.
-/** It manages where files are, so that modules which use the the IO do not
-need to know where every file is located. A file could be in a .zip-Archive or
-as file on disk, using the IFileSystem makes no difference to this. */
-class IFileSystem : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Opens a file for read access.
-	/** \param filename: Name of file to open.
-	\return Pointer to the created file interface.
-	The returned pointer should be dropped when no longer needed.
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IReadFile* createAndOpenFile(const path& filename) =0;
-
-	//! Creates an IReadFile interface for accessing memory like a file.
-	/** This allows you to use a pointer to memory where an IReadFile is requested.
-	\param memory: A pointer to the start of the file in memory
-	\param len: The length of the memory in bytes
-	\param fileName: The name given to this file
-	\param deleteMemoryWhenDropped: True if the memory should be deleted
-	along with the IReadFile when it is dropped.
-	\return Pointer to the created file interface.
-	The returned pointer should be dropped when no longer needed.
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information.
-	*/
-	virtual IReadFile* createMemoryReadFile(void* memory, s32 len, const path& fileName, bool deleteMemoryWhenDropped=false) =0;
-
-	//! Creates an IReadFile interface for accessing files inside files.
-	/** This is useful e.g. for archives.
-	\param fileName: The name given to this file
-	\param alreadyOpenedFile: Pointer to the enclosing file
-	\param pos: Start of the file inside alreadyOpenedFile
-	\param areaSize: The length of the file
-	\return A pointer to the created file interface.
-	The returned pointer should be dropped when no longer needed.
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information.
-	*/
-	virtual IReadFile* createLimitReadFile(const path& fileName,
-			IReadFile* alreadyOpenedFile, long pos, long areaSize) =0;
-
-	//! Creates an IWriteFile interface for accessing memory like a file.
-	/** This allows you to use a pointer to memory where an IWriteFile is requested.
-		You are responsible for allocating enough memory.
-	\param memory: A pointer to the start of the file in memory (allocated by you)
-	\param len: The length of the memory in bytes
-	\param fileName: The name given to this file
-	\param deleteMemoryWhenDropped: True if the memory should be deleted
-	along with the IWriteFile when it is dropped.
-	\return Pointer to the created file interface.
-	The returned pointer should be dropped when no longer needed.
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information.
-	*/
-	virtual IWriteFile* createMemoryWriteFile(void* memory, s32 len, const path& fileName, bool deleteMemoryWhenDropped=false) =0;
-
-
-	//! Opens a file for write access.
-	/** \param filename: Name of file to open.
-	\param append: If the file already exist, all write operations are
-	appended to the file.
-	\return Pointer to the created file interface. 0 is returned, if the
-	file could not created or opened for writing.
-	The returned pointer should be dropped when no longer needed.
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IWriteFile* createAndWriteFile(const path& filename, bool append=false) =0;
-
-	//! Adds an archive to the file system.
-	/** After calling this, the Irrlicht Engine will also search and open
-	files directly from this archive. This is useful for hiding data from
-	the end user, speeding up file access and making it possible to access
-	for example Quake3 .pk3 files, which are just renamed .zip files. By
-	default Irrlicht supports ZIP, PAK, TAR, PNK, and directories as
-	archives. You can provide your own archive types by implementing
-	IArchiveLoader and passing an instance to addArchiveLoader.
-	Irrlicht supports AES-encrypted zip files, and the advanced compression
-	techniques lzma and bzip2.
-	\param filename: Filename of the archive to add to the file system.
-	\param ignoreCase: If set to true, files in the archive can be accessed without
-	writing all letters in the right case.
-	\param ignorePaths: If set to true, files in the added archive can be accessed
-	without its complete path.
-	\param archiveType: If no specific E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE is selected then
-	the type of archive will depend on the extension of the file name. If
-	you use a different extension then you can use this parameter to force
-	a specific type of archive.
-	\param password An optional password, which is used in case of encrypted archives.
-	\param retArchive A pointer that will be set to the archive that is added.
-	\return True if the archive was added successfully, false if not. */
-	virtual bool addFileArchive(const path& filename, bool ignoreCase=true,
-			bool ignorePaths=true,
-			E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE archiveType=EFAT_UNKNOWN,
-			const core::stringc& password="",
-			IFileArchive** retArchive=0) =0;
-
-	//! Adds an archive to the file system.
-	/** After calling this, the Irrlicht Engine will also search and open
-	files directly from this archive. This is useful for hiding data from
-	the end user, speeding up file access and making it possible to access
-	for example Quake3 .pk3 files, which are just renamed .zip files. By
-	default Irrlicht supports ZIP, PAK, TAR, PNK, and directories as
-	archives. You can provide your own archive types by implementing
-	IArchiveLoader and passing an instance to addArchiveLoader.
-	Irrlicht supports AES-encrypted zip files, and the advanced compression
-	techniques lzma and bzip2.
-	If you want to add a directory as an archive, prefix its name with a
-	slash in order to let Irrlicht recognize it as a folder mount (mypath/).
-	Using this technique one can build up a search order, because archives
-	are read first, and can be used more easily with relative filenames.
-	\param file: Archive to add to the file system.
-	\param ignoreCase: If set to true, files in the archive can be accessed without
-	writing all letters in the right case.
-	\param ignorePaths: If set to true, files in the added archive can be accessed
-	without its complete path.
-	\param archiveType: If no specific E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE is selected then
-	the type of archive will depend on the extension of the file name. If
-	you use a different extension then you can use this parameter to force
-	a specific type of archive.
-	\param password An optional password, which is used in case of encrypted archives.
-	\param retArchive A pointer that will be set to the archive that is added.
-	\return True if the archive was added successfully, false if not. */
-	virtual bool addFileArchive(IReadFile* file, bool ignoreCase=true,
-			bool ignorePaths=true,
-			E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE archiveType=EFAT_UNKNOWN,
-			const core::stringc& password="",
-			IFileArchive** retArchive=0) =0;
-
-	//! Adds an archive to the file system.
-	/** \param archive: The archive to add to the file system.
-	\return True if the archive was added successfully, false if not. */
-	virtual bool addFileArchive(IFileArchive* archive) =0;
-
-	//! Get the number of archives currently attached to the file system
-	virtual u32 getFileArchiveCount() const =0;
-
-	//! Removes an archive from the file system.
-	/** This will close the archive and free any file handles, but will not
-	close resources which have already been loaded and are now cached, for
-	example textures and meshes.
-	\param index: The index of the archive to remove
-	\return True on success, false on failure */
-	virtual bool removeFileArchive(u32 index) =0;
-
-	//! Removes an archive from the file system.
-	/** This will close the archive and free any file handles, but will not
-	close resources which have already been loaded and are now cached, for
-	example textures and meshes. Note that a relative filename might be
-	interpreted differently on each call, depending on the current working
-	directory. In case you want to remove an archive that was added using
-	a relative path name, you have to change to the same working directory
-	again. This means, that the filename given on creation is not an
-	identifier for the archive, but just a usual filename that is used for
-	locating the archive to work with.
-	\param filename The archive pointed to by the name will be removed
-	\return True on success, false on failure */
-	virtual bool removeFileArchive(const path& filename) =0;
-
-	//! Removes an archive from the file system.
-	/** This will close the archive and free any file handles, but will not
-	close resources which have already been loaded and are now cached, for
-	example textures and meshes.
-	\param archive The archive to remove.
-	\return True on success, false on failure */
-	virtual bool removeFileArchive(const IFileArchive* archive) =0;
-
-	//! Changes the search order of attached archives.
-	/**
-	\param sourceIndex: The index of the archive to change
-	\param relative: The relative change in position, archives with a lower index are searched first */
-	virtual bool moveFileArchive(u32 sourceIndex, s32 relative) =0;
-
-	//! Get the archive at a given index.
-	virtual IFileArchive* getFileArchive(u32 index) =0;
-
-	//! Adds an external archive loader to the engine.
-	/** Use this function to add support for new archive types to the
-	engine, for example proprietary or encrypted file storage. */
-	virtual void addArchiveLoader(IArchiveLoader* loader) =0;
-
-	//! Gets the number of archive loaders currently added
-	virtual u32 getArchiveLoaderCount() const = 0;
-
-	//! Retrieve the given archive loader
-	/** \param index The index of the loader to retrieve. This parameter is an 0-based
-	array index.
-	\return A pointer to the specified loader, 0 if the index is incorrect. */
-	virtual IArchiveLoader* getArchiveLoader(u32 index) const = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a zip archive to the file system.
-	/** \deprecated This function is provided for compatibility
-	with older versions of Irrlicht and may be removed in Irrlicht 1.9,
-	you should use addFileArchive instead.
-	After calling this, the Irrlicht Engine will search and open files directly from this archive too.
-	This is useful for hiding data from the end user, speeding up file access and making it possible to
-	access for example Quake3 .pk3 files, which are no different than .zip files.
-	\param filename: Filename of the zip archive to add to the file system.
-	\param ignoreCase: If set to true, files in the archive can be accessed without
-	writing all letters in the right case.
-	\param ignorePaths: If set to true, files in the added archive can be accessed
-	without its complete path.
-	\return True if the archive was added successfully, false if not. */
-	_IRR_DEPRECATED_ virtual bool addZipFileArchive(const c8* filename, bool ignoreCase=true, bool ignorePaths=true)
-	{
-		return addFileArchive(filename, ignoreCase, ignorePaths, EFAT_ZIP);
-	}
-
-	//! Adds an unzipped archive (or basedirectory with subdirectories..) to the file system.
-	/** \deprecated This function is provided for compatibility
-	with older versions of Irrlicht and may be removed in Irrlicht 1.9,
-	you should use addFileArchive instead.
-	Useful for handling data which will be in a zip file
-	\param filename: Filename of the unzipped zip archive base directory to add to the file system.
-	\param ignoreCase: If set to true, files in the archive can be accessed without
-	writing all letters in the right case.
-	\param ignorePaths: If set to true, files in the added archive can be accessed
-	without its complete path.
-	\return True if the archive was added successful, false if not. */
-	_IRR_DEPRECATED_ virtual bool addFolderFileArchive(const c8* filename, bool ignoreCase=true, bool ignorePaths=true)
-	{
-		return addFileArchive(filename, ignoreCase, ignorePaths, EFAT_FOLDER);
-	}
-
-	//! Adds a pak archive to the file system.
-	/** \deprecated This function is provided for compatibility
-	with older versions of Irrlicht and may be removed in Irrlicht 1.9,
-	you should use addFileArchive instead.
-	After calling this, the Irrlicht Engine will search and open files directly from this archive too.
-	This is useful for hiding data from the end user, speeding up file access and making it possible to
-	access for example Quake2/KingPin/Hexen2 .pak files
-	\param filename: Filename of the pak archive to add to the file system.
-	\param ignoreCase: If set to true, files in the archive can be accessed without
-	writing all letters in the right case.
-	\param ignorePaths: If set to true, files in the added archive can be accessed
-	without its complete path.(should not use with Quake2 paks
-	\return True if the archive was added successful, false if not. */
-	_IRR_DEPRECATED_ virtual bool addPakFileArchive(const c8* filename, bool ignoreCase=true, bool ignorePaths=true)
-	{
-		return addFileArchive(filename, ignoreCase, ignorePaths, EFAT_PAK);
-	}
-
-	//! Get the current working directory.
-	/** \return Current working directory as a string. */
-	virtual const path& getWorkingDirectory() =0;
-
-	//! Changes the current working directory.
-	/** \param newDirectory: A string specifying the new working directory.
-	The string is operating system dependent. Under Windows it has
-	the form "<drive>:\<directory>\<sudirectory>\<..>". An example would be: "C:\Windows\"
-	\return True if successful, otherwise false. */
-	virtual bool changeWorkingDirectoryTo(const path& newDirectory) =0;
-
-	//! Converts a relative path to an absolute (unique) path, resolving symbolic links if required
-	/** \param filename Possibly relative file or directory name to query.
-	\result Absolute filename which points to the same file. */
-	virtual path getAbsolutePath(const path& filename) const =0;
-
-	//! Get the directory a file is located in.
-	/** \param filename: The file to get the directory from.
-	\return String containing the directory of the file. */
-	virtual path getFileDir(const path& filename) const =0;
-
-	//! Get the base part of a filename, i.e. the name without the directory part.
-	/** If no directory is prefixed, the full name is returned.
-	\param filename: The file to get the basename from
-	\param keepExtension True if filename with extension is returned otherwise everything
-	after the final '.' is removed as well. */
-	virtual path getFileBasename(const path& filename, bool keepExtension=true) const =0;
-
-	//! flatten a path and file name for example: "/you/me/../." becomes "/you"
-	virtual path& flattenFilename(path& directory, const path& root="/") const =0;
-
-	//! Get the relative filename, relative to the given directory
-	virtual path getRelativeFilename(const path& filename, const path& directory) const =0;
-
-	//! Creates a list of files and directories in the current working directory and returns it.
-	/** \return a Pointer to the created IFileList is returned. After the list has been used
-	it has to be deleted using its IFileList::drop() method.
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IFileList* createFileList() =0;
-
-	//! Creates an empty filelist
-	/** \return a Pointer to the created IFileList is returned. After the list has been used
-	it has to be deleted using its IFileList::drop() method.
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IFileList* createEmptyFileList(const io::path& path, bool ignoreCase, bool ignorePaths) =0;
-
-	//! Set the active type of file system.
-	virtual EFileSystemType setFileListSystem(EFileSystemType listType) =0;
-
-	//! Determines if a file exists and could be opened.
-	/** \param filename is the string identifying the file which should be tested for existence.
-	\return True if file exists, and false if it does not exist or an error occured. */
-	virtual bool existFile(const path& filename) const =0;
-
-	//! Creates a XML Reader from a file which returns all parsed strings as wide characters (wchar_t*).
-	/** Use createXMLReaderUTF8() if you prefer char* instead of wchar_t*. See IIrrXMLReader for
-	more information on how to use the parser.
-	\return 0, if file could not be opened, otherwise a pointer to the created
-	IXMLReader is returned. After use, the reader
-	has to be deleted using its IXMLReader::drop() method.
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IXMLReader* createXMLReader(const path& filename) =0;
-
-	//! Creates a XML Reader from a file which returns all parsed strings as wide characters (wchar_t*).
-	/** Use createXMLReaderUTF8() if you prefer char* instead of wchar_t*. See IIrrXMLReader for
-	more information on how to use the parser.
-	\return 0, if file could not be opened, otherwise a pointer to the created
-	IXMLReader is returned. After use, the reader
-	has to be deleted using its IXMLReader::drop() method.
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IXMLReader* createXMLReader(IReadFile* file) =0;
-
-	//! Creates a XML Reader from a file which returns all parsed strings as ASCII/UTF-8 characters (char*).
-	/** Use createXMLReader() if you prefer wchar_t* instead of char*. See IIrrXMLReader for
-	more information on how to use the parser.
-	\return 0, if file could not be opened, otherwise a pointer to the created
-	IXMLReader is returned. After use, the reader
-	has to be deleted using its IXMLReaderUTF8::drop() method.
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IXMLReaderUTF8* createXMLReaderUTF8(const path& filename) =0;
-
-	//! Creates a XML Reader from a file which returns all parsed strings as ASCII/UTF-8 characters (char*).
-	/** Use createXMLReader() if you prefer wchar_t* instead of char*. See IIrrXMLReader for
-	more information on how to use the parser.
-	\return 0, if file could not be opened, otherwise a pointer to the created
-	IXMLReader is returned. After use, the reader
-	has to be deleted using its IXMLReaderUTF8::drop() method.
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IXMLReaderUTF8* createXMLReaderUTF8(IReadFile* file) =0;
-
-	//! Creates a XML Writer from a file.
-	/** \return 0, if file could not be opened, otherwise a pointer to the created
-	IXMLWriter is returned. After use, the reader
-	has to be deleted using its IXMLWriter::drop() method.
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IXMLWriter* createXMLWriter(const path& filename) =0;
-
-	//! Creates a XML Writer from a file.
-	/** \return 0, if file could not be opened, otherwise a pointer to the created
-	IXMLWriter is returned. After use, the reader
-	has to be deleted using its IXMLWriter::drop() method.
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IXMLWriter* createXMLWriter(IWriteFile* file) =0;
-
-	//! Creates a new empty collection of attributes, usable for serialization and more.
-	/** \param driver: Video driver to be used to load textures when specified as attribute values.
-	Can be null to prevent automatic texture loading by attributes.
-	\return Pointer to the created object.
-	If you no longer need the object, you should call IAttributes::drop().
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IAttributes* createEmptyAttributes(video::IVideoDriver* driver=0) =0;
-};
-
-
-} // end namespace io
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGPUProgrammingServices.h

@@ -1,474 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GPU_PROGRAMMING_SERVICES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GPU_PROGRAMMING_SERVICES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "EShaderTypes.h"
-#include "EMaterialTypes.h"
-#include "EPrimitiveTypes.h"
-#include "path.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-
-namespace io
-{
-	class IReadFile;
-} // end namespace io
-
-namespace video
-{
-
-class IVideoDriver;
-class IShaderConstantSetCallBack;
-
-//! Enumeration for different types of shading languages
-enum E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE
-{
-	//! The default language, so HLSL for Direct3D and GLSL for OpenGL.
-	EGSL_DEFAULT = 0,
-
-	//! Cg shading language.*/
-	EGSL_CG
-};
-
-//! Interface making it possible to create and use programs running on the GPU.
-class IGPUProgrammingServices
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Destructor
-	virtual ~IGPUProgrammingServices() {}
-
-	//! Adds a new high-level shading material renderer to the VideoDriver.
-	/** Currently only HLSL/D3D9 and GLSL/OpenGL are supported.
-	\param vertexShaderProgram String containing the source of the vertex
-	shader program. This can be 0 if no vertex program shall be used.
-	\param vertexShaderEntryPointName Name of the entry function of the
-	vertexShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
-	\param vsCompileTarget Vertex shader version the high level shader
-	shall be compiled to.
-	\param pixelShaderProgram String containing the source of the pixel
-	shader program. This can be 0 if no pixel shader shall be used.
-	\param pixelShaderEntryPointName Entry name of the function of the
-	pixelShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
-	\param psCompileTarget Pixel shader version the high level shader
-	shall be compiled to.
-	\param geometryShaderProgram String containing the source of the
-	geometry shader program. This can be 0 if no geometry shader shall be
-	used.
-	\param geometryShaderEntryPointName Entry name of the function of the
-	geometryShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
-	\param gsCompileTarget Geometry shader version the high level shader
-	shall be compiled to.
-	\param inType Type of vertices passed to geometry shader
-	\param outType Type of vertices created by geometry shader
-	\param verticesOut Maximal number of vertices created by geometry
-	shader. If 0, maximal number supported is assumed.
-	\param callback Pointer to an implementation of
-	IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you can set the needed vertex,
-	pixel, and geometry shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you
-	don't need this.
-	\param baseMaterial Base material which renderstates will be used to
-	shade the material.
-	\param userData a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
-	will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
-	OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
-	callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
-	during the call.
-	\param shaderLang a type of shading language used in current shader.
-	\return Number of the material type which can be set in
-	SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an error
-	occured, e.g. if a shader program could not be compiled or a compile
-	target is not reachable. The error strings are then printed to the
-	error log and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
-	virtual s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
-		const c8* vertexShaderProgram,
-		const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName,
-		E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget,
-		const c8* pixelShaderProgram,
-		const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName,
-		E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget,
-		const c8* geometryShaderProgram,
-		const c8* geometryShaderEntryPointName = "main",
-		E_GEOMETRY_SHADER_TYPE gsCompileTarget = EGST_GS_4_0,
-		scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE inType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLES,
-		scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE outType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP,
-		u32 verticesOut = 0,
-		IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
-		E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
-		s32 userData = 0,
-		E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE shadingLang = EGSL_DEFAULT) = 0;
-
-	//! convenience function for use without geometry shaders
-	s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
-		const c8* vertexShaderProgram,
-		const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName="main",
-		E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget=EVST_VS_1_1,
-		const c8* pixelShaderProgram=0,
-		const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName="main",
-		E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget=EPST_PS_1_1,
-		IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback=0,
-		E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial=video::EMT_SOLID,
-		s32 userData=0,
-		E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE shadingLang=EGSL_DEFAULT)
-	{
-		return addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
-			vertexShaderProgram, vertexShaderEntryPointName,
-			vsCompileTarget, pixelShaderProgram,
-			pixelShaderEntryPointName, psCompileTarget,
-			0, "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
-			scene::EPT_TRIANGLES, scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP, 0,
-			callback, baseMaterial, userData, shadingLang);
-	}
-
-	//! convenience function for use with many defaults, without geometry shader
-	/** All shader names are set to "main" and compile targets are shader
-	type 1.1.
-	*/
-	s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
-		const c8* vertexShaderProgram,
-		const c8* pixelShaderProgram=0,
-		IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback=0,
-		E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
-		s32 userData=0)
-	{
-		return addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
-			vertexShaderProgram, "main",
-			EVST_VS_1_1, pixelShaderProgram,
-			"main", EPST_PS_1_1,
-			0, "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
-			scene::EPT_TRIANGLES, scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP, 0,
-			callback, baseMaterial, userData);
-	}
-
-	//! convenience function for use with many defaults, with geometry shader
-	/** All shader names are set to "main" and compile targets are shader
-	type 1.1 and geometry shader 4.0.
-	*/
-	s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
-		const c8* vertexShaderProgram,
-		const c8* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
-		const c8* geometryShaderProgram = 0,
-		scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE inType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLES,
-		scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE outType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP,
-		u32 verticesOut = 0,
-		IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
-		E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
-		s32 userData = 0 )
-	{
-		return addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
-			vertexShaderProgram, "main",
-			EVST_VS_1_1, pixelShaderProgram,
-			"main", EPST_PS_1_1,
-			geometryShaderProgram, "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
-			inType, outType, verticesOut,
-			callback, baseMaterial, userData);
-	}
-
-	//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but loads from files.
-	/** \param vertexShaderProgramFileName Text file containing the source
-	of the vertex shader program. Set to empty string if no vertex shader
-	shall be created.
-	\param vertexShaderEntryPointName Name of the entry function of the
-	vertexShaderProgram  (p.e. "main")
-	\param vsCompileTarget Vertex shader version the high level shader
-	shall be compiled to.
-	\param pixelShaderProgramFileName Text file containing the source of
-	the pixel shader program. Set to empty string if no pixel shader shall
-	be created.
-	\param pixelShaderEntryPointName Entry name of the function of the
-	pixelShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
-	\param psCompileTarget Pixel shader version the high level shader
-	shall be compiled to.
-	\param geometryShaderProgramFileName Name of the source of
-	the geometry shader program. Set to empty string if no geometry shader
-	shall be created.
-	\param geometryShaderEntryPointName Entry name of the function of the
-	geometryShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
-	\param gsCompileTarget Geometry shader version the high level shader
-	shall be compiled to.
-	\param inType Type of vertices passed to geometry shader
-	\param outType Type of vertices created by geometry shader
-	\param verticesOut Maximal number of vertices created by geometry
-	shader. If 0, maximal number supported is assumed.
-	\param callback Pointer to an implementation of
-	IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you can set the needed vertex,
-	pixel, and geometry shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you
-	don't need this.
-	\param baseMaterial Base material which renderstates will be used to
-	shade the material.
-	\param userData a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
-	will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
-	OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
-	callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
-	during the call.
-	\param shaderLang a type of shading language used in current shader.
-	\return Number of the material type which can be set in
-	SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an error
-	occured, e.g. if a shader program could not be compiled or a compile
-	target is not reachable. The error strings are then printed to the
-	error log and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
-	virtual s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
-		const io::path& vertexShaderProgramFileName,
-		const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName,
-		E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget,
-		const io::path& pixelShaderProgramFileName,
-		const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName,
-		E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget,
-		const io::path& geometryShaderProgramFileName,
-		const c8* geometryShaderEntryPointName = "main",
-		E_GEOMETRY_SHADER_TYPE gsCompileTarget = EGST_GS_4_0,
-		scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE inType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLES,
-		scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE outType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP,
-		u32 verticesOut = 0,
-		IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
-		E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
-		s32 userData = 0,
-		E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE shadingLang = EGSL_DEFAULT) = 0;
-
-	//! convenience function for use without geometry shaders
-	s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
-		const io::path& vertexShaderProgramFileName,
-		const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName = "main",
-		E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget = EVST_VS_1_1,
-		const io::path& pixelShaderProgramFileName = "",
-		const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName = "main",
-		E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget = EPST_PS_1_1,
-		IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
-		E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
-		s32 userData = 0,
-		E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE shadingLang = EGSL_DEFAULT)
-	{
-		return addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
-			vertexShaderProgramFileName, vertexShaderEntryPointName,
-			vsCompileTarget, pixelShaderProgramFileName,
-			pixelShaderEntryPointName, psCompileTarget,
-			"", "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
-			scene::EPT_TRIANGLES, scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP, 0,
-			callback, baseMaterial, userData, shadingLang);
-	}
-
-	//! convenience function for use with many defaults, without geometry shader
-	/** All shader names are set to "main" and compile targets are shader
-	type 1.1.
-	*/
-	s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
-		const io::path& vertexShaderProgramFileName,
-		const io::path& pixelShaderProgramFileName = "",
-		IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
-		E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
-		s32 userData = 0 )
-	{
-		return addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
-			vertexShaderProgramFileName, "main",
-			EVST_VS_1_1, pixelShaderProgramFileName,
-			"main", EPST_PS_1_1,
-			"", "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
-			scene::EPT_TRIANGLES, scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP, 0,
-			callback, baseMaterial, userData);
-	}
-
-	//! convenience function for use with many defaults, with geometry shader
-	/** All shader names are set to "main" and compile targets are shader
-	type 1.1 and geometry shader 4.0.
-	*/
-	s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
-		const io::path& vertexShaderProgramFileName,
-		const io::path& pixelShaderProgramFileName = "",
-		const io::path& geometryShaderProgramFileName = "",
-		scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE inType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLES,
-		scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE outType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP,
-		u32 verticesOut = 0,
-		IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
-		E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
-		s32 userData = 0 )
-	{
-		return addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
-			vertexShaderProgramFileName, "main",
-			EVST_VS_1_1, pixelShaderProgramFileName,
-			"main", EPST_PS_1_1,
-			geometryShaderProgramFileName, "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
-			inType, outType, verticesOut,
-			callback, baseMaterial, userData);
-	}
-
-	//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but loads from files.
-	/** \param vertexShaderProgram Text file handle containing the source
-	of the vertex shader program. Set to 0 if no vertex shader shall be
-	created.
-	\param vertexShaderEntryPointName Name of the entry function of the
-	vertexShaderProgram
-	\param vsCompileTarget Vertex shader version the high level shader
-	shall be compiled to.
-	\param pixelShaderProgram Text file handle containing the source of
-	the pixel shader program. Set to 0 if no pixel shader shall be created.
-	\param pixelShaderEntryPointName Entry name of the function of the
-	pixelShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
-	\param psCompileTarget Pixel shader version the high level shader
-	shall be compiled to.
-	\param geometryShaderProgram Text file handle containing the source of
-	the geometry shader program. Set to 0 if no geometry shader shall be
-	created.
-	\param geometryShaderEntryPointName Entry name of the function of the
-	geometryShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
-	\param gsCompileTarget Geometry shader version the high level shader
-	shall be compiled to.
-	\param inType Type of vertices passed to geometry shader
-	\param outType Type of vertices created by geometry shader
-	\param verticesOut Maximal number of vertices created by geometry
-	shader. If 0, maximal number supported is assumed.
-	\param callback Pointer to an implementation of
-	IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you can set the needed vertex and
-	pixel shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you don't need this.
-	\param baseMaterial Base material which renderstates will be used to
-	shade the material.
-	\param userData a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
-	will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
-	OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
-	callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
-	during the call.
-	\param shaderLang a type of shading language used in current shader.
-	\return Number of the material type which can be set in
-	SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
-	error occured, e.g. if a shader program could not be compiled or a
-	compile target is not reachable. The error strings are then printed to
-	the error log and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
-	virtual s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
-		io::IReadFile* vertexShaderProgram,
-		const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName,
-		E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget,
-		io::IReadFile* pixelShaderProgram,
-		const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName,
-		E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget,
-		io::IReadFile* geometryShaderProgram,
-		const c8* geometryShaderEntryPointName = "main",
-		E_GEOMETRY_SHADER_TYPE gsCompileTarget = EGST_GS_4_0,
-		scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE inType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLES,
-		scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE outType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP,
-		u32 verticesOut = 0,
-		IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
-		E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
-		s32 userData = 0,
-		E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE shadingLang = EGSL_DEFAULT) = 0;
-
-	//! convenience function for use without geometry shaders
-	s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
-		io::IReadFile* vertexShaderProgram,
-		const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName = "main",
-		E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget = EVST_VS_1_1,
-		io::IReadFile* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
-		const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName = "main",
-		E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget = EPST_PS_1_1,
-		IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
-		E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
-		s32 userData = 0,
-		E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE shadingLang = EGSL_DEFAULT)
-	{
-		return addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
-			vertexShaderProgram, vertexShaderEntryPointName,
-			vsCompileTarget, pixelShaderProgram,
-			pixelShaderEntryPointName, psCompileTarget,
-			0, "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
-			scene::EPT_TRIANGLES, scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP, 0,
-			callback, baseMaterial, userData, shadingLang);
-	}
-
-	//! Adds a new ASM shader material renderer to the VideoDriver
-	/** Note that it is a good idea to call IVideoDriver::queryFeature() in
-	advance to check if the IVideoDriver supports the vertex and/or pixel
-	shader version your are using.
-
-	The material is added to the VideoDriver like with
-	IVideoDriver::addMaterialRenderer() and can be used like it had been
-	added with that method.
-	\param vertexShaderProgram String containing the source of the vertex
-	shader program. This can be 0 if no vertex program shall be used.
-
-	For DX8 programs, the will always input registers look like this: v0:
-	position, v1: normal, v2: color, v3: texture cooridnates, v4: texture
-	coordinates 2 if available.
-
-	For DX9 programs, you can manually set the registers using the dcl_
-	statements.
-	\param pixelShaderProgram String containing the source of the pixel
-	shader program. This can be 0 if you don't want to use a pixel shader.
-	\param callback Pointer to an implementation of
-	IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you can set the needed vertex and
-	pixel shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you don't need this.
-	\param baseMaterial Base material which renderstates will be used to
-	shade the material.
-	\param userData a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
-	will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
-	OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
-	callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
-	during the call.
-	\return Returns the number of the material type which can be set in
-	SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
-	error occured. -1 is returned for example if a vertex or pixel shader
-	program could not be compiled, the error strings are then printed out
-	into the error log, and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
-	virtual s32 addShaderMaterial(const c8* vertexShaderProgram = 0,
-		const c8* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
-		IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
-		E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
-		s32 userData = 0) = 0;
-
-	//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but loads from files.
-	/** \param vertexShaderProgram Text file containing the source of the
-	vertex shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
-	\param pixelShaderProgram Text file containing the source of the pixel
-	shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
-	\param callback Pointer to an IShaderConstantSetCallback object to
-	which the OnSetConstants function is called.
-	\param baseMaterial baseMaterial
-	\param userData a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
-	will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
-	OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
-	callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
-	during the call.
-	\return Returns the number of the material type which can be set in
-	SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
-	error occured. -1 is returned for example if a vertex or pixel shader
-	program could not be compiled, the error strings are then printed out
-	into the error log, and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
-	virtual s32 addShaderMaterialFromFiles(io::IReadFile* vertexShaderProgram,
-		io::IReadFile* pixelShaderProgram,
-		IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
-		E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
-		s32 userData = 0) = 0;
-
-	//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but loads from files.
-	/** \param vertexShaderProgramFileName Text file name containing the
-	source of the vertex shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be
-	created.
-	\param pixelShaderProgramFileName Text file name containing the source
-	of the pixel shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
-	\param callback Pointer to an IShaderConstantSetCallback object on
-	which the OnSetConstants function is called.
-	\param baseMaterial baseMaterial
-	\param userData a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
-	will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
-	OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
-	callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
-	during the call.
-	\return Returns the number of the material type which can be set in
-	SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
-	error occured. -1 is returned for example if a vertex or pixel shader
-	program could not be compiled, the error strings are then printed out
-	into the error log, and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
-	virtual s32 addShaderMaterialFromFiles(const io::path& vertexShaderProgramFileName,
-		const io::path& pixelShaderProgramFileName,
-		IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
-		E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
-		s32 userData = 0) = 0;
-};
-
-
-} // end namespace video
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIButton.h

@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_BUTTON_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_BUTTON_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-
-namespace video
-{
-	class ITexture;
-} // end namespace video
-
-namespace gui
-{
-	class IGUIFont;
-	class IGUISpriteBank;
-
-	enum EGUI_BUTTON_STATE
-	{
-		//! The button is not pressed
-		EGBS_BUTTON_UP=0,
-		//! The button is currently pressed down
-		EGBS_BUTTON_DOWN,
-		//! The mouse cursor is over the button
-		EGBS_BUTTON_MOUSE_OVER,
-		//! The mouse cursor is not over the button
-		EGBS_BUTTON_MOUSE_OFF,
-		//! The button has the focus
-		EGBS_BUTTON_FOCUSED,
-		//! The button doesn't have the focus
-		EGBS_BUTTON_NOT_FOCUSED,
-		//! not used, counts the number of enumerated items
-		EGBS_COUNT
-	};
-
-	//! Names for gui button state icons
-	const c8* const GUIButtonStateNames[] =
-	{
-		"buttonUp",
-		"buttonDown",
-		"buttonMouseOver",
-		"buttonMouseOff",
-		"buttonFocused",
-		"buttonNotFocused",
-		0,
-		0,
-	};
-
-	//! GUI Button interface.
-	/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
-	\li EGET_BUTTON_CLICKED
-	*/
-	class IGUIButton : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIButton(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_BUTTON, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Sets another skin independent font.
-		/** If this is set to zero, the button uses the font of the skin.
-		\param font: New font to set. */
-		virtual void setOverrideFont(IGUIFont* font=0) = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the override font (if any)
-		/** \return The override font (may be 0) */
-		virtual IGUIFont* getOverrideFont(void) const = 0;
-
-		//! Get the font which is used right now for drawing
-		/** Currently this is the override font when one is set and the
-		font of the active skin otherwise */
-		virtual IGUIFont* getActiveFont() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets an image which should be displayed on the button when it is in normal state.
-		/** \param image: Image to be displayed */
-		virtual void setImage(video::ITexture* image=0) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets a background image for the button when it is in normal state.
-		/** \param image: Texture containing the image to be displayed
-		\param pos: Position in the texture, where the image is located */
-		virtual void setImage(video::ITexture* image, const core::rect<s32>& pos) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets a background image for the button when it is in pressed state.
-		/** If no images is specified for the pressed state via
-		setPressedImage(), this image is also drawn in pressed state.
-		\param image: Image to be displayed */
-		virtual void setPressedImage(video::ITexture* image=0) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets an image which should be displayed on the button when it is in pressed state.
-		/** \param image: Texture containing the image to be displayed
-		\param pos: Position in the texture, where the image is located */
-		virtual void setPressedImage(video::ITexture* image, const core::rect<s32>& pos) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the sprite bank used by the button
-		virtual void setSpriteBank(IGUISpriteBank* bank=0) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the animated sprite for a specific button state
-		/** \param index: Number of the sprite within the sprite bank, use -1 for no sprite
-		\param state: State of the button to set the sprite for
-		\param index: The sprite number from the current sprite bank
-		\param color: The color of the sprite
-		\param loop: True if the animation should loop, false if not
-		*/
-		virtual void setSprite(EGUI_BUTTON_STATE state, s32 index,
-				video::SColor color=video::SColor(255,255,255,255), bool loop=false) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets if the button should behave like a push button.
-		/** Which means it can be in two states: Normal or Pressed. With a click on the button,
-		the user can change the state of the button. */
-		virtual void setIsPushButton(bool isPushButton=true) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the pressed state of the button if this is a pushbutton
-		virtual void setPressed(bool pressed=true) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns if the button is currently pressed
-		virtual bool isPressed() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets if the alpha channel should be used for drawing background images on the button (default is false)
-		virtual void setUseAlphaChannel(bool useAlphaChannel=true) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns if the alpha channel should be used for drawing background images on the button
-		virtual bool isAlphaChannelUsed() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns whether the button is a push button
-		virtual bool isPushButton() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets if the button should use the skin to draw its border and button face (default is true)
-		virtual void setDrawBorder(bool border=true) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns if the border and button face are being drawn using the skin
-		virtual bool isDrawingBorder() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets if the button should scale the button images to fit
-		virtual void setScaleImage(bool scaleImage=true) = 0;
-
-		//! Checks whether the button scales the used images
-		virtual bool isScalingImage() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUICheckBox.h

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_CHECKBOX_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_CHECKBOX_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-
-	//! GUI Check box interface.
-	/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
-	\li EGET_CHECKBOX_CHANGED
-	*/
-	class IGUICheckBox : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUICheckBox(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_CHECK_BOX, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Set if box is checked.
-		virtual void setChecked(bool checked) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns true if box is checked.
-		virtual bool isChecked() const = 0;
-	};
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIColorSelectDialog.h

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_COLOR_SELECT_DIALOG_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_COLOR_SELECT_DIALOG_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-
-	//! Standard color chooser dialog.
-	class IGUIColorSelectDialog : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIColorSelectDialog(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_COLOR_SELECT_DIALOG, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIComboBox.h

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_COMBO_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_COMBO_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-
-	//! Combobox widget
-	/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
-	\li EGET_COMBO_BOX_CHANGED
-	*/
-	class IGUIComboBox : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIComboBox(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_COMBO_BOX, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Returns amount of items in box
-		virtual u32 getItemCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns string of an item. the idx may be a value from 0 to itemCount-1
-		virtual const wchar_t* getItem(u32 idx) const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns item data of an item. the idx may be a value from 0 to itemCount-1
-		virtual u32 getItemData(u32 idx) const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns index based on item data
-		virtual s32 getIndexForItemData(u32 data ) const = 0;
-
-		//! Adds an item and returns the index of it
-		virtual u32 addItem(const wchar_t* text, u32 data = 0) = 0;
-
-		//! Removes an item from the combo box.
-		/** Warning. This will change the index of all following items */
-		virtual void removeItem(u32 idx) = 0;
-
-		//! Deletes all items in the combo box
-		virtual void clear() = 0;
-
-		//! Returns id of selected item. returns -1 if no item is selected.
-		virtual s32 getSelected() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the selected item. Set this to -1 if no item should be selected
-		virtual void setSelected(s32 idx) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets text justification of the text area
-		/** \param horizontal: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT for left justified (default),
-		EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for right justified, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text.
-		\param vertical: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT to align with top edge,
-		EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for bottom edge, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text (default). */
-		virtual void setTextAlignment(EGUI_ALIGNMENT horizontal, EGUI_ALIGNMENT vertical) = 0;
-
-		//! Set the maximal number of rows for the selection listbox
-		virtual void setMaxSelectionRows(u32 max) = 0;
-
-		//! Get the maximimal number of rows for the selection listbox
-		virtual u32 getMaxSelectionRows() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIContextMenu.h

@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_CONTEXT_MENU_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_CONTEXT_MENU_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-	//! Close behavior.
-	//! Default is ECMC_REMOVE
-	enum ECONTEXT_MENU_CLOSE
-	{
-		//! do nothing - menu stays open
-		ECMC_IGNORE = 0,
-
-		//! remove the gui element
-		ECMC_REMOVE = 1,
-
-		//! call setVisible(false)
-		ECMC_HIDE = 2
-
-	 	// note to implementors - this is planned as bitset, so continue with 4 if you need to add further flags.
-	};
-
-	//! GUI Context menu interface.
-	/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
-	\li EGET_ELEMENT_CLOSED
-	\li EGET_MENU_ITEM_SELECTED
-	*/
-	class IGUIContextMenu : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIContextMenu(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_CONTEXT_MENU, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! set behavior when menus are closed
-		virtual void setCloseHandling(ECONTEXT_MENU_CLOSE onClose) = 0;
-
-		//! get current behavior when the menu will be closed
-		virtual ECONTEXT_MENU_CLOSE getCloseHandling() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get amount of menu items
-		virtual u32 getItemCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! Adds a menu item.
-		/** \param text: Text of menu item. Set this to 0 to create
-		an separator instead of a real item, which is the same like
-		calling addSeparator();
-		\param commandId: Command id of menu item, a simple id you may
-		set to whatever you want.
-		\param enabled: Specifies if the menu item should be enabled.
-		\param hasSubMenu: Set this to true if there should be a submenu
-		at this item. You can access this submenu via getSubMenu().
-		\param checked: Specifies if the menu item should be initially checked.
-		\param autoChecking: Specifies if the item should be checked by clicking
-		\return Returns the index of the new item */
-		virtual u32 addItem(const wchar_t* text, s32 commandId=-1, bool enabled=true,
-			bool hasSubMenu=false, bool checked=false, bool autoChecking=false) = 0;
-
-        //! Insert a menu item at specified position.
-        /** \param idx: Position to insert the new element,
-        should be smaller than itemcount otherwise the item is added to the end.
-        \param text: Text of menu item. Set this to 0 to create
-		an separator instead of a real item, which is the same like
-		calling addSeparator();
-		\param commandId: Command id of menu item, a simple id you may
-		set to whatever you want.
-		\param enabled: Specifies if the menu item should be enabled.
-		\param hasSubMenu: Set this to true if there should be a submenu
-		at this item. You can access this submenu via getSubMenu().
-		\param checked: Specifies if the menu item should be initially checked.
-		\param autoChecking: Specifies if the item should be checked by clicking
-		\return Returns the index of the new item */
-		virtual u32 insertItem(u32 idx, const wchar_t* text, s32 commandId=-1, bool enabled=true,
-			bool hasSubMenu=false, bool checked=false, bool autoChecking=false) = 0;
-
-		//! Find an item by it's CommandID
-		/**
-		\param commandId: We are looking for the first item which has this commandID
-		\param idxStartSearch: Start searching from this index.
-        \return Returns the index of the item when found or otherwise -1. */
-		virtual s32 findItemWithCommandId(s32 commandId, u32 idxStartSearch=0) const = 0;
-
-		//! Adds a separator item to the menu
-		virtual void addSeparator() = 0;
-
-		//! Get text of the menu item.
-		/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item */
-		virtual const wchar_t* getItemText(u32 idx) const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets text of the menu item.
-		/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
-		\param text: New text of the item. */
-		virtual void setItemText(u32 idx, const wchar_t* text) = 0;
-
-		//! Check if a menu item is enabled
-		/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item */
-		virtual bool isItemEnabled(u32 idx) const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets if the menu item should be enabled.
-		/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
-		\param enabled: True if it is enabled, otherwise false. */
-		virtual void setItemEnabled(u32 idx, bool enabled) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets if the menu item should be checked.
-		/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
-		\param enabled: True if it is enabled, otherwise false. */
-		virtual void setItemChecked(u32 idx, bool enabled) = 0;
-
-		//! Check if a menu item is checked
-		/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item */
-		virtual bool isItemChecked(u32 idx) const = 0;
-
-		//! Removes a menu item
-		/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item */
-		virtual void removeItem(u32 idx) = 0;
-
-		//! Removes all menu items
-		virtual void removeAllItems() = 0;
-
-		//! Get the selected item in the menu
-		/** \return Index of the selected item, -1 if none selected. */
-		virtual s32 getSelectedItem() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get the command id of a menu item
-		/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item */
-		virtual s32 getItemCommandId(u32 idx) const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the command id of a menu item
-		/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
-		\param id: Command id of menu item, a simple id you may
-		set to whatever you want. */
-		virtual void setItemCommandId(u32 idx, s32 id) = 0;
-
-		//! Get a pointer to the submenu of an item.
-		/** 0 is returned if there is no submenu
-		\param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
-		\return Returns a pointer to the submenu of an item. */
-		virtual IGUIContextMenu* getSubMenu(u32 idx) const = 0;
-
-		//! should the element change the checked status on clicking
-		virtual void setItemAutoChecking(u32 idx, bool autoChecking) = 0;
-
-		//! does the element change the checked status on clicking
-		virtual bool getItemAutoChecking(u32 idx) const = 0;
-
-		//! When an eventparent is set it receives events instead of the usual parent element
-		virtual void setEventParent(IGUIElement *parent) = 0;
-	};
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIEditBox.h

@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_EDIT_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_EDIT_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-#include "SColor.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-	class IGUIFont;
-
-	//! Single line edit box for editing simple text.
-	/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
-	\li EGET_EDITBOX_ENTER
-	\li EGET_EDITBOX_CHANGED
-	\li EGET_EDITBOX_MARKING_CHANGED
-	*/
-	class IGUIEditBox : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIEditBox(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_EDIT_BOX, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Sets another skin independent font.
-		/** If this is set to zero, the button uses the font of the skin.
-		\param font: New font to set. */
-		virtual void setOverrideFont(IGUIFont* font=0) = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the override font (if any)
-		/** \return The override font (may be 0) */
-		virtual IGUIFont* getOverrideFont() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get the font which is used right now for drawing
-		/** Currently this is the override font when one is set and the
-		font of the active skin otherwise */
-		virtual IGUIFont* getActiveFont() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets another color for the text.
-		/** If set, the edit box does not use the EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT color defined
-		in the skin, but the set color instead. You don't need to call
-		IGUIEditBox::enableOverrrideColor(true) after this, this is done
-		by this function.
-		If you set a color, and you want the text displayed with the color
-		of the skin again, call IGUIEditBox::enableOverrideColor(false);
-		\param color: New color of the text. */
-		virtual void setOverrideColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the override color
-		virtual video::SColor getOverrideColor() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets if the text should use the override color or the color in the gui skin.
-		/** \param enable: If set to true, the override color, which can be set
-		with IGUIEditBox::setOverrideColor is used, otherwise the
-		EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT color of the skin. */
-		virtual void enableOverrideColor(bool enable) = 0;
-
-		//! Checks if an override color is enabled
-		/** \return true if the override color is enabled, false otherwise */
-		virtual bool isOverrideColorEnabled(void) const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets whether to draw the background
-		virtual void setDrawBackground(bool draw) = 0;
-
-		//! Turns the border on or off
-		/** \param border: true if you want the border to be drawn, false if not */
-		virtual void setDrawBorder(bool border) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets text justification mode
-		/** \param horizontal: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT for left justified (default),
-		EGUIA_LOWERRIGHT for right justified, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text.
-		\param vertical: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT to align with top edge,
-		EGUIA_LOWERRIGHT for bottom edge, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text (default). */
-		virtual void setTextAlignment(EGUI_ALIGNMENT horizontal, EGUI_ALIGNMENT vertical) = 0;
-
-		//! Enables or disables word wrap.
-		/** \param enable: If set to true, words going over one line are
-		broken to the next line. */
-		virtual void setWordWrap(bool enable) = 0;
-
-		//! Checks if word wrap is enabled
-		/** \return true if word wrap is enabled, false otherwise */
-		virtual bool isWordWrapEnabled() const = 0;
-
-		//! Enables or disables newlines.
-		/** \param enable: If set to true, the EGET_EDITBOX_ENTER event will not be fired,
-		instead a newline character will be inserted. */
-		virtual void setMultiLine(bool enable) = 0;
-
-		//! Checks if multi line editing is enabled
-		/** \return true if multi-line is enabled, false otherwise */
-		virtual bool isMultiLineEnabled() const = 0;
-
-		//! Enables or disables automatic scrolling with cursor position
-		/** \param enable: If set to true, the text will move around with the cursor position */
-		virtual void setAutoScroll(bool enable) = 0;
-
-		//! Checks to see if automatic scrolling is enabled
-		/** \return true if automatic scrolling is enabled, false if not */
-		virtual bool isAutoScrollEnabled() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets whether the edit box is a password box. Setting this to true will
-		/** disable MultiLine, WordWrap and the ability to copy with ctrl+c or ctrl+x
-		\param passwordBox: true to enable password, false to disable
-		\param passwordChar: the character that is displayed instead of letters */
-		virtual void setPasswordBox(bool passwordBox, wchar_t passwordChar = L'*') = 0;
-
-		//! Returns true if the edit box is currently a password box.
-		virtual bool isPasswordBox() const = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the size area of the text in the edit box
-		/** \return The size in pixels of the text */
-		virtual core::dimension2du getTextDimension() = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the maximum amount of characters which may be entered in the box.
-		/** \param max: Maximum amount of characters. If 0, the character amount is
-		infinity. */
-		virtual void setMax(u32 max) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns maximum amount of characters, previously set by setMax();
-		virtual u32 getMax() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIElementFactory.h

@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_ELEMENT_FACTORY_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_ELEMENT_FACTORY_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "EGUIElementTypes.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-
-namespace gui
-{
-	class IGUIElement;
-
-	//! Interface making it possible to dynamically create GUI elements
-	/** To be able to add custom elements to Irrlicht and to make it possible for the
-	scene manager to save and load them, simply implement this interface and register it
-	in your gui environment via IGUIEnvironment::registerGUIElementFactory.
-	Note: When implementing your own element factory, don't call IGUIEnvironment::grab() to
-	increase the reference counter of the environment. This is not necessary because the
-	it will grab() the factory anyway, and otherwise cyclic references will be created.
-	*/
-	class IGUIElementFactory : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! adds an element to the gui environment based on its type id
-		/** \param type: Type of the element to add.
-		\param parent: Parent scene node of the new element, can be null to add to the root.
-		\return Pointer to the new element or null if not successful. */
-		virtual IGUIElement* addGUIElement(EGUI_ELEMENT_TYPE type, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
-
-		//! adds a GUI element to the GUI Environment based on its type name
-		/** \param typeName: Type name of the element to add.
-		\param parent: Parent scene node of the new element, can be null to add it to the root.
-		\return Pointer to the new element or null if not successful. */
-		virtual IGUIElement* addGUIElement(const c8* typeName, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
-
-		//! Get amount of GUI element types this factory is able to create
-		virtual s32 getCreatableGUIElementTypeCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get type of a createable element type
-		/** \param idx: Index of the element type in this factory. Must be a value between 0 and
-		getCreatableGUIElementTypeCount() */
-		virtual EGUI_ELEMENT_TYPE getCreateableGUIElementType(s32 idx) const = 0;
-
-		//! Get type name of a createable GUI element type by index
-		/** \param idx: Index of the type in this factory. Must be a value between 0 and
-		getCreatableGUIElementTypeCount() */
-		virtual const c8* getCreateableGUIElementTypeName(s32 idx) const = 0;
-
-		//! returns type name of a createable GUI element
-		/** \param type: Type of GUI element.
-		\return Name of the type if this factory can create the type, otherwise 0. */
-		virtual const c8* getCreateableGUIElementTypeName(EGUI_ELEMENT_TYPE type) const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif // __I_GUI_ELEMENT_FACTORY_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIEnvironment.h

@@ -1,620 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_ENVIRONMENT_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_ENVIRONMENT_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "IGUISkin.h"
-#include "rect.h"
-#include "EMessageBoxFlags.h"
-#include "IEventReceiver.h"
-#include "IXMLReader.h"
-#include "path.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-	class IOSOperator;
-	class IEventReceiver;
-
-	namespace io
-	{
-		class IXMLWriter;
-		class IReadFile;
-		class IWriteFile;
-		class IFileSystem;
-	} // end namespace io
-	namespace video
-	{
-		class IVideoDriver;
-		class ITexture;
-	} // end namespace video
-
-namespace gui
-{
-
-class IGUIElement;
-class IGUIFont;
-class IGUISpriteBank;
-class IGUIScrollBar;
-class IGUIImage;
-class IGUIMeshViewer;
-class IGUICheckBox;
-class IGUIListBox;
-class IGUITreeView;
-class IGUIImageList;
-class IGUIFileOpenDialog;
-class IGUIColorSelectDialog;
-class IGUIInOutFader;
-class IGUIStaticText;
-class IGUIEditBox;
-class IGUISpinBox;
-class IGUITabControl;
-class IGUITab;
-class IGUITable;
-class IGUIContextMenu;
-class IGUIComboBox;
-class IGUIToolBar;
-class IGUIButton;
-class IGUIWindow;
-class IGUIElementFactory;
-
-//! GUI Environment. Used as factory and manager of all other GUI elements.
-/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE (which are passed on to focused sub-elements):
-\li EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUS_LOST
-\li EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUSED
-\li EGET_ELEMENT_LEFT
-\li EGET_ELEMENT_HOVERED
-*/
-class IGUIEnvironment : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Draws all gui elements by traversing the GUI environment starting at the root node.
-	virtual void drawAll() = 0;
-
-	//! Sets the focus to an element.
-	/** Causes a EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUS_LOST event followed by a
-	EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUSED event. If someone absorbed either of the events,
-	then the focus will not be changed.
-	\param element Pointer to the element which shall get the focus.
-	\return True on success, false on failure */
-	virtual bool setFocus(IGUIElement* element) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the element which holds the focus.
-	/** \return Pointer to the element with focus. */
-	virtual IGUIElement* getFocus() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the element which was last under the mouse cursor
-	/** NOTE: This information is updated _after_ the user-eventreceiver 
-	received it's mouse-events. To find the hovered element while catching 
-	mouse events you have to use instead:
-	IGUIEnvironment::getRootGUIElement()->getElementFromPoint(mousePos);
-	\return Pointer to the element under the mouse. */
-	virtual IGUIElement* getHovered() const = 0;
-
-	//! Removes the focus from an element.
-	/** Causes a EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUS_LOST event. If the event is absorbed
-	then the focus will not be changed.
-	\param element Pointer to the element which shall lose the focus.
-	\return True on success, false on failure */
-	virtual bool removeFocus(IGUIElement* element) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns whether the element has focus
-	/** \param element Pointer to the element which is tested.
-	\return True if the element has focus, else false. */
-	virtual bool hasFocus(IGUIElement* element) const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the current video driver.
-	/** \return Pointer to the video driver. */
-	virtual video::IVideoDriver* getVideoDriver() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the file system.
-	/** \return Pointer to the file system. */
-	virtual io::IFileSystem* getFileSystem() const = 0;
-
-	//! returns a pointer to the OS operator
-	/** \return Pointer to the OS operator. */
-	virtual IOSOperator* getOSOperator() const = 0;
-
-	//! Removes all elements from the environment.
-	virtual void clear() = 0;
-
-	//! Posts an input event to the environment.
-	/** Usually you do not have to
-	use this method, it is used by the engine internally.
-	\param event The event to post.
-	\return True if succeeded, else false. */
-	virtual bool postEventFromUser(const SEvent& event) = 0;
-
-	//! This sets a new event receiver for gui events.
-	/** Usually you do not have to
-	use this method, it is used by the engine internally.
-	\param evr Pointer to the new receiver. */
-	virtual void setUserEventReceiver(IEventReceiver* evr) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns pointer to the current gui skin.
-	/** \return Pointer to the GUI skin. */
-	virtual IGUISkin* getSkin() const = 0;
-
-	//! Sets a new GUI Skin
-	/** You can use this to change the appearance of the whole GUI
-	Environment. You can set one of the built-in skins or implement your
-	own class derived from IGUISkin and enable it using this method.
-	To set for example the built-in Windows classic skin, use the following
-	code:
-	\code
-	gui::IGUISkin* newskin = environment->createSkin(gui::EGST_WINDOWS_CLASSIC);
-	environment->setSkin(newskin);
-	newskin->drop();
-	\endcode
-	\param skin New skin to use.
-	*/
-	virtual void setSkin(IGUISkin* skin) = 0;
-
-	//! Creates a new GUI Skin based on a template.
-	/** Use setSkin() to set the created skin.
-	\param type The type of the new skin.
-	\return Pointer to the created skin.
-	If you no longer need it, you should call IGUISkin::drop().
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUISkin* createSkin(EGUI_SKIN_TYPE type) = 0;
-
-
-	//! Creates the image list from the given texture.
-	/** \param texture Texture to split into images
-	\param imageSize Dimension of each image
-	\param useAlphaChannel Flag whether alpha channel of the texture should be honored.
-	\return Pointer to the font. Returns 0 if the font could not be loaded.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
-	more information. */
-	virtual IGUIImageList* createImageList( video::ITexture* texture,
-					core::dimension2d<s32> imageSize,
-					bool useAlphaChannel ) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns pointer to the font with the specified filename.
-	/** Loads the font if it was not loaded before.
-	\param filename Filename of the Font.
-	\return Pointer to the font. Returns 0 if the font could not be loaded.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
-	more information. */
-	virtual IGUIFont* getFont(const io::path& filename) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds an externally loaded font to the font list.
-	/** This method allows to attach an already loaded font to the list of
-	existing fonts. The font is grabbed if non-null and adding was successful.
-	\param name Name the font should be stored as.
-	\param font Pointer to font to add.
-	\return Pointer to the font stored. This can differ from given parameter if the name previously existed. */
-	virtual IGUIFont* addFont(const io::path& name, IGUIFont* font) = 0;
-
-	//! remove loaded font
-	virtual void removeFont(IGUIFont* font) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the default built-in font.
-	/** \return Pointer to the default built-in font.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
-	more information. */
-	virtual IGUIFont* getBuiltInFont() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns pointer to the sprite bank with the specified file name.
-	/** Loads the bank if it was not loaded before.
-	\param filename Filename of the sprite bank's origin.
-	\return Pointer to the sprite bank. Returns 0 if it could not be loaded.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUISpriteBank* getSpriteBank(const io::path& filename) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds an empty sprite bank to the manager
-	/** \param name Name of the new sprite bank.
-	\return Pointer to the sprite bank.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUISpriteBank* addEmptySpriteBank(const io::path& name) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the root gui element.
-	/** This is the first gui element, the (direct or indirect) parent of all
-	other gui elements. It is a valid IGUIElement, with dimensions the same
-	size as the screen. 
-	\return Pointer to the root element of the GUI. The returned pointer
-	should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
-	information. */
-	virtual IGUIElement* getRootGUIElement() = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a button element.
-	/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the button.
-	\param parent Parent gui element of the button.
-	\param id Id with which the gui element can be identified.
-	\param text Text displayed on the button.
-	\param tooltiptext Text displayed in the tooltip.
-	\return Pointer to the created button. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
-	more information. */
-	virtual IGUIButton* addButton(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0, const wchar_t* tooltiptext = 0) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds an empty window element.
-	/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the window.
-	\param modal Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
-	gui elements which were created before the window cannot be used until
-	it is removed.
-	\param text Text displayed as the window title.
-	\param parent Parent gui element of the window.
-	\param id Id with which the gui element can be identified.
-	\return Pointer to the created window. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
-	more information. */
-	virtual IGUIWindow* addWindow(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle, bool modal = false,
-		const wchar_t* text=0, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a modal screen.
-	/** This control stops its parent's members from being able to receive
-	input until its last child is removed, it then deletes itself.
-	\param parent Parent gui element of the modal.
-	\return Pointer to the created modal. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
-	more information. */
-	virtual IGUIElement* addModalScreen(IGUIElement* parent) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a message box.
-	/** \param caption Text to be displayed the title of the message box.
-	\param text Text to be displayed in the body of the message box.
-	\param modal Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
-	gui elements which were created before the message box cannot be used
-	until this messagebox is removed.
-	\param flags Flags specifying the layout of the message box. For example
-	to create a message box with an OK and a CANCEL button on it, set this
-	to (EMBF_OK | EMBF_CANCEL).
-	\param parent Parent gui element of the message box.
-	\param id Id with which the gui element can be identified.
-	\param image Optional texture which will be displayed beside the text as an image
-	\return Pointer to the created message box. Returns 0 if an error
-	occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUIWindow* addMessageBox(const wchar_t* caption, const wchar_t* text=0,
-		bool modal = true, s32 flags = EMBF_OK, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, video::ITexture* image=0) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a scrollbar.
-	/** \param horizontal Specifies if the scroll bar is drawn horizontal
-	or vertical.
-	\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the scrollbar.
-	\param parent Parent gui element of the scroll bar.
-	\param id Id to identify the gui element.
-	\return Pointer to the created scrollbar. Returns 0 if an error
-	occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUIScrollBar* addScrollBar(bool horizontal, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds an image element.
-	/** \param image Image to be displayed.
-	\param pos Position of the image. The width and height of the image is
-	taken from the image.
-	\param useAlphaChannel Sets if the image should use the alpha channel
-	of the texture to draw itself.
-	\param parent Parent gui element of the image.
-	\param id Id to identify the gui element.
-	\param text Title text of the image.
-	\return Pointer to the created image element. Returns 0 if an error
-	occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUIImage* addImage(video::ITexture* image, core::position2d<s32> pos,
-		bool useAlphaChannel=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds an image element.
-	/** Use IGUIImage::setImage later to set the image to be displayed.
-	\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the image.
-	\param parent Parent gui element of the image.
-	\param id Id to identify the gui element.
-	\param text Title text of the image.
-	\param useAlphaChannel Sets if the image should use the alpha channel
-	of the texture to draw itself.
-	\return Pointer to the created image element. Returns 0 if an error
-	occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUIImage* addImage(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0, bool useAlphaChannel=true) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a checkbox element.
-	/** \param checked Define the initial state of the check box.
-	\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the check box.
-	\param parent Parent gui element of the check box.
-	\param id Id to identify the gui element.
-	\param text Title text of the check box.
-	\return Pointer to the created check box. Returns 0 if an error
-	occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUICheckBox* addCheckBox(bool checked, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a list box element.
-	/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the list box.
-	\param parent Parent gui element of the list box.
-	\param id Id to identify the gui element.
-	\param drawBackground Flag whether the background should be drawn.
-	\return Pointer to the created list box. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
-	more information. */
-	virtual IGUIListBox* addListBox(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, bool drawBackground=false) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a tree view element.
-	/** \param rectangle Position and dimension of list box.
-	\param parent Parent gui element of the list box.
-	\param id Id to identify the gui element.
-	\param drawBackground Flag whether the background should be drawn.
-	\param scrollBarVertical Flag whether a vertical scrollbar should be used
-	\param scrollBarHorizontal Flag whether a horizontal scrollbar should be used
-	\return Pointer to the created list box. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
-	more information. */
-	virtual IGUITreeView* addTreeView(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, bool drawBackground=false,
-		bool scrollBarVertical = true, bool scrollBarHorizontal = false) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a mesh viewer. Not 100% implemented yet.
-	/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the mesh viewer.
-	\param parent Parent gui element of the mesh viewer.
-	\param id Id to identify the gui element.
-	\param text Title text of the mesh viewer.
-	\return Pointer to the created mesh viewer. Returns 0 if an error
-	occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUIMeshViewer* addMeshViewer(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-			IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a file open dialog.
-	/** \param title Text to be displayed as the title of the dialog.
-	\param modal Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
-	gui elements which were created before the message box cannot be used
-	until this messagebox is removed.
-	\param parent Parent gui element of the dialog.
-	\param id Id to identify the gui element.
-	\param restoreCWD If set to true, the current workingn directory will be
-	restored after the dialog is closed in some way. Otherwise the working
-	directory will be the one that the file dialog was last showing.
-	\param startDir Optional path for which the file dialog will be opened.
-	\return Pointer to the created file open dialog. Returns 0 if an error
-	occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUIFileOpenDialog* addFileOpenDialog(const wchar_t* title=0,
-		bool modal=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1,
-		bool restoreCWD=false, io::path::char_type* startDir=0) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a color select dialog.
-	/** \param title The title of the dialog.
-	\param modal Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
-	gui elements which were created before the dialog cannot be used
-	until it is removed.
-	\param parent The parent of the dialog.
-	\param id The ID of the dialog.
-	\return Pointer to the created file open dialog. Returns 0 if an error
-	occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUIColorSelectDialog* addColorSelectDialog(const wchar_t* title = 0,
-		bool modal=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a static text.
-	/** \param text Text to be displayed. Can be altered after creation by SetText().
-	\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the static text
-	\param border Set to true if the static text should have a 3d border.
-	\param wordWrap Enable if the text should wrap into multiple lines.
-	\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
-	\param id The ID of the element.
-	\param fillBackground Enable if the background shall be filled.
-	Defaults to false.
-	\return Pointer to the created static text. Returns 0 if an error
-	occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUIStaticText* addStaticText(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		bool border=false, bool wordWrap=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1,
-		bool fillBackground = false) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds an edit box.
-	/** Supports unicode input from every keyboard around the world,
-	scrolling, copying and pasting (exchanging data with the clipboard
-	directly), maximum character amount, marking, and all shortcuts like
-	ctrl+X, ctrl+V, ctrl+C, shift+Left, shift+Right, Home, End, and so on.
-	\param text Text to be displayed. Can be altered after creation
-	by setText().
-	\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the edit box.
-	\param border Set to true if the edit box should have a 3d border.
-	\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
-	Set it to 0 to place the edit box directly in the environment.
-	\param id The ID of the element.
-	\return Pointer to the created edit box. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
-	more information. */
-	virtual IGUIEditBox* addEditBox(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		bool border=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a spin box.
-	/** An edit box with up and down buttons
-	\param text Text to be displayed. Can be altered after creation by setText().
-	\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the spin box.
-	\param border Set to true if the spin box should have a 3d border.
-	\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
-	Set it to 0 to place the spin box directly in the environment.
-	\param id The ID of the element.
-	\return Pointer to the created spin box. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
-	more information. */
-	virtual IGUISpinBox* addSpinBox(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		bool border=true,IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds an element for fading in or out.
-	/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the fader.
-	If the pointer is NULL, the whole screen is used.
-	\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
-	\param id An identifier for the fader.
-	\return Pointer to the created in-out-fader. Returns 0 if an error
-	occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUIInOutFader* addInOutFader(const core::rect<s32>* rectangle=0, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a tab control to the environment.
-	/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the tab control.
-	\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
-	Set it to 0 to place the tab control directly in the environment.
-	\param fillbackground Specifies if the background of the tab control
-	should be drawn.
-	\param border Specifies if a flat 3d border should be drawn. This is
-	usually not necessary unless you place the control directly into
-	the environment without a window as parent.
-	\param id An identifier for the tab control.
-	\return Pointer to the created tab control element. Returns 0 if an
-	error occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUITabControl* addTabControl(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		IGUIElement* parent=0, bool fillbackground=false,
-		bool border=true, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds tab to the environment.
-	/** You can use this element to group other elements. This is not used
-	for creating tabs on tab controls, please use IGUITabControl::addTab()
-	for this instead.
-	\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the tab.
-	\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
-	Set it to 0 to place the tab directly in the environment.
-	\param id An identifier for the tab.
-	\return Pointer to the created tab. Returns 0 if an
-	error occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUITab* addTab(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a context menu to the environment.
-	/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the menu.
-	Note that the menu is resizing itself based on what items you add.
-	\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
-	Set it to 0 to place the menu directly in the environment.
-	\param id An identifier for the menu.
-	\return Pointer to the created context menu. Returns 0 if an
-	error occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUIContextMenu* addContextMenu(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a menu to the environment.
-	/** This is like the menu you can find on top of most windows in modern
-	graphical user interfaces.
-	\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
-	Set it to 0 to place the menu directly in the environment.
-	\param id An identifier for the menu.
-	\return Pointer to the created menu. Returns 0 if an
-	error occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUIContextMenu* addMenu(IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a toolbar to the environment.
-	/** It is like a menu that is always placed on top of its parent, and
-	contains buttons.
-	\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
-	Set it to 0 to place the tool bar directly in the environment.
-	\param id An identifier for the tool bar.
-	\return Pointer to the created tool bar. Returns 0 if an
-	error occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUIToolBar* addToolBar(IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a combo box to the environment.
-	/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the combo box.
-	\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
-	Set it to 0 to place the combo box directly in the environment.
-	\param id An identifier for the combo box.
-	\return Pointer to the created combo box. Returns 0 if an
-	error occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
-	IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IGUIComboBox* addComboBox(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a table to the environment
-	/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the table.
-	\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window. Set it to 0
-	to place the element directly in the environment.
-	\param id An identifier for the table.
-	\param drawBackground Flag whether the background should be drawn.
-	\return Pointer to the created table. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
-	more information. */
-	virtual IGUITable* addTable(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
-		IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, bool drawBackground=false) =0;
-
-	//! Get the default element factory which can create all built-in elements
-	/** \return Pointer to the factory.
-	This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
-	more information. */
-	virtual IGUIElementFactory* getDefaultGUIElementFactory() const = 0;
-
-	//! Adds an element factory to the gui environment.
-	/** Use this to extend the gui environment with new element types which
-	it should be able to create automatically, for example when loading
-	data from xml files.
-	\param factoryToAdd Pointer to new factory. */
-	virtual void registerGUIElementFactory(IGUIElementFactory* factoryToAdd) = 0;
-
-	//! Get amount of registered gui element factories.
-	/** \return Amount of registered gui element factories. */
-	virtual u32 getRegisteredGUIElementFactoryCount() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get a gui element factory by index
-	/** \param index Index of the factory.
-	\return Factory at given index, or 0 if no such factory exists. */
-	virtual IGUIElementFactory* getGUIElementFactory(u32 index) const = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a GUI element by its name
-	/** Each factory is checked if it can create an element of the given
-	name. The first match will be created.
-	\param elementName Name of the element to be created.
-	\param parent Parent of the new element, if not 0.
-	\return New GUI element, or 0 if no such element exists. */
-	virtual IGUIElement* addGUIElement(const c8* elementName, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
-
-	//! Saves the current gui into a file.
-	/** \param filename Name of the file.
-	\param start The GUIElement to start with. Root if 0.
-	\return True if saving succeeded, else false. */
-	virtual bool saveGUI(const io::path& filename, IGUIElement* start=0) = 0;
-
-	//! Saves the current gui into a file.
-	/** \param file The file to write to.
-	\param start The GUIElement to start with. Root if 0.
-	\return True if saving succeeded, else false. */
-	virtual bool saveGUI(io::IWriteFile* file, IGUIElement* start=0) = 0;
-
-	//! Loads the gui. Note that the current gui is not cleared before.
-	/** When a parent is set the elements will be added below the parent, the parent itself does not deserialize.
-	When the file contains skin-settings from the gui-environment those are always serialized into the 
-	guienvironment independent	of the parent setting.
-	\param filename Name of the file.
-	\param parent Parent for the loaded GUI, root if 0.
-	\return True if loading succeeded, else false. */
-	virtual bool loadGUI(const io::path& filename, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
-
-	//! Loads the gui. Note that the current gui is not cleared before.
-	/** When a parent is set the elements will be added below the parent, the parent itself does not deserialize.
-	When the file contains skin-settings from the gui-environment those are always serialized into the 
-	guienvironment independent	of the parent setting.
-	\param file The file to load from.
-	\param parent Parent for the loaded GUI, root if 0.
-	\return True if loading succeeded, else false. */
-	virtual bool loadGUI(io::IReadFile* file, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
-
-	//! Writes attributes of the gui environment
-	virtual void serializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* out, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0) const =0;
-
-	//! Reads attributes of the gui environment
-	virtual void deserializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* in, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0)=0;
-
-	//! writes an element
-	virtual void writeGUIElement(io::IXMLWriter* writer, IGUIElement* node) =0;
-
-	//! reads an element
-	virtual void readGUIElement(io::IXMLReader* reader, IGUIElement* node) =0;
-};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIFileOpenDialog.h

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_FILE_OPEN_DIALOG_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_FILE_OPEN_DIALOG_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-#include "path.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-
-	//! Standard file chooser dialog.
-	/** \warning When the user selects a folder this does change the current working directory
-
-	\par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
-	\li EGET_DIRECTORY_SELECTED
-	\li EGET_FILE_SELECTED
-	\li EGET_FILE_CHOOSE_DIALOG_CANCELLED
-	*/
-	class IGUIFileOpenDialog : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIFileOpenDialog(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_FILE_OPEN_DIALOG, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Returns the filename of the selected file. Returns NULL, if no file was selected.
-		virtual const wchar_t* getFileName() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the directory of the selected file. Returns NULL, if no directory was selected.
-		virtual const io::path& getDirectoryName() = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIFont.h

@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_FONT_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_FONT_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "SColor.h"
-#include "rect.h"
-#include "irrString.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-
-//! An enum for the different types of GUI font.
-enum EGUI_FONT_TYPE
-{
-	//! Bitmap fonts loaded from an XML file or a texture.
-	EGFT_BITMAP = 0,
-
-	//! Scalable vector fonts loaded from an XML file.
-	/** These fonts reside in system memory and use no video memory
-	until they are displayed. These are slower than bitmap fonts
-	but can be easily scaled and rotated. */
-	EGFT_VECTOR,
-
-	//! A font which uses a the native API provided by the operating system.
-	/** Currently not used. */
-	EGFT_OS,
-
-	//! An external font type provided by the user.
-	EGFT_CUSTOM
-};
-
-//! Font interface.
-class IGUIFont : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Draws some text and clips it to the specified rectangle if wanted.
-	/** \param text: Text to draw
-	\param position: Rectangle specifying position where to draw the text.
-	\param color: Color of the text
-	\param hcenter: Specifies if the text should be centered horizontally into the rectangle.
-	\param vcenter: Specifies if the text should be centered vertically into the rectangle.
-	\param clip: Optional pointer to a rectangle against which the text will be clipped.
-	If the pointer is null, no clipping will be done. */
-	virtual void draw(const core::stringw& text, const core::rect<s32>& position,
-		video::SColor color, bool hcenter=false, bool vcenter=false,
-		const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
-
-	//! Calculates the width and height of a given string of text.
-	/** \return Returns width and height of the area covered by the text if
-	it would be drawn. */
-	virtual core::dimension2d<u32> getDimension(const wchar_t* text) const = 0;
-
-	//! Calculates the index of the character in the text which is on a specific position.
-	/** \param text: Text string.
-	\param pixel_x: X pixel position of which the index of the character will be returned.
-	\return Returns zero based index of the character in the text, and -1 if no no character
-	is on this position. (=the text is too short). */
-	virtual s32 getCharacterFromPos(const wchar_t* text, s32 pixel_x) const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the type of this font
-	virtual EGUI_FONT_TYPE getType() const { return EGFT_CUSTOM; }
-
-	//! Sets global kerning width for the font.
-	virtual void setKerningWidth (s32 kerning) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets global kerning height for the font.
-	virtual void setKerningHeight (s32 kerning) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets kerning values (distance between letters) for the font. If no parameters are provided,
-	/** the global kerning distance is returned.
-	\param thisLetter: If this parameter is provided, the left side kerning
-	for this letter is added to the global kerning value. For example, a
-	space might only be one pixel wide, but it may be displayed as several
-	pixels.
-	\param previousLetter: If provided, kerning is calculated for both
-	letters and added to the global kerning value. For example, in a font
-	which supports kerning pairs a string such as 'Wo' may have the 'o'
-	tucked neatly under the 'W'.
-	*/
-	virtual s32 getKerningWidth(const wchar_t* thisLetter=0, const wchar_t* previousLetter=0) const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the distance between letters
-	virtual s32 getKerningHeight() const = 0;
-
-	//! Define which characters should not be drawn by the font.
-	/** For example " " would not draw any space which is usually blank in
-	most fonts.
-	\param s String of symbols which are not send down to the videodriver
-	*/
-	virtual void setInvisibleCharacters( const wchar_t *s ) = 0;
-};
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIFontBitmap.h

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_FONT_BITMAP_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_FONT_BITMAP_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIFont.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-	class IGUISpriteBank;
-
-//! Font interface.
-class IGUIFontBitmap : public IGUIFont
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Returns the type of this font
-	virtual EGUI_FONT_TYPE getType() const { return EGFT_BITMAP; }
-
-	//! returns the parsed Symbol Information
-	virtual IGUISpriteBank* getSpriteBank() const = 0;
-
-	//! returns the sprite number from a given character
-	virtual u32 getSpriteNoFromChar(const wchar_t *c) const = 0;
-
-	//! Gets kerning values (distance between letters) for the font. If no parameters are provided,
-	/** the global kerning distance is returned.
-	\param thisLetter: If this parameter is provided, the left side kerning for this letter is added
-	to the global kerning value. For example, a space might only be one pixel wide, but it may
-	be displayed as several pixels.
-	\param previousLetter: If provided, kerning is calculated for both letters and added to the global
-	kerning value. For example, EGFT_BITMAP will add the right kerning value of previousLetter to the
-	left side kerning value of thisLetter, then add the global value.
-	*/
-	virtual s32 getKerningWidth(const wchar_t* thisLetter=0, const wchar_t* previousLetter=0) const = 0;
-};
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIImage.h

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_IMAGE_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_IMAGE_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace video
-{
-	class ITexture;
-}
-namespace gui
-{
-
-	//! GUI element displaying an image.
-	class IGUIImage : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIImage(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_IMAGE, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Sets an image texture
-		virtual void setImage(video::ITexture* image) = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the image texture
-		virtual video::ITexture* getImage() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the color of the image
-		virtual void setColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets if the image should scale to fit the element
-		virtual void setScaleImage(bool scale) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets if the image should use its alpha channel to draw itself
-		virtual void setUseAlphaChannel(bool use) = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the color of the image
-		virtual video::SColor getColor() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns true if the image is scaled to fit, false if not
-		virtual bool isImageScaled() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns true if the image is using the alpha channel, false if not
-		virtual bool isAlphaChannelUsed() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIImageList.h

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// written by Reinhard Ostermeier, reinhard@nospam.r-ostermeier.de
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_IMAGE_LIST_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_IMAGE_LIST_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-#include "rect.h"
-#include "irrTypes.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-
-//! Font interface.
-class IGUIImageList : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Destructor
-	virtual ~IGUIImageList() {};
-
-	//! Draws an image and clips it to the specified rectangle if wanted
-	//! \param index: Index of the image
-	//! \param destPos: Position of the image to draw
-	//! \param clip: Optional pointer to a rectalgle against which the text will be clipped.
-	//! If the pointer is null, no clipping will be done.
-	virtual void draw(s32 index, const core::position2d<s32>& destPos,
-		const core::rect<s32>* clip = 0) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the count of Images in the list.
-	//! \return Returns the count of Images in the list.
-	virtual s32 getImageCount() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the size of the images in the list.
-	//! \return Returns the size of the images in the list.
-	virtual core::dimension2d<s32> getImageSize() const = 0;
-};
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIInOutFader.h

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_IN_OUT_FADER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_IN_OUT_FADER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-#include "SColor.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-
-	//! Element for fading out or in
-	/** Here is a small example on how the class is used. In this example we fade
-	in from a total red screen in the beginning. As you can see, the fader is not
-	only useful for dramatic in and out fading, but also to show that the player
-	is hit in a first person shooter game for example.
-	\code
-	gui::IGUIInOutFader* fader = device->getGUIEnvironment()->addInOutFader();
-	fader->setColor(video::SColor(0,255,0,0));
-	fader->fadeIn(4000);
-	\endcode
-	*/
-	class IGUIInOutFader : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIInOutFader(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_IN_OUT_FADER, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Gets the color to fade out to or to fade in from.
-		virtual video::SColor getColor() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the color to fade out to or to fade in from.
-		/** \param color: Color to where it is faded out od from it is faded in. */
-		virtual void setColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
-		virtual void setColor(video::SColor source, video::SColor dest) = 0;
-
-		//! Starts the fade in process.
-		/** In the beginning the whole rect is drawn by the set color
-		(black by default) and at the end of the overgiven time the
-		color has faded out.
-		\param time: Time specifying how long it should need to fade in,
-		in milliseconds. */
-		virtual void fadeIn(u32 time) = 0;
-
-		//! Starts the fade out process.
-		/** In the beginning everything is visible, and at the end of
-		the time only the set color (black by the fault) will be drawn.
-		\param time: Time specifying how long it should need to fade out,
-		in milliseconds. */
-		virtual void fadeOut(u32 time) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns if the fade in or out process is done.
-		virtual bool isReady() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIListBox.h

@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_LIST_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_LIST_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-#include "SColor.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-	class IGUISpriteBank;
-
-	//! Enumeration for listbox colors
-	enum EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR
-	{
-		//! Color of text
-		EGUI_LBC_TEXT=0,
-		//! Color of selected text
-		EGUI_LBC_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT,
-		//! Color of icon
-		EGUI_LBC_ICON,
-		//! Color of selected icon
-		EGUI_LBC_ICON_HIGHLIGHT,
-		//! Not used, just counts the number of available colors
-		EGUI_LBC_COUNT
-	};
-
-
-	//! Default list box GUI element.
-	/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
-	\li EGET_LISTBOX_CHANGED
-	\li EGET_LISTBOX_SELECTED_AGAIN
-	*/
-	class IGUIListBox : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIListBox(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_LIST_BOX, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! returns amount of list items
-		virtual u32 getItemCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! returns string of a list item. the may id be a value from 0 to itemCount-1
-		virtual const wchar_t* getListItem(u32 id) const = 0;
-
-		//! adds an list item, returns id of item
-		virtual u32 addItem(const wchar_t* text) = 0;
-
-		//! adds an list item with an icon
-		/** \param text Text of list entry
-		\param icon Sprite index of the Icon within the current sprite bank. Set it to -1 if you want no icon
-		\return The id of the new created item */
-		virtual u32 addItem(const wchar_t* text, s32 icon) = 0;
-
-		//! Removes an item from the list
-		virtual void removeItem(u32 index) = 0;
-
-		//! get the the id of the item at the given absolute coordinates
-		/** \return The id of the listitem or -1 when no item is at those coordinates*/
-		virtual s32 getItemAt(s32 xpos, s32 ypos) const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the icon of an item
-		virtual s32 getIcon(u32 index) const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the sprite bank which should be used to draw list icons.
-		/** This font is set to the sprite bank of the built-in-font by
-		default. A sprite can be displayed in front of every list item.
-		An icon is an index within the icon sprite bank. Several
-		default icons are available in the skin through getIcon. */
-		virtual void setSpriteBank(IGUISpriteBank* bank) = 0;
-
-		//! clears the list, deletes all items in the listbox
-		virtual void clear() = 0;
-
-		//! returns id of selected item. returns -1 if no item is selected.
-		virtual s32 getSelected() const = 0;
-
-		//! sets the selected item. Set this to -1 if no item should be selected
-		virtual void setSelected(s32 index) = 0;
-
-		//! sets the selected item. Set this to 0 if no item should be selected
-		virtual void setSelected(const wchar_t *item) = 0;
-
-		//! set whether the listbox should scroll to newly selected items
-		virtual void setAutoScrollEnabled(bool scroll) = 0;
-
-		//! returns true if automatic scrolling is enabled, false if not.
-		virtual bool isAutoScrollEnabled() const = 0;
-
-		//! set all item colors at given index to color
-		virtual void setItemOverrideColor(u32 index, video::SColor color) = 0;
-
-		//! set all item colors of specified type at given index to color
-		virtual void setItemOverrideColor(u32 index, EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType, video::SColor color) = 0;
-
-		//! clear all item colors at index
-		virtual void clearItemOverrideColor(u32 index) = 0;
-
-		//! clear item color at index for given colortype
-		virtual void clearItemOverrideColor(u32 index, EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType) = 0;
-
-		//! has the item at index its color overwritten?
-		virtual bool hasItemOverrideColor(u32 index, EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType) const = 0;
-
-		//! return the overwrite color at given item index.
-		virtual video::SColor getItemOverrideColor(u32 index, EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType) const = 0;
-
-		//! return the default color which is used for the given colorType
-		virtual video::SColor getItemDefaultColor(EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType) const = 0;
-
-		//! set the item at the given index
-		virtual void setItem(u32 index, const wchar_t* text, s32 icon) = 0;
-
-		//! Insert the item at the given index
-		/** \return The index on success or -1 on failure. */
-		virtual s32 insertItem(u32 index, const wchar_t* text, s32 icon) = 0;
-
-		//! Swap the items at the given indices
-		virtual void swapItems(u32 index1, u32 index2) = 0;
-
-		//! set global itemHeight
-		virtual void setItemHeight( s32 height ) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets whether to draw the background
-		virtual void setDrawBackground(bool draw) = 0;
-};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIMeshViewer.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_MESH_VIEWER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_MESH_VIEWER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-
-namespace video
-{
-	class SMaterial;
-} // end namespace video
-
-namespace scene
-{
-	class IAnimatedMesh;
-} // end namespace scene
-
-namespace gui
-{
-
-	//! 3d mesh viewing GUI element.
-	class IGUIMeshViewer : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIMeshViewer(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_MESH_VIEWER, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Sets the mesh to be shown
-		virtual void setMesh(scene::IAnimatedMesh* mesh) = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the displayed mesh
-		virtual scene::IAnimatedMesh* getMesh() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the material
-		virtual void setMaterial(const video::SMaterial& material) = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the material
-		virtual const video::SMaterial& getMaterial() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIScrollBar.h

@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_SCROLL_BAR_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_SCROLL_BAR_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-
-	//! Default scroll bar GUI element.
-	/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
-	\li EGET_SCROLL_BAR_CHANGED
-	*/
-	class IGUIScrollBar : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIScrollBar(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_SCROLL_BAR, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! sets the maximum value of the scrollbar.
-		virtual void setMax(s32 max) = 0;
-		//! gets the maximum value of the scrollbar.
-		virtual s32 getMax() const = 0;
-
-		//! sets the minimum value of the scrollbar.
-		virtual void setMin(s32 min) = 0;
-		//! gets the minimum value of the scrollbar.
-		virtual s32 getMin() const = 0;
-
-		//! gets the small step value
-		virtual s32 getSmallStep() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the small step
-		/** That is the amount that the value changes by when clicking
-		on the buttons or using the cursor keys. */
-		virtual void setSmallStep(s32 step) = 0;
-
-		//! gets the large step value
-		virtual s32 getLargeStep() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the large step
-		/** That is the amount that the value changes by when clicking
-		in the tray, or using the page up and page down keys. */
-		virtual void setLargeStep(s32 step) = 0;
-
-		//! gets the current position of the scrollbar
-		virtual s32 getPos() const = 0;
-
-		//! sets the current position of the scrollbar
-		virtual void setPos(s32 pos) = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUISkin.h

@@ -1,574 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_SKIN_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_SKIN_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IAttributeExchangingObject.h"
-#include "EGUIAlignment.h"
-#include "SColor.h"
-#include "rect.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-	class IGUIFont;
-	class IGUISpriteBank;
-	class IGUIElement;
-
-	//! Enumeration of available default skins.
-	/** To set one of the skins, use the following code, for example to set
-	the Windows classic skin:
-	\code
-	gui::IGUISkin* newskin = environment->createSkin(gui::EGST_WINDOWS_CLASSIC);
-	environment->setSkin(newskin);
-	newskin->drop();
-	\endcode
-	*/
-	enum EGUI_SKIN_TYPE
-	{
-		//! Default windows look and feel
-		EGST_WINDOWS_CLASSIC=0,
-
-		//! Like EGST_WINDOWS_CLASSIC, but with metallic shaded windows and buttons
-		EGST_WINDOWS_METALLIC,
-
-		//! Burning's skin
-		EGST_BURNING_SKIN,
-
-		//! An unknown skin, not serializable at present
-		EGST_UNKNOWN,
-
-		//! this value is not used, it only specifies the number of skin types
-		EGST_COUNT
-	};
-
-	//! Names for gui element types
-	const c8* const GUISkinTypeNames[EGST_COUNT+1] =
-	{
-		"windowsClassic",
-		"windowsMetallic",
-		"burning",
-		"unknown",
-		0,
-	};
-
-
-	//! Enumeration for skin colors
-	enum EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR
-	{
-		//! Dark shadow for three-dimensional display elements.
-		EGDC_3D_DARK_SHADOW = 0,
-		//! Shadow color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing away from the light source).
-		EGDC_3D_SHADOW,
-		//! Face color for three-dimensional display elements and for dialog box backgrounds.
-		EGDC_3D_FACE,
-		//! Highlight color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing the light source.)
-		EGDC_3D_HIGH_LIGHT,
-		//! Light color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing the light source.)
-		EGDC_3D_LIGHT,
-		//! Active window border.
-		EGDC_ACTIVE_BORDER,
-		//! Active window title bar text.
-		EGDC_ACTIVE_CAPTION,
-		//! Background color of multiple document interface (MDI) applications.
-		EGDC_APP_WORKSPACE,
-		//! Text on a button
-		EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT,
-		//! Grayed (disabled) text.
-		EGDC_GRAY_TEXT,
-		//! Item(s) selected in a control.
-		EGDC_HIGH_LIGHT,
-		//! Text of item(s) selected in a control.
-		EGDC_HIGH_LIGHT_TEXT,
-		//! Inactive window border.
-		EGDC_INACTIVE_BORDER,
-		//! Inactive window caption.
-		EGDC_INACTIVE_CAPTION,
-		//! Tool tip text color
-		EGDC_TOOLTIP,
-		//! Tool tip background color
-		EGDC_TOOLTIP_BACKGROUND,
-		//! Scrollbar gray area
-		EGDC_SCROLLBAR,
-		//! Window background
-		EGDC_WINDOW,
-		//! Window symbols like on close buttons, scroll bars and check boxes
-		EGDC_WINDOW_SYMBOL,
-		//! Icons in a list or tree
-		EGDC_ICON,
-		//! Selected icons in a list or tree
-		EGDC_ICON_HIGH_LIGHT,
-		//! Grayed (disabled) window symbols like on close buttons, scroll bars and check boxes
-		EGDC_GRAY_WINDOW_SYMBOL,
-		//! Window background for editable field (editbox, checkbox-field)
-		EGDC_EDITABLE,
-		//! Grayed (disabled) window background for editable field (editbox, checkbox-field)
-		EGDC_GRAY_EDITABLE,
-		//! Show focus of window background for editable field (editbox or when checkbox-field is pressed)
-		EGDC_FOCUSED_EDITABLE,
-
-		//! this value is not used, it only specifies the amount of default colors
-		//! available.
-		EGDC_COUNT
-	};
-
-	//! Names for default skin colors
-	const c8* const GUISkinColorNames[EGDC_COUNT+1] =
-	{
-		"3DDarkShadow",
-		"3DShadow",
-		"3DFace",
-		"3DHighlight",
-		"3DLight",
-		"ActiveBorder",
-		"ActiveCaption",
-		"AppWorkspace",
-		"ButtonText",
-		"GrayText",
-		"Highlight",
-		"HighlightText",
-		"InactiveBorder",
-		"InactiveCaption",
-		"ToolTip",
-		"ToolTipBackground",
-		"ScrollBar",
-		"Window",
-		"WindowSymbol",
-		"Icon",
-		"IconHighlight",
-		"GrayWindowSymbol",
-		"Editable",
-		"GrayEditable",
-		"FocusedEditable",
-		0,
-	};
-
-	//! Enumeration for default sizes.
-	enum EGUI_DEFAULT_SIZE
-	{
-		//! default with / height of scrollbar
-		EGDS_SCROLLBAR_SIZE = 0,
-		//! height of menu
-		EGDS_MENU_HEIGHT,
-		//! width of a window button
-		EGDS_WINDOW_BUTTON_WIDTH,
-		//! width of a checkbox check
-		EGDS_CHECK_BOX_WIDTH,
-		//! \deprecated This may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9
-		EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_WIDTH,
-		//! \deprecated This may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9
-		EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_HEIGHT,
-		//! width of a default button
-		EGDS_BUTTON_WIDTH,
-		//! height of a default button
-		EGDS_BUTTON_HEIGHT,
-		//! distance for text from background
-		EGDS_TEXT_DISTANCE_X,
-		//! distance for text from background
-		EGDS_TEXT_DISTANCE_Y,
-		//! distance for text in the title bar, from the left of the window rect
-		EGDS_TITLEBARTEXT_DISTANCE_X,
-		//! distance for text in the title bar, from the top of the window rect
-		EGDS_TITLEBARTEXT_DISTANCE_Y,
-		//! free space in a messagebox between borders and contents on all sides
-		EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_GAP_SPACE,
-		//! minimal space to reserve for messagebox text-width
-		EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_MIN_TEXT_WIDTH,
-		//! maximal space to reserve for messagebox text-width
-		EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_MAX_TEXT_WIDTH,
-		//! minimal space to reserve for messagebox text-height
-		EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_MIN_TEXT_HEIGHT,
-		//! maximal space to reserve for messagebox text-height
-		EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_MAX_TEXT_HEIGHT,
-		//! pixels to move the button image to the right when a pushbutton is pressed
-		EGDS_BUTTON_PRESSED_IMAGE_OFFSET_X,
-		//! pixels to move the button image down when a pushbutton is pressed
-		EGDS_BUTTON_PRESSED_IMAGE_OFFSET_Y,
-		//! pixels to move the button text to the right when a pushbutton is pressed
-		EGDS_BUTTON_PRESSED_TEXT_OFFSET_X,
-		//! pixels to move the button text down when a pushbutton is pressed
-		EGDS_BUTTON_PRESSED_TEXT_OFFSET_Y,
-
-		//! this value is not used, it only specifies the amount of default sizes
-		//! available.
-		EGDS_COUNT
-	};
-
-
-	//! Names for default skin sizes
-	const c8* const GUISkinSizeNames[EGDS_COUNT+1] =
-	{
-		"ScrollBarSize",
-		"MenuHeight",
-		"WindowButtonWidth",
-		"CheckBoxWidth",
-		"MessageBoxWidth",
-		"MessageBoxHeight",
-		"ButtonWidth",
-		"ButtonHeight",
-		"TextDistanceX",
-		"TextDistanceY",
-		"TitleBarTextX",
-		"TitleBarTextY",
-		"MessageBoxGapSpace",
-		"MessageBoxMinTextWidth",
-		"MessageBoxMaxTextWidth",
-		"MessageBoxMinTextHeight",
-		"MessageBoxMaxTextHeight",
-		"ButtonPressedImageOffsetX",
-		"ButtonPressedImageOffsetY"
-		"ButtonPressedTextOffsetX",
-		"ButtonPressedTextOffsetY",
-		0
-	};
-
-
-	enum EGUI_DEFAULT_TEXT
-	{
-		//! Text for the OK button on a message box
-		EGDT_MSG_BOX_OK = 0,
-		//! Text for the Cancel button on a message box
-		EGDT_MSG_BOX_CANCEL,
-		//! Text for the Yes button on a message box
-		EGDT_MSG_BOX_YES,
-		//! Text for the No button on a message box
-		EGDT_MSG_BOX_NO,
-		//! Tooltip text for window close button
-		EGDT_WINDOW_CLOSE,
-		//! Tooltip text for window maximize button
-		EGDT_WINDOW_MAXIMIZE,
-		//! Tooltip text for window minimize button
-		EGDT_WINDOW_MINIMIZE,
-		//! Tooltip text for window restore button
-		EGDT_WINDOW_RESTORE,
-
-		//! this value is not used, it only specifies the number of default texts
-		EGDT_COUNT
-	};
-
-	//! Names for default skin sizes
-	const c8* const GUISkinTextNames[EGDT_COUNT+1] =
-	{
-		"MessageBoxOkay",
-		"MessageBoxCancel",
-		"MessageBoxYes",
-		"MessageBoxNo",
-		"WindowButtonClose",
-		"WindowButtonMaximize",
-		"WindowButtonMinimize",
-		"WindowButtonRestore",
-		0
-	};
-
-	//! Customizable symbols for GUI
-	enum EGUI_DEFAULT_ICON
-	{
-		//! maximize window button
-		EGDI_WINDOW_MAXIMIZE = 0,
-		//! restore window button
-		EGDI_WINDOW_RESTORE,
-		//! close window button
-		EGDI_WINDOW_CLOSE,
-		//! minimize window button
-		EGDI_WINDOW_MINIMIZE,
-		//! resize icon for bottom right corner of a window
-		EGDI_WINDOW_RESIZE,
-		//! scroll bar up button
-		EGDI_CURSOR_UP,
-		//! scroll bar down button
-		EGDI_CURSOR_DOWN,
-		//! scroll bar left button
-		EGDI_CURSOR_LEFT,
-		//! scroll bar right button
-		EGDI_CURSOR_RIGHT,
-		//! icon for menu children
-		EGDI_MENU_MORE,
-		//! tick for checkbox
-		EGDI_CHECK_BOX_CHECKED,
-		//! down arrow for dropdown menus
-		EGDI_DROP_DOWN,
-		//! smaller up arrow
-		EGDI_SMALL_CURSOR_UP,
-		//! smaller down arrow
-		EGDI_SMALL_CURSOR_DOWN,
-		//! selection dot in a radio button
-		EGDI_RADIO_BUTTON_CHECKED,
-		//! << icon indicating there is more content to the left
-		EGDI_MORE_LEFT,
-		//! >> icon indicating that there is more content to the right
-		EGDI_MORE_RIGHT,
-		//! icon indicating that there is more content above
-		EGDI_MORE_UP,
-		//! icon indicating that there is more content below
-		EGDI_MORE_DOWN,
-		//! plus icon for trees
-		EGDI_EXPAND,
-
-		//! minus icon for trees
-		EGDI_COLLAPSE,
-		//! file icon for file selection
-		EGDI_FILE,
-		//! folder icon for file selection
-		EGDI_DIRECTORY,
-
-		//! value not used, it only specifies the number of icons
-		EGDI_COUNT
-	};
-
-	const c8* const GUISkinIconNames[EGDI_COUNT+1] =
-	{
-		"windowMaximize",
-		"windowRestore",
-		"windowClose",
-		"windowMinimize",
-		"windowResize",
-		"cursorUp",
-		"cursorDown",
-		"cursorLeft",
-		"cursorRight",
-		"menuMore",
-		"checkBoxChecked",
-		"dropDown",
-		"smallCursorUp",
-		"smallCursorDown",
-		"radioButtonChecked",
-		"moreLeft",
-		"moreRight",
-		"moreUp",
-		"moreDown",
-		"expand",
-		"collapse",
-		"file",
-		"directory",
-		0
-	};
-
-	// Customizable fonts
-	enum EGUI_DEFAULT_FONT
-	{
-		//! For static text, edit boxes, lists and most other places
-		EGDF_DEFAULT=0,
-		//! Font for buttons
-		EGDF_BUTTON,
-		//! Font for window title bars
-		EGDF_WINDOW,
-		//! Font for menu items
-		EGDF_MENU,
-		//! Font for tooltips
-		EGDF_TOOLTIP,
-		//! this value is not used, it only specifies the amount of default fonts
-		//! available.
-		EGDF_COUNT
-	};
-
-	const c8* const GUISkinFontNames[EGDF_COUNT+1] =
-	{
-		"defaultFont",
-		"buttonFont",
-		"windowFont",
-		"menuFont",
-		"tooltipFont",
-		0
-	};
-
-	//! A skin modifies the look of the GUI elements.
-	class IGUISkin : public virtual io::IAttributeExchangingObject
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! returns default color
-		virtual video::SColor getColor(EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR color) const = 0;
-
-		//! sets a default color
-		virtual void setColor(EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR which, video::SColor newColor) = 0;
-
-		//! returns size for the given size type
-		virtual s32 getSize(EGUI_DEFAULT_SIZE size) const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns a default text.
-		/** For example for Message box button captions:
-		"OK", "Cancel", "Yes", "No" and so on. */
-		virtual const wchar_t* getDefaultText(EGUI_DEFAULT_TEXT text) const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets a default text.
-		/** For example for Message box button captions:
-		"OK", "Cancel", "Yes", "No" and so on. */
-		virtual void setDefaultText(EGUI_DEFAULT_TEXT which, const wchar_t* newText) = 0;
-
-		//! sets a default size
-		virtual void setSize(EGUI_DEFAULT_SIZE which, s32 size) = 0;
-
-		//! returns the default font
-		virtual IGUIFont* getFont(EGUI_DEFAULT_FONT which=EGDF_DEFAULT) const = 0;
-
-		//! sets a default font
-		virtual void setFont(IGUIFont* font, EGUI_DEFAULT_FONT which=EGDF_DEFAULT) = 0;
-
-		//! returns the sprite bank
-		virtual IGUISpriteBank* getSpriteBank() const = 0;
-
-		//! sets the sprite bank
-		virtual void setSpriteBank(IGUISpriteBank* bank) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns a default icon
-		/** Returns the sprite index within the sprite bank */
-		virtual u32 getIcon(EGUI_DEFAULT_ICON icon) const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets a default icon
-		/** Sets the sprite index used for drawing icons like arrows,
-		close buttons and ticks in checkboxes
-		\param icon: Enum specifying which icon to change
-		\param index: The sprite index used to draw this icon */
-		virtual void setIcon(EGUI_DEFAULT_ICON icon, u32 index) = 0;
-
-		//! draws a standard 3d button pane
-		/** Used for drawing for example buttons in normal state.
-		It uses the colors EGDC_3D_DARK_SHADOW, EGDC_3D_HIGH_LIGHT, EGDC_3D_SHADOW and
-		EGDC_3D_FACE for this. See EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR for details.
-		\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
-		is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
-		implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
-		\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
-		\param clip: Clip area. */
-		virtual void draw3DButtonPaneStandard(IGUIElement* element,
-			const core::rect<s32>& rect,
-			const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
-
-		//! draws a pressed 3d button pane
-		/** Used for drawing for example buttons in pressed state.
-		It uses the colors EGDC_3D_DARK_SHADOW, EGDC_3D_HIGH_LIGHT, EGDC_3D_SHADOW and
-		EGDC_3D_FACE for this. See EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR for details.
-		\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
-		is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
-		implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
-		\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
-		\param clip: Clip area. */
-		virtual void draw3DButtonPanePressed(IGUIElement* element,
-			const core::rect<s32>& rect,
-			const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
-
-		//! draws a sunken 3d pane
-		/** Used for drawing the background of edit, combo or check boxes.
-		\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
-		is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
-		implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
-		\param bgcolor: Background color.
-		\param flat: Specifies if the sunken pane should be flat or displayed as sunken
-		deep into the ground.
-		\param fillBackGround: Specifies if the background should be filled with the background
-		color or not be drawn at all.
-		\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
-		\param clip: Clip area. */
-		virtual void draw3DSunkenPane(IGUIElement* element,
-			video::SColor bgcolor, bool flat, bool fillBackGround,
-			const core::rect<s32>& rect,
-			const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
-
-		//! draws a window background
-		/** Used for drawing the background of dialogs and windows.
-		\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
-		is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
-		implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
-		\param titleBarColor: Title color.
-		\param drawTitleBar: True to enable title drawing.
-		\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
-		\param clip: Clip area.
-		\param checkClientArea: When set to non-null the function will not draw anything,
-		but will instead return the clientArea which can be used for drawing by the calling window.
-		That is the area without borders and without titlebar.
-		\return Returns rect where it would be good to draw title bar text. This will
-		work even when checkClientArea is set to a non-null value.*/
-		virtual core::rect<s32> draw3DWindowBackground(IGUIElement* element,
-			bool drawTitleBar, video::SColor titleBarColor,
-			const core::rect<s32>& rect,
-			const core::rect<s32>* clip=0,
-			core::rect<s32>* checkClientArea=0) = 0;
-
-		//! draws a standard 3d menu pane
-		/** Used for drawing for menus and context menus.
-		It uses the colors EGDC_3D_DARK_SHADOW, EGDC_3D_HIGH_LIGHT, EGDC_3D_SHADOW and
-		EGDC_3D_FACE for this. See EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR for details.
-		\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
-		is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
-		implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
-		\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
-		\param clip: Clip area. */
-		virtual void draw3DMenuPane(IGUIElement* element,
-			const core::rect<s32>& rect,
-			const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
-
-		//! draws a standard 3d tool bar
-		/** Used for drawing for toolbars and menus.
-		\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
-		is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
-		implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
-		\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
-		\param clip: Clip area. */
-		virtual void draw3DToolBar(IGUIElement* element,
-			const core::rect<s32>& rect,
-			const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
-
-		//! draws a tab button
-		/** Used for drawing for tab buttons on top of tabs.
-		\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
-		is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
-		implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
-		\param active: Specifies if the tab is currently active.
-		\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
-		\param clip: Clip area.
-		\param alignment Alignment of GUI element. */
-		virtual void draw3DTabButton(IGUIElement* element, bool active,
-			const core::rect<s32>& rect, const core::rect<s32>* clip=0, gui::EGUI_ALIGNMENT alignment=EGUIA_UPPERLEFT) = 0;
-
-		//! draws a tab control body
-		/** \param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
-		is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
-		implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
-		\param border: Specifies if the border should be drawn.
-		\param background: Specifies if the background should be drawn.
-		\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
-		\param clip: Clip area.
-		\param tabHeight Height of tab.
-		\param alignment Alignment of GUI element. */
-		virtual void draw3DTabBody(IGUIElement* element, bool border, bool background,
-			const core::rect<s32>& rect, const core::rect<s32>* clip=0, s32 tabHeight=-1, gui::EGUI_ALIGNMENT alignment=EGUIA_UPPERLEFT ) = 0;
-
-		//! draws an icon, usually from the skin's sprite bank
-		/** \param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this icon.
-		This parameter is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example
-		by more complex implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
-		\param icon: Specifies the icon to be drawn.
-		\param position: The position to draw the icon
-		\param starttime: The time at the start of the animation
-		\param currenttime: The present time, used to calculate the frame number
-		\param loop: Whether the animation should loop or not
-		\param clip: Clip area. */
-		virtual void drawIcon(IGUIElement* element, EGUI_DEFAULT_ICON icon,
-			const core::position2di position, u32 starttime=0, u32 currenttime=0,
-			bool loop=false, const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
-
-		//! draws a 2d rectangle.
-		/** \param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this icon.
-		This parameter is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example
-		by more complex implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
-		\param color: Color of the rectangle to draw. The alpha component specifies how
-		transparent the rectangle will be.
-		\param pos: Position of the rectangle.
-		\param clip: Pointer to rectangle against which the rectangle will be clipped.
-		If the pointer is null, no clipping will be performed. */
-		virtual void draw2DRectangle(IGUIElement* element, const video::SColor &color,
-			const core::rect<s32>& pos, const core::rect<s32>* clip = 0) = 0;
-
-		//! get the type of this skin
-		virtual EGUI_SKIN_TYPE getType() const { return EGST_UNKNOWN; }
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUISpinBox.h

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Michael Zeilfelder
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_SPIN_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_SPIN_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-	class IGUIEditBox;
-
-	//! Single line edit box + spin buttons
-	/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
-	\li EGET_SPINBOX_CHANGED
-	*/
-	class IGUISpinBox : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUISpinBox(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent,
-					s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_SPIN_BOX, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Access the edit box used in the spin control
-		virtual IGUIEditBox* getEditBox() const = 0;
-
-		//! set the current value of the spinbox
-		/** \param val: value to be set in the spinbox */
-		virtual void setValue(f32 val) = 0;
-
-		//! Get the current value of the spinbox
-		virtual f32 getValue() const = 0;
-
-		//! set the range of values which can be used in the spinbox
-		/** \param min: minimum value
-		\param max: maximum value */
-		virtual void setRange(f32 min, f32 max) = 0;
-
-		//! get the minimum value which can be used in the spinbox
-		virtual f32 getMin() const = 0;
-
-		//! get the maximum value which can be used in the spinbox
-		virtual f32 getMax() const = 0;
-
-		//! Step size by which values are changed when pressing the spinbuttons
-		/** The step size also determines the number of decimal places to display
-		\param step: stepsize used for value changes when pressing spinbuttons */
-		virtual void setStepSize(f32 step=1.f) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the number of decimal places to display.
-		//! Note that this also rounds the range to the same number of decimal places.
-		/** \param places: The number of decimal places to display, use -1 to reset */
-		virtual void setDecimalPlaces(s32 places) = 0;
-
-		//! get the current step size
-		virtual f32 getStepSize() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif // __I_GUI_SPIN_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/IGUISpriteBank.h

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_SPRITE_BANK_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_SPRITE_BANK_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "irrArray.h"
-#include "SColor.h"
-#include "rect.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-
-namespace video
-{
-	class ITexture;
-} // end namespace video
-
-namespace gui
-{
-
-//! A single sprite frame.
-struct SGUISpriteFrame
-{
-	u32 textureNumber;
-	u32 rectNumber;
-};
-
-//! A sprite composed of several frames.
-struct SGUISprite
-{
-	SGUISprite() : Frames(), frameTime(0) {}
-
-	core::array<SGUISpriteFrame> Frames;
-	u32 frameTime;
-};
-
-
-//! Sprite bank interface.
-/** See http://irrlicht.sourceforge.net/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=25742&highlight=spritebank
-* for more information how to use the spritebank.
-*/
-class IGUISpriteBank : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Returns the list of rectangles held by the sprite bank
-	virtual core::array< core::rect<s32> >& getPositions() = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the array of animated sprites within the sprite bank
-	virtual core::array< SGUISprite >& getSprites() = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the number of textures held by the sprite bank
-	virtual u32 getTextureCount() const = 0;
-
-	//! Gets the texture with the specified index
-	virtual video::ITexture* getTexture(u32 index) const = 0;
-
-	//! Adds a texture to the sprite bank
-	virtual void addTexture(video::ITexture* texture) = 0;
-
-	//! Changes one of the textures in the sprite bank
-	virtual void setTexture(u32 index, video::ITexture* texture) = 0;
-
-	//! Add the texture and use it for a single non-animated sprite.
-	//! The texture and the corresponding rectangle and sprite will all be added to the end of each array.
-	//! returns the index of the sprite or -1 on failure
-	virtual s32 addTextureAsSprite(video::ITexture* texture) = 0;
-
-	//! clears sprites, rectangles and textures
-	virtual void clear() = 0;
-
-	//! Draws a sprite in 2d with position and color
-	virtual void draw2DSprite(u32 index, const core::position2di& pos,
-			const core::rect<s32>* clip=0,
-			const video::SColor& color= video::SColor(255,255,255,255),
-			u32 starttime=0, u32 currenttime=0,
-			bool loop=true, bool center=false) = 0;
-
-	//! Draws a sprite batch in 2d using an array of positions and a color
-	virtual void draw2DSpriteBatch(const core::array<u32>& indices, const core::array<core::position2di>& pos,
-			const core::rect<s32>* clip=0,
-			const video::SColor& color= video::SColor(255,255,255,255),
-			u32 starttime=0, u32 currenttime=0,
-			bool loop=true, bool center=false) = 0;
-};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif // __I_GUI_SPRITE_BANK_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIStaticText.h

@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_STATIC_TEXT_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_STATIC_TEXT_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-#include "SColor.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-	class IGUIFont;
-
-	//! Multi or single line text label.
-	class IGUIStaticText : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIStaticText(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_STATIC_TEXT, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Sets another skin independent font.
-		/** If this is set to zero, the button uses the font of the skin.
-		\param font: New font to set. */
-		virtual void setOverrideFont(IGUIFont* font=0) = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the override font (if any)
-		/** \return The override font (may be 0) */
-		virtual IGUIFont* getOverrideFont(void) const = 0;
-
-		//! Get the font which is used right now for drawing
-		/** Currently this is the override font when one is set and the
-		font of the active skin otherwise */
-		virtual IGUIFont* getActiveFont() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets another color for the text.
-		/** If set, the static text does not use the EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT color defined
-		in the skin, but the set color instead. You don't need to call
-		IGUIStaticText::enableOverrrideColor(true) after this, this is done
-		by this function.
-		If you set a color, and you want the text displayed with the color
-		of the skin again, call IGUIStaticText::enableOverrideColor(false);
-		\param color: New color of the text. */
-		virtual void setOverrideColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the override color
-		/** \return: The override color */
-		virtual video::SColor getOverrideColor(void) const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets if the static text should use the overide color or the color in the gui skin.
-		/** \param enable: If set to true, the override color, which can be set
-		with IGUIStaticText::setOverrideColor is used, otherwise the
-		EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT color of the skin. */
-		virtual void enableOverrideColor(bool enable) = 0;
-
-		//! Checks if an override color is enabled
-		/** \return true if the override color is enabled, false otherwise */
-		virtual bool isOverrideColorEnabled(void) const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets another color for the background.
-		virtual void setBackgroundColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets whether to draw the background
-		virtual void setDrawBackground(bool draw) = 0;
-
-		//! Gets the background color
-		/** \return: The background color */
-		virtual video::SColor getBackgroundColor() const = 0;
-
-		//! Checks if background drawing is enabled
-		/** \return true if background drawing is enabled, false otherwise */
-		virtual bool isDrawBackgroundEnabled() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets whether to draw the border
-		virtual void setDrawBorder(bool draw) = 0;
-
-		//! Checks if border drawing is enabled
-		/** \return true if border drawing is enabled, false otherwise */
-		virtual bool isDrawBorderEnabled() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets text justification mode
-		/** \param horizontal: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT for left justified (default),
-		EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for right justified, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text.
-		\param vertical: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT to align with top edge,
-		EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for bottom edge, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text (default). */
-		virtual void setTextAlignment(EGUI_ALIGNMENT horizontal, EGUI_ALIGNMENT vertical) = 0;
-
-		//! Enables or disables word wrap for using the static text as multiline text control.
-		/** \param enable: If set to true, words going over one line are
-		broken on to the next line. */
-		virtual void setWordWrap(bool enable) = 0;
-
-		//! Checks if word wrap is enabled
-		/** \return true if word wrap is enabled, false otherwise */
-		virtual bool isWordWrapEnabled(void) const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the height of the text in pixels when it is drawn.
-		/** This is useful for adjusting the layout of gui elements based on the height
-		of the multiline text in this element.
-		\return Height of text in pixels. */
-		virtual s32 getTextHeight() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the width of the current text, in the current font
-		/** If the text is broken, this returns the width of the widest line
-		\return The width of the text, or the widest broken line. */
-		virtual s32 getTextWidth(void) const = 0;
-
-		//! Set whether the text in this label should be clipped if it goes outside bounds
-		virtual void setTextRestrainedInside(bool restrainedInside) = 0;
-
-		//! Checks if the text in this label should be clipped if it goes outside bounds
-		virtual bool isTextRestrainedInside() const = 0;
-
-		//! Set whether the string should be interpreted as right-to-left (RTL) text
-		/** \note This component does not implement the Unicode bidi standard, the
-		text of the component should be already RTL if you call this. The
-		main difference when RTL is enabled is that the linebreaks for multiline
-		elements are performed starting from the end.
-		*/
-		virtual void setRightToLeft(bool rtl) = 0;
-
-		//! Checks whether the text in this element should be interpreted as right-to-left
-		virtual bool isRightToLeft() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUITabControl.h

@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_TAB_CONTROL_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_TAB_CONTROL_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-#include "SColor.h"
-#include "IGUISkin.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-	//! A tab-page, onto which other gui elements could be added.
-	/** IGUITab refers to the page itself, not to the tab in the tabbar of an IGUITabControl. */
-	class IGUITab : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUITab(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_TAB, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Returns zero based index of tab if in tabcontrol.
-		/** Can be accessed later IGUITabControl::getTab() by this number.
-			Note that this number can change when other tabs are inserted or removed .
-		*/
-		virtual s32 getNumber() const = 0;
-
-		//! sets if the tab should draw its background
-		virtual void setDrawBackground(bool draw=true) = 0;
-
-		//! sets the color of the background, if it should be drawn.
-		virtual void setBackgroundColor(video::SColor c) = 0;
-
-		//! returns true if the tab is drawing its background, false if not
-		virtual bool isDrawingBackground() const = 0;
-
-		//! returns the color of the background
-		virtual video::SColor getBackgroundColor() const = 0;
-
-		//! sets the color of the text
-		virtual void setTextColor(video::SColor c) = 0;
-
-		//! gets the color of the text
-		virtual video::SColor getTextColor() const = 0;
-	};
-
-	//! A standard tab control
-	/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
-	\li EGET_TAB_CHANGED
-	*/
-	class IGUITabControl : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUITabControl(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_TAB_CONTROL, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Adds a tab
-		virtual IGUITab* addTab(const wchar_t* caption, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-		//! Insert the tab at the given index
-		/** \return The tab on success or NULL on failure. */
-		virtual IGUITab* insertTab(s32 idx, const wchar_t* caption, s32 id=-1) = 0;
-
-		//! Removes a tab from the tabcontrol
-		virtual void removeTab(s32 idx) = 0;
-
-		//! Clears the tabcontrol removing all tabs
-		virtual void clear() = 0;
-
-		//! Returns amount of tabs in the tabcontrol
-		virtual s32 getTabCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns a tab based on zero based index
-		/** \param idx: zero based index of tab. Is a value betwenn 0 and getTabcount()-1;
-		\return Returns pointer to the Tab. Returns 0 if no tab
-		is corresponding to this tab. */
-		virtual IGUITab* getTab(s32 idx) const = 0;
-
-		//! Brings a tab to front.
-		/** \param idx: number of the tab.
-		\return Returns true if successful. */
-		virtual bool setActiveTab(s32 idx) = 0;
-
-		//! Brings a tab to front.
-		/** \param tab: pointer to the tab.
-		\return Returns true if successful. */
-		virtual bool setActiveTab(IGUITab *tab) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns which tab is currently active
-		virtual s32 getActiveTab() const = 0;
-
-		//! get the the id of the tab at the given absolute coordinates
-		/** \return The id of the tab or -1 when no tab is at those coordinates*/
-		virtual s32 getTabAt(s32 xpos, s32 ypos) const = 0;
-
-		//! Set the height of the tabs
-		virtual void setTabHeight( s32 height ) = 0;
-
-		//! Get the height of the tabs
-		/** return Returns the height of the tabs */
-		virtual s32 getTabHeight() const = 0;
-
-		//! set the maximal width of a tab. Per default width is 0 which means "no width restriction".
-		virtual void setTabMaxWidth(s32 width ) = 0;
-
-		//! get the maximal width of a tab
-		virtual s32 getTabMaxWidth() const = 0;
-
-		//! Set the alignment of the tabs
-		/** Use EGUIA_UPPERLEFT or EGUIA_LOWERRIGHT */
-		virtual void setTabVerticalAlignment( gui::EGUI_ALIGNMENT alignment ) = 0;
-
-		//! Get the alignment of the tabs
-		/** return Returns the alignment of the tabs */
-		virtual gui::EGUI_ALIGNMENT getTabVerticalAlignment() const = 0;
-
-		//! Set the extra width added to tabs on each side of the text
-		virtual void setTabExtraWidth( s32 extraWidth ) = 0;
-
-		//! Get the extra width added to tabs on each side of the text
-		/** return Returns the extra width of the tabs */
-		virtual s32 getTabExtraWidth() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUITable.h

@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2003-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_TABLE_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_TABLE_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-#include "irrTypes.h"
-#include "SColor.h"
-#include "IGUISkin.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-
-	//! modes for ordering used when a column header is clicked
-	enum EGUI_COLUMN_ORDERING
-	{
-		//! Do not use ordering
-		EGCO_NONE,
-
-		//! Send a EGET_TABLE_HEADER_CHANGED message when a column header is clicked.
-		EGCO_CUSTOM,
-
-		//! Sort it ascending by it's ascii value like: a,b,c,...
-		EGCO_ASCENDING,
-
-		//! Sort it descending by it's ascii value like: z,x,y,...
-		EGCO_DESCENDING,
-
-		//! Sort it ascending on first click, descending on next, etc
-		EGCO_FLIP_ASCENDING_DESCENDING,
-
-		//! Not used as mode, only to get maximum value for this enum
-		EGCO_COUNT
-	};
-
-	//! Names for EGUI_COLUMN_ORDERING types
-	const c8* const GUIColumnOrderingNames[] =
-	{
-		"none",
-		"custom",
-		"ascend",
-		"descend",
-		"ascend_descend",
-		0,
-	};
-
-	enum EGUI_ORDERING_MODE
-	{
-		//! No element ordering
-		EGOM_NONE,
-
-		//! Elements are ordered from the smallest to the largest.
-		EGOM_ASCENDING,
-
-		//! Elements are ordered from the largest to the smallest.
-		EGOM_DESCENDING,
-
-		//! this value is not used, it only specifies the amount of default ordering types
-		//! available.
-		EGOM_COUNT
-	};
-
-	const c8* const GUIOrderingModeNames[] =
-	{
-		"none",
-		"ascending",
-		"descending",
-		0
-	};
-
-	enum EGUI_TABLE_DRAW_FLAGS
-	{
-		EGTDF_ROWS = 1,
-		EGTDF_COLUMNS = 2,
-		EGTDF_ACTIVE_ROW = 4,
-		EGTDF_COUNT
-	};
-
-	//! Default list box GUI element.
-	/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
-	\li EGET_TABLE_CHANGED
-	\li EGET_TABLE_SELECTED_AGAIN
-	\li EGET_TABLE_HEADER_CHANGED
-	*/
-	class IGUITable : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-		//! constructor
-		IGUITable(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_TABLE, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Adds a column
-		/** If columnIndex is outside the current range, do push new colum at the end */
-		virtual void addColumn(const wchar_t* caption, s32 columnIndex=-1) = 0;
-
-		//! remove a column from the table
-		virtual void removeColumn(u32 columnIndex) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the number of columns in the table control
-		virtual s32 getColumnCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! Makes a column active. This will trigger an ordering process.
-		/** \param idx: The id of the column to make active.
-		\param doOrder: Do also the ordering which depending on mode for active column
-		\return True if successful. */
-		virtual bool setActiveColumn(s32 idx, bool doOrder=false) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns which header is currently active
-		virtual s32 getActiveColumn() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the ordering used by the currently active column
-		virtual EGUI_ORDERING_MODE getActiveColumnOrdering() const = 0;
-
-		//! Set the width of a column
-		virtual void setColumnWidth(u32 columnIndex, u32 width) = 0;
-
-		//! Get the width of a column
-		virtual u32 getColumnWidth(u32 columnIndex) const = 0;
-
-		//! columns can be resized by drag 'n drop
-		virtual void setResizableColumns(bool resizable) = 0;
-
-		//! can columns be resized by dran 'n drop?
-		virtual bool hasResizableColumns() const = 0;
-
-		//! This tells the table control which ordering mode should be used when a column header is clicked.
-		/** \param columnIndex The index of the column header.
-		\param mode: One of the modes defined in EGUI_COLUMN_ORDERING */
-		virtual void setColumnOrdering(u32 columnIndex, EGUI_COLUMN_ORDERING mode) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns which row is currently selected
-		virtual s32 getSelected() const = 0;
-
-		//! set wich row is currently selected
-		virtual void setSelected( s32 index ) = 0;
-
-		//! Get amount of rows in the tabcontrol
-		virtual s32 getRowCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! adds a row to the table
-		/** \param rowIndex Zero based index of rows. The row will be
-		inserted at this position, if a row already exist there, it
-		will be placed after it. If the row is larger than the actual
-		number of row by more than one, it won't be created.  Note that
-		if you create a row that's not at the end, there might be
-		performance issues.
-		\return index of inserted row. */
-		virtual u32 addRow(u32 rowIndex) = 0;
-
-		//! Remove a row from the table
-		virtual void removeRow(u32 rowIndex) = 0;
-
-		//! clears the table rows, but keeps the columns intact
-		virtual void clearRows() = 0;
-
-		//! Swap two row positions.
-		virtual void swapRows(u32 rowIndexA, u32 rowIndexB) = 0;
-
-		//! This tells the table to start ordering all the rows.
-		/** You need to explicitly tell the table to re order the rows
-		when a new row is added or the cells data is changed. This
-		makes the system more flexible and doesn't make you pay the
-		cost of ordering when adding a lot of rows.
-		\param columnIndex: When set to -1 the active column is used.
-		\param mode Ordering mode of the rows. */
-		virtual void orderRows(s32 columnIndex=-1, EGUI_ORDERING_MODE mode=EGOM_NONE) = 0;
-
-		//! Set the text of a cell
-		virtual void setCellText(u32 rowIndex, u32 columnIndex, const core::stringw& text) = 0;
-
-		//! Set the text of a cell, and set a color of this cell.
-		virtual void setCellText(u32 rowIndex, u32 columnIndex, const core::stringw& text, video::SColor color) = 0;
-
-		//! Set the data of a cell
-		virtual void setCellData(u32 rowIndex, u32 columnIndex, void *data) = 0;
-
-		//! Set the color of a cell text
-		virtual void setCellColor(u32 rowIndex, u32 columnIndex, video::SColor color) = 0;
-
-		//! Get the text of a cell
-		virtual const wchar_t* getCellText(u32 rowIndex, u32 columnIndex ) const = 0;
-
-		//! Get the data of a cell
-		virtual void* getCellData(u32 rowIndex, u32 columnIndex ) const = 0;
-
-		//! clears the table, deletes all items in the table
-		virtual void clear() = 0;
-
-		//! Set flags, as defined in EGUI_TABLE_DRAW_FLAGS, which influence the layout
-		virtual void setDrawFlags(s32 flags) = 0;
-
-		//! Get the flags, as defined in EGUI_TABLE_DRAW_FLAGS, which influence the layout
-		virtual s32 getDrawFlags() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIToolbar.h

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_TOOL_BAR_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_TOOL_BAR_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace video
-{
-	class ITexture;
-} // end namespace video
-namespace gui
-{
-	class IGUIButton;
-
-	//! Stays at the top of its parent like the menu bar and contains tool buttons
-	class IGUIToolBar : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIToolBar(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_TOOL_BAR, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Adds a button to the tool bar
-		virtual IGUIButton* addButton(s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0,const wchar_t* tooltiptext=0,
-			video::ITexture* img=0, video::ITexture* pressedimg=0,
-			bool isPushButton=false, bool useAlphaChannel=false) = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUITreeView.h

@@ -1,278 +0,0 @@
-// written by Reinhard Ostermeier, reinhard@nospam.r-ostermeier.de
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_TREE_VIEW_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_TREE_VIEW_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-#include "IGUIImageList.h"
-#include "irrTypes.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-	class IGUIFont;
-	class IGUITreeView;
-
-
-	//! Node for gui tree view
-	/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
-	\li EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_EXPAND
-	\li EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_COLLAPS
-	\li EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_DESELECT
-	\li EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_SELECT
-	*/
-	class IGUITreeViewNode : public IReferenceCounted
-	{
-	public:
-		//! returns the owner (tree view) of this node
-		virtual IGUITreeView* getOwner() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the parent node of this node.
-		/** For the root node this will return 0. */
-		virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getParent() const = 0;
-
-		//! returns the text of the node
-		virtual const wchar_t* getText() const = 0;
-
-		//! sets the text of the node
-		virtual void setText( const wchar_t* text ) = 0;
-
-		//! returns the icon text of the node
-		virtual const wchar_t* getIcon() const = 0;
-
-		//! sets the icon text of the node
-		virtual void setIcon( const wchar_t* icon ) = 0;
-
-		//! returns the image index of the node
-		virtual u32 getImageIndex() const = 0;
-
-		//! sets the image index of the node
-		virtual void setImageIndex( u32 imageIndex ) = 0;
-
-		//! returns the image index of the node
-		virtual u32 getSelectedImageIndex() const = 0;
-
-		//! sets the image index of the node
-		virtual void setSelectedImageIndex( u32 imageIndex ) = 0;
-
-		//! returns the user data (void*) of this node
-		virtual void* getData() const = 0;
-
-		//! sets the user data (void*) of this node
-		virtual void setData( void* data ) = 0;
-
-		//! returns the user data2 (IReferenceCounted) of this node
-		virtual IReferenceCounted* getData2() const = 0;
-
-		//! sets the user data2 (IReferenceCounted) of this node
-		virtual void setData2( IReferenceCounted* data ) = 0;
-
-		//! returns the child item count
-		virtual u32 getChildCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! removes all children (recursive) from this node
-		virtual void clearChildren() = 0;
-
-		//! removes all children (recursive) from this node
-		/** \deprecated Deprecated in 1.8, use clearChildren() instead.
-		This method may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9 */
-		_IRR_DEPRECATED_ void clearChilds()
-		{
-			return clearChildren();
-		}
-
-		//! returns true if this node has child nodes
-		virtual bool hasChildren() const = 0;
-
-		//! returns true if this node has child nodes
-		/** \deprecated Deprecated in 1.8, use hasChildren() instead. 
-		This method may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9 */
-		_IRR_DEPRECATED_ bool hasChilds() const
-		{
-			return hasChildren();
-		}
-
-		//! Adds a new node behind the last child node.
-		/** \param text text of the new node
-		\param icon icon text of the new node
-		\param imageIndex index of the image for the new node (-1 = none)
-		\param selectedImageIndex index of the selected image for the new node (-1 = same as imageIndex)
-		\param data user data (void*) of the new node
-		\param data2 user data2 (IReferenceCounted*) of the new node
-		\return The new node
-		*/
-		virtual IGUITreeViewNode* addChildBack(
-				const wchar_t* text, const wchar_t* icon = 0,
-				s32 imageIndex=-1, s32 selectedImageIndex=-1,
-				void* data=0, IReferenceCounted* data2=0) =0;
-
-		//! Adds a new node before the first child node.
-		/** \param text text of the new node
-		\param icon icon text of the new node
-		\param imageIndex index of the image for the new node (-1 = none)
-		\param selectedImageIndex index of the selected image for the new node (-1 = same as imageIndex)
-		\param data user data (void*) of the new node
-		\param data2 user data2 (IReferenceCounted*) of the new node
-		\return The new node
-		*/
-		virtual IGUITreeViewNode* addChildFront(
-				const wchar_t* text, const wchar_t* icon = 0,
-				s32 imageIndex=-1, s32 selectedImageIndex=-1,
-				void* data=0, IReferenceCounted* data2=0 ) =0;
-
-		//! Adds a new node behind the other node.
-		/** The other node has also te be a child node from this node.
-		\param other Node to insert after
-		\param text text of the new node
-		\param icon icon text of the new node
-		\param imageIndex index of the image for the new node (-1 = none)
-		\param selectedImageIndex index of the selected image for the new node (-1 = same as imageIndex)
-		\param data user data (void*) of the new node
-		\param data2 user data2 (IReferenceCounted*) of the new node
-		\return The new node or 0 if other is no child node from this
-		*/
-		virtual IGUITreeViewNode* insertChildAfter(
-				IGUITreeViewNode* other,
-				const wchar_t* text, const wchar_t* icon = 0,
-				s32 imageIndex=-1, s32 selectedImageIndex=-1,
-				void* data=0, IReferenceCounted* data2=0) =0;
-
-		//! Adds a new node before the other node.
-		/** The other node has also te be a child node from this node.
-		\param other Node to insert before
-		\param text text of the new node
-		\param icon icon text of the new node
-		\param imageIndex index of the image for the new node (-1 = none)
-		\param selectedImageIndex index of the selected image for the new node (-1 = same as imageIndex)
-		\param data user data (void*) of the new node
-		\param data2 user data2 (IReferenceCounted*) of the new node
-		\return The new node or 0 if other is no child node from this
-		*/
-		virtual IGUITreeViewNode* insertChildBefore(
-				IGUITreeViewNode* other,
-				const wchar_t* text, const wchar_t* icon = 0,
-				s32 imageIndex=-1, s32 selectedImageIndex=-1,
-				void* data=0, IReferenceCounted* data2=0) = 0;
-
-		//! Return the first child node from this node.
-		/** \return The first child node or 0 if this node has no children. */
-		virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getFirstChild() const = 0;
-
-		//! Return the last child node from this node.
-		/** \return The last child node or 0 if this node has no children. */
-		virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getLastChild() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the previous sibling node from this node.
-		/** \return The previous sibling node from this node or 0 if this is
-		the first node from the parent node.
-		*/
-		virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getPrevSibling() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the next sibling node from this node.
-		/** \return The next sibling node from this node or 0 if this is
-		the last node from the parent node.
-		*/
-		virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getNextSibling() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the next visible (expanded, may be out of scrolling) node from this node.
-		/** \return The next visible node from this node or 0 if this is
-		the last visible node. */
-		virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getNextVisible() const = 0;
-
-		//! Deletes a child node.
-		/** \return Returns true if the node was found as a child and is deleted. */
-		virtual bool deleteChild( IGUITreeViewNode* child ) = 0;
-
-		//! Moves a child node one position up.
-		/** \return True if the node was found as achild node and was not already the first child. */
-		virtual bool moveChildUp( IGUITreeViewNode* child ) = 0;
-
-		//! Moves a child node one position down.
-		/** \return True if the node was found as achild node and was not already the last child. */
-		virtual bool moveChildDown( IGUITreeViewNode* child ) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns true if the node is expanded (children are visible).
-		virtual bool getExpanded() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets if the node is expanded.
-		virtual void setExpanded( bool expanded ) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns true if the node is currently selected.
-		virtual bool getSelected() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets this node as selected.
-		virtual void setSelected( bool selected ) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns true if this node is the root node.
-		virtual bool isRoot() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the level of this node.
-		/** The root node has level 0. Direct children of the root has level 1 ... */
-		virtual s32 getLevel() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns true if this node is visible (all parents are expanded).
-		virtual bool isVisible() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-	//! Default tree view GUI element.
-	/** Displays a windows like tree buttons to expand/collaps the child
-	nodes of an node and optional tree lines. Each node consits of an
-	text, an icon text and a void pointer for user data. */
-	class IGUITreeView : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-		//! constructor
-		IGUITreeView(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent,
-				s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement( EGUIET_TREE_VIEW, environment, parent, id, rectangle ) {}
-
-		//! returns the root node (not visible) from the tree.
-		virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getRoot() const = 0;
-
-		//! returns the selected node of the tree or 0 if none is selected
-		virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getSelected() const = 0;
-
-		//! returns true if the tree lines are visible
-		virtual bool getLinesVisible() const = 0;
-
-		//! sets if the tree lines are visible
-		/** \param visible true for visible, false for invisible */
-		virtual void setLinesVisible( bool visible ) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the font which should be used as icon font.
-		/** This font is set to the Irrlicht engine built-in-font by
-		default. Icons can be displayed in front of every list item.
-		An icon is a string, displayed with the icon font. When using
-		the build-in-font of the Irrlicht engine as icon font, the icon
-		strings defined in GUIIcons.h can be used.
-		*/
-		virtual void setIconFont( IGUIFont* font ) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the image list which should be used for the image and selected image of every node.
-		/** The default is 0 (no images). */
-		virtual void setImageList( IGUIImageList* imageList ) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the image list which is used for the nodes.
-		virtual IGUIImageList* getImageList() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets if the image is left of the icon. Default is true.
-		virtual void setImageLeftOfIcon( bool bLeftOf ) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns if the Image is left of the icon. Default is true.
-		virtual bool getImageLeftOfIcon() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the node which is associated to the last event.
-		/** This pointer is only valid inside the OnEvent call! */
-		virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getLastEventNode() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGUIWindow.h

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GUI_WINDOW_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GUI_WINDOW_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IGUIElement.h"
-#include "EMessageBoxFlags.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace gui
-{
-	class IGUIButton;
-
-	//! Default moveable window GUI element with border, caption and close icons.
-	/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
-	\li EGET_ELEMENT_CLOSED
-	*/
-	class IGUIWindow : public IGUIElement
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! constructor
-		IGUIWindow(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
-			: IGUIElement(EGUIET_WINDOW, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
-
-		//! Returns pointer to the close button
-		/** You can hide the button by calling setVisible(false) on the result. */
-		virtual IGUIButton* getCloseButton() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns pointer to the minimize button
-		/** You can hide the button by calling setVisible(false) on the result. */
-		virtual IGUIButton* getMinimizeButton() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns pointer to the maximize button
-		/** You can hide the button by calling setVisible(false) on the result. */
-		virtual IGUIButton* getMaximizeButton() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns true if the window can be dragged with the mouse, false if not
-		virtual bool isDraggable() const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets whether the window can be dragged by the mouse
-		virtual void setDraggable(bool draggable) = 0;
-
-		//! Set if the window background will be drawn
-		virtual void setDrawBackground(bool draw) = 0;
-
-		//! Get if the window background will be drawn
-		virtual bool getDrawBackground() const = 0;
-
-		//! Set if the window titlebar will be drawn
-		//! Note: If the background is not drawn, then the titlebar is automatically also not drawn
-		virtual void setDrawTitlebar(bool draw) = 0;
-
-		//! Get if the window titlebar will be drawn
-		virtual bool getDrawTitlebar() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns the rectangle of the drawable area (without border and without titlebar)
-		/** The coordinates are given relative to the top-left position of the gui element.<br>
-		So to get absolute positions you have to add the resulting rectangle to getAbsolutePosition().UpperLeftCorner.<br>
-		To get it relative to the parent element you have to add the resulting rectangle to getRelativePosition().UpperLeftCorner.
-		Beware that adding a menu will not change the clientRect as menus are own gui elements, so in that case you might want to subtract
-		the menu area additionally.	*/
-		virtual core::rect<s32> getClientRect() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace gui
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IGeometryCreator.h

@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_GEOMETRY_CREATOR_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_GEOMETRY_CREATOR_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "IMesh.h"
-#include "IImage.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace video
-{
-	class IVideoDriver;
-	class SMaterial;
-}
-
-namespace scene
-{
-
-//! Helper class for creating geometry on the fly.
-/** You can get an instance of this class through ISceneManager::getGeometryCreator() */
-class IGeometryCreator : public IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Creates a simple cube mesh.
-	/**
-	\param size Dimensions of the cube.
-	\return Generated mesh.
-	*/
-	virtual IMesh* createCubeMesh(const core::vector3df& size=core::vector3df(5.f,5.f,5.f)) const =0;
-
-	//! Create a pseudo-random mesh representing a hilly terrain.
-	/**
-	\param tileSize The size of each tile.
-	\param tileCount The number of tiles in each dimension.
-	\param material The material to apply to the mesh.
-	\param hillHeight The maximum height of the hills.
-	\param countHills The number of hills along each dimension.
-	\param textureRepeatCount The number of times to repeat the material texture along each dimension.
-	\return Generated mesh.
-	*/
-	virtual IMesh* createHillPlaneMesh(
-			const core::dimension2d<f32>& tileSize,
-			const core::dimension2d<u32>& tileCount,
-			video::SMaterial* material, f32 hillHeight,
-			const core::dimension2d<f32>& countHills,
-			const core::dimension2d<f32>& textureRepeatCount) const =0;
-
-	//! Create a simple rectangular textured plane mesh.
-	/**
-	\param tileSize The size of each tile.
-	\param tileCount The number of tiles in each dimension.
-	\param material The material to apply to the mesh.
-	\param textureRepeatCount The number of times to repeat the material texture along each dimension.
-	\return Generated mesh.
-	*/
-	IMesh* createPlaneMesh(
-			const core::dimension2d<f32>& tileSize,
-			const core::dimension2d<u32>& tileCount=core::dimension2du(1,1),
-			video::SMaterial* material=0,
-			const core::dimension2df& textureRepeatCount=core::dimension2df(1.f,1.f)) const
-	{
-		return createHillPlaneMesh(tileSize, tileCount, material, 0.f, core::dimension2df(), textureRepeatCount);
-	}
-
-	//! Create a terrain mesh from an image representing a heightfield.
-	/**
-	\param texture The texture to apply to the terrain.
-	\param heightmap An image that will be interpreted as a heightmap. The
-	brightness (average color) of each pixel is interpreted as a height,
-	with a 255 brightness pixel producing the maximum height.
-	\param stretchSize The size that each pixel will produce, i.e. a
-	512x512 heightmap
-	and a stretchSize of (10.f, 20.f) will produce a mesh of size
-	5120.f x 10240.f
-	\param maxHeight The maximum height of the terrain.
-	\param driver The current video driver.
-	\param defaultVertexBlockSize (to be documented)
-	\param debugBorders (to be documented)
-	\return Generated mesh.
-	*/
-	virtual IMesh* createTerrainMesh(video::IImage* texture,
-			video::IImage* heightmap,
-			const core::dimension2d<f32>& stretchSize,
-			f32 maxHeight, video::IVideoDriver* driver,
-			const core::dimension2d<u32>& defaultVertexBlockSize,
-			bool debugBorders=false) const =0;
-
-	//! Create an arrow mesh, composed of a cylinder and a cone.
-	/**
-	\param tesselationCylinder Number of quads composing the cylinder.
-	\param tesselationCone Number of triangles composing the cone's roof.
-	\param height Total height of the arrow
-	\param cylinderHeight Total height of the cylinder, should be lesser
-	than total height
-	\param widthCylinder Diameter of the cylinder
-	\param widthCone Diameter of the cone's base, should be not smaller
-	than the cylinder's diameter
-	\param colorCylinder color of the cylinder
-	\param colorCone color of the cone
-	\return Generated mesh.
-	*/
-	virtual IMesh* createArrowMesh(const u32 tesselationCylinder = 4,
-			const u32 tesselationCone = 8, const f32 height = 1.f,
-			const f32 cylinderHeight = 0.6f, const f32 widthCylinder = 0.05f,
-			const f32 widthCone = 0.3f, const video::SColor colorCylinder = 0xFFFFFFFF,
-			const video::SColor colorCone = 0xFFFFFFFF) const =0;
-
-
-	//! Create a sphere mesh.
-	/**
-	\param radius Radius of the sphere
-	\param polyCountX Number of quads used for the horizontal tiling
-	\param polyCountY Number of quads used for the vertical tiling
-	\return Generated mesh.
-	*/
-	virtual IMesh* createSphereMesh(f32 radius = 5.f,
-			u32 polyCountX = 16, u32 polyCountY = 16) const =0;
-
-	//! Create a cylinder mesh.
-	/**
-	\param radius Radius of the cylinder.
-	\param length Length of the cylinder.
-	\param tesselation Number of quads around the circumference of the cylinder.
-	\param color The color of the cylinder.
-	\param closeTop If true, close the ends of the cylinder, otherwise leave them open.
-	\param oblique (to be documented)
-	\return Generated mesh.
-	*/
-	virtual IMesh* createCylinderMesh(f32 radius, f32 length,
-			u32 tesselation,
-			const video::SColor& color=video::SColor(0xffffffff),
-			bool closeTop=true, f32 oblique=0.f) const =0;
-
-	//! Create a cone mesh.
-	/**
-	\param radius Radius of the cone.
-	\param length Length of the cone.
-	\param tesselation Number of quads around the circumference of the cone.
-	\param colorTop The color of the top of the cone.
-	\param colorBottom The color of the bottom of the cone.
-	\param oblique (to be documented)
-	\return Generated mesh.
-	*/
-	virtual IMesh* createConeMesh(f32 radius, f32 length, u32 tesselation,
-			const video::SColor& colorTop=video::SColor(0xffffffff),
-			const video::SColor& colorBottom=video::SColor(0xffffffff),
-			f32 oblique=0.f) const =0;
-
-	//! Create a volume light mesh.
-	/**
-	\param subdivideU Horizontal patch count.
-	\param subdivideV Vertical patch count.
-	\param footColor Color at the bottom of the light.
-	\param tailColor Color at the mid of the light.
-	\param lpDistance Virtual distance of the light point for normals.
-	\param lightDim Dimensions of the light.
-	\return Generated mesh.
-	*/
-	virtual IMesh* createVolumeLightMesh(
-			const u32 subdivideU=32, const u32 subdivideV=32,
-			const video::SColor footColor = 0xffffffff,
-			const video::SColor tailColor = 0xffffffff,
-			const f32 lpDistance = 8.f,
-			const core::vector3df& lightDim = core::vector3df(1.f,1.2f,1.f)) const =0;
-};
-
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif // __I_GEOMETRY_CREATOR_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/IImage.h

@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_IMAGE_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_IMAGE_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "position2d.h"
-#include "rect.h"
-#include "SColor.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace video
-{
-
-//! Interface for software image data.
-/** Image loaders create these images from files. IVideoDrivers convert
-these images into their (hardware) textures.
-*/
-class IImage : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Lock function. Use this to get a pointer to the image data.
-	/** After you don't need the pointer anymore, you must call unlock().
-	\return Pointer to the image data. What type of data is pointed to
-	depends on the color format of the image. For example if the color
-	format is ECF_A8R8G8B8, it is of u32. Be sure to call unlock() after
-	you don't need the pointer any more. */
-	virtual void* lock() = 0;
-
-	//! Unlock function.
-	/** Should be called after the pointer received by lock() is not
-	needed anymore. */
-	virtual void unlock() = 0;
-
-	//! Returns width and height of image data.
-	virtual const core::dimension2d<u32>& getDimension() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns bits per pixel.
-	virtual u32 getBitsPerPixel() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns bytes per pixel
-	virtual u32 getBytesPerPixel() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns image data size in bytes
-	virtual u32 getImageDataSizeInBytes() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns image data size in pixels
-	virtual u32 getImageDataSizeInPixels() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns a pixel
-	virtual SColor getPixel(u32 x, u32 y) const = 0;
-
-	//! Sets a pixel
-	virtual void setPixel(u32 x, u32 y, const SColor &color, bool blend = false ) = 0;
-
-	//! Returns the color format
-	virtual ECOLOR_FORMAT getColorFormat() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns mask for red value of a pixel
-	virtual u32 getRedMask() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns mask for green value of a pixel
-	virtual u32 getGreenMask() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns mask for blue value of a pixel
-	virtual u32 getBlueMask() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns mask for alpha value of a pixel
-	virtual u32 getAlphaMask() const = 0;
-
-	//! Returns pitch of image
-	virtual u32 getPitch() const =0;
-
-	//! Copies the image into the target, scaling the image to fit
-	virtual void copyToScaling(void* target, u32 width, u32 height, ECOLOR_FORMAT format=ECF_A8R8G8B8, u32 pitch=0) =0;
-
-	//! Copies the image into the target, scaling the image to fit
-	virtual void copyToScaling(IImage* target) =0;
-
-	//! copies this surface into another
-	virtual void copyTo(IImage* target, const core::position2d<s32>& pos=core::position2d<s32>(0,0)) =0;
-
-	//! copies this surface into another
-	virtual void copyTo(IImage* target, const core::position2d<s32>& pos, const core::rect<s32>& sourceRect, const core::rect<s32>* clipRect=0) =0;
-
-	//! copies this surface into another, using the alpha mask and cliprect and a color to add with
-	virtual void copyToWithAlpha(IImage* target, const core::position2d<s32>& pos,
-			const core::rect<s32>& sourceRect, const SColor &color,
-			const core::rect<s32>* clipRect = 0) =0;
-
-	//! copies this surface into another, scaling it to fit, appyling a box filter
-	virtual void copyToScalingBoxFilter(IImage* target, s32 bias = 0, bool blend = false) = 0;
-
-	//! fills the surface with given color
-	virtual void fill(const SColor &color) =0;
-
-	//! get the amount of Bits per Pixel of the given color format
-	static u32 getBitsPerPixelFromFormat(const ECOLOR_FORMAT format)
-	{
-		switch(format)
-		{
-		case ECF_A1R5G5B5:
-			return 16;
-		case ECF_R5G6B5:
-			return 16;
-		case ECF_R8G8B8:
-			return 24;
-		case ECF_A8R8G8B8:
-			return 32;
-		case ECF_R16F:
-			return 16;
-		case ECF_G16R16F:
-			return 32;
-		case ECF_A16B16G16R16F:
-			return 64;
-		case ECF_R32F:
-			return 32;
-		case ECF_G32R32F:
-			return 64;
-		case ECF_A32B32G32R32F:
-			return 128;
-		default:
-			return 0;
-		}
-	}
-
-	//! test if the color format is only viable for RenderTarget textures
-	/** Since we don't have support for e.g. floating point IImage formats
-	one should test if the color format can be used for arbitrary usage, or
-	if it is restricted to RTTs. */
-	static bool isRenderTargetOnlyFormat(const ECOLOR_FORMAT format)
-	{
-		switch(format)
-		{
-			case ECF_A1R5G5B5:
-			case ECF_R5G6B5:
-			case ECF_R8G8B8:
-			case ECF_A8R8G8B8:
-				return false;
-			default:
-				return true;
-		}
-	}
-
-};
-
-} // end namespace video
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IImageLoader.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_SURFACE_LOADER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_SURFACE_LOADER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "IImage.h"
-#include "path.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace io
-{
-	class IReadFile;
-} // end namespace io
-namespace video
-{
-
-//! Class which is able to create a image from a file.
-/** If you want the Irrlicht Engine be able to load textures of
-currently unsupported file formats (e.g .gif), then implement
-this and add your new Surface loader with
-IVideoDriver::addExternalImageLoader() to the engine. */
-class IImageLoader : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Check if the file might be loaded by this class
-	/** Check is based on the file extension (e.g. ".tga")
-	\param filename Name of file to check.
-	\return True if file seems to be loadable. */
-	virtual bool isALoadableFileExtension(const io::path& filename) const = 0;
-
-	//! Check if the file might be loaded by this class
-	/** Check might look into the file.
-	\param file File handle to check.
-	\return True if file seems to be loadable. */
-	virtual bool isALoadableFileFormat(io::IReadFile* file) const = 0;
-
-	//! Creates a surface from the file
-	/** \param file File handle to check.
-	\return Pointer to newly created image, or 0 upon error. */
-	virtual IImage* loadImage(io::IReadFile* file) const = 0;
-};
-
-
-} // end namespace video
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IImageWriter.h

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef _I_IMAGE_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define _I_IMAGE_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "irrString.h"
-#include "coreutil.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace io
-{
-	class IWriteFile;
-} // end namespace io
-
-namespace video
-{
-	class IImage;
-
-
-//! Interface for writing software image data.
-class IImageWriter : public IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-	//! Check if this writer can write a file with the given extension
-	/** \param filename Name of the file to check.
-	\return True if file extension specifies a writable type. */
-	virtual bool isAWriteableFileExtension(const io::path& filename) const = 0;
-
-	//! Write image to file
-	/** \param file File handle to write to.
-	\param image Image to write into file.
-	\param param Writer specific parameter, influencing e.g. quality.
-	\return True if image was successfully written. */
-	virtual bool writeImage(io::IWriteFile *file, IImage *image, u32 param = 0) const = 0;
-};
-
-} // namespace video
-} // namespace irr
-
-#endif // _I_IMAGE_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/IIndexBuffer.h

@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_INDEX_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_INDEX_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "irrArray.h"
-
-#include "SVertexIndex.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-
-namespace video
-{
-
-}
-
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	class IIndexBuffer : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-	{
-	public:
-
-		virtual void* getData() =0;
-
-		virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getType() const =0;
-		virtual void setType(video::E_INDEX_TYPE IndexType) =0;
-
-		virtual u32 stride() const =0;
-
-		virtual u32 size() const =0;
-		virtual void push_back (const u32 &element) =0;
-		virtual u32 operator [](u32 index) const =0;
-		virtual u32 getLast() =0;
-		virtual void setValue(u32 index, u32 value) =0;
-		virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow) =0;
-		virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size) =0;
-		virtual u32 allocated_size() const=0;
-
-		virtual void* pointer() =0;
-
-		//! get the current hardware mapping hint
-		virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint() const =0;
-
-		//! set the hardware mapping hint, for driver
-		virtual void setHardwareMappingHint( E_HARDWARE_MAPPING NewMappingHint ) =0;
-
-		//! flags the meshbuffer as changed, reloads hardware buffers
-		virtual void setDirty() = 0;
-
-		//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
-		/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
-		virtual u32 getChangedID() const = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/ILightManager.h

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-// Written by Colin MacDonald - all rights assigned to Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_LIGHT_MANAGER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_LIGHT_MANAGER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "irrArray.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-	class ILightSceneNode;
-
-	//! ILightManager provides an interface for user applications to manipulate the list of lights in the scene.
-	/** The light list can be trimmed or re-ordered before device/ hardware
-	lights are created, and/or individual lights can be switched on and off
-	before or after each scene node is rendered. It is assumed that the
-	ILightManager implementation will store any data that it wishes to
-	retain, i.e. the ISceneManager to which it is assigned, the lightList,
-	the current render pass, and the current scene node. */
-	class ILightManager : public IReferenceCounted
-	{
-	public:
-		//! Called after the scene's light list has been built, but before rendering has begun.
-		/** As actual device/hardware lights are not created until the
-		ESNRP_LIGHT render pass, this provides an opportunity for the
-		light manager to trim or re-order the light list, before any
-		device/hardware lights have actually been created.
-		\param lightList: the Scene Manager's light list, which
-		the light manager may modify. This reference will remain valid
-		until OnPostRender().
-		*/
-		virtual void OnPreRender(core::array<ISceneNode*> & lightList) = 0;
-
-		//! Called after the last scene node is rendered.
-		/** After this call returns, the lightList passed to OnPreRender() becomes invalid. */
-		virtual void OnPostRender(void) = 0;
-
-		//! Called before a render pass begins
-		/** \param renderPass: the render pass that's about to begin */
-		virtual void OnRenderPassPreRender(E_SCENE_NODE_RENDER_PASS renderPass) = 0;
-
-		//! Called after the render pass specified in OnRenderPassPreRender() ends
-		/** \param[in] renderPass: the render pass that has finished */
-		virtual void OnRenderPassPostRender(E_SCENE_NODE_RENDER_PASS renderPass) = 0;
-
-		//! Called before the given scene node is rendered
-		/** \param[in] node: the scene node that's about to be rendered */
-		virtual void OnNodePreRender(ISceneNode* node) = 0;
-
-		//! Called after the the node specified in OnNodePreRender() has been rendered
-		/** \param[in] node: the scene node that has just been rendered */
-		virtual void OnNodePostRender(ISceneNode* node) = 0;
-	};
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif

include/irrlicht/ILightSceneNode.h

@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_LIGHT_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_LIGHT_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "ISceneNode.h"
-#include "SLight.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-//! Scene node which is a dynamic light.
-/** You can switch the light on and off by making it visible or not. It can be
-animated by ordinary scene node animators. If the light type is directional or
-spot, the direction of the light source is defined by the rotation of the scene
-node (assuming (0,0,1) as the local direction of the light).
-*/
-class ILightSceneNode : public ISceneNode
-{
-public:
-
-	//! constructor
-	ILightSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
-		const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0))
-		: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position) {}
-
-	//! Sets the light data associated with this ILightSceneNode
-	/** \param light The new light data. */
-	virtual void setLightData(const video::SLight& light) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets the light data associated with this ILightSceneNode
-	/** \return The light data. */
-	virtual const video::SLight& getLightData() const = 0;
-
-	//! Gets the light data associated with this ILightSceneNode
-	/** \return The light data. */
-	virtual video::SLight& getLightData() = 0;
-
-	//! Sets if the node should be visible or not.
-	/** All children of this node won't be visible either, when set
-	to true.
-	\param isVisible If the node shall be visible. */
-	virtual void setVisible(bool isVisible) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets the light's radius of influence.
-	/** Outside this radius the light won't lighten geometry and cast no
-	shadows. Setting the radius will also influence the attenuation, setting
-	it to (0,1/radius,0). If you want to override this behavior, set the
-	attenuation after the radius.
-	\param radius The new radius. */
-	virtual void setRadius(f32 radius) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets the light's radius of influence.
-	/** \return The current radius. */
-	virtual f32 getRadius() const = 0;
-
-	//! Sets the light type.
-	/** \param type The new type. */
-	virtual void setLightType(video::E_LIGHT_TYPE type) = 0;
-
-	//! Gets the light type.
-	/** \return The current light type. */
-	virtual video::E_LIGHT_TYPE getLightType() const = 0;
-
-	//! Sets whether this light casts shadows.
-	/** Enabling this flag won't automatically cast shadows, the meshes
-	will still need shadow scene nodes attached. But one can enable or
-	disable distinct lights for shadow casting for performance reasons.
-	\param shadow True if this light shall cast shadows. */
-	virtual void enableCastShadow(bool shadow=true) = 0;
-
-	//! Check whether this light casts shadows.
-	/** \return True if light would cast shadows, else false. */
-	virtual bool getCastShadow() const = 0;
-};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/ILogger.h

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_LOGGER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_LOGGER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-
-//! Possible log levels.
-//! When used has filter ELL_DEBUG means => log everything and ELL_NONE means => log (nearly) nothing.
-//! When used to print logging information ELL_DEBUG will have lowest priority while ELL_NONE
-//! messages are never filtered and always printed.
-enum ELOG_LEVEL
-{
-	//! Used for printing information helpful in debugging
-	ELL_DEBUG,
-
-	//! Useful information to print. For example hardware infos or something started/stopped.
-	ELL_INFORMATION,
-
-	//! Warnings that something isn't as expected and can cause oddities
-	ELL_WARNING,
-
-	//! Something did go wrong.
-	ELL_ERROR,
-
-	//! Logs with ELL_NONE will never be filtered.
-	//! And used as filter it will remove all logging except ELL_NONE messages.
-	ELL_NONE
-};
-
-
-//! Interface for logging messages, warnings and errors
-class ILogger : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Destructor
-	virtual ~ILogger() {}
-
-	//! Returns the current set log level.
-	virtual ELOG_LEVEL getLogLevel() const = 0;
-
-	//! Sets a new log level.
-	/** With this value, texts which are sent to the logger are filtered
-	out. For example setting this value to ELL_WARNING, only warnings and
-	errors are printed out. Setting it to ELL_INFORMATION, which is the
-	default setting, warnings, errors and informational texts are printed
-	out.
-	\param ll: new log level filter value. */
-	virtual void setLogLevel(ELOG_LEVEL ll) = 0;
-
-	//! Prints out a text into the log
-	/** \param text: Text to print out.
-	\param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
-	it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
-	is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
-	filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
-	independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE. */
-	virtual void log(const c8* text, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
-
-	//! Prints out a text into the log
-	/** \param text: Text to print out.
-	\param hint: Additional info. This string is added after a " :" to the
-	string.
-	\param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
-	it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
-	is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
-	filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
-	independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE. */
-	virtual void log(const c8* text, const c8* hint, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
-	virtual void log(const c8* text, const wchar_t* hint, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
-
-	//! Prints out a text into the log
-	/** \param text: Text to print out.
-	\param hint: Additional info. This string is added after a " :" to the
-	string.
-	\param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
-	it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
-	is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
-	filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
-	independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE. */
-	virtual void log(const wchar_t* text, const wchar_t* hint, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
-
-	//! Prints out a text into the log
-	/** \param text: Text to print out.
-	\param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
-	it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
-	is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
-	filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
-	independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE. */
-	virtual void log(const wchar_t* text, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
-};
-
-} // end namespace
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IMaterialRenderer.h

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_MATERIAL_RENDERER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_MATERIAL_RENDERER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "SMaterial.h"
-#include "S3DVertex.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace video
-{
-
-class IVideoDriver;
-class IMaterialRendererServices;
-
-//! Interface for material rendering.
-/** Can be used to extend the engine with new materials. Refer to
-IVideoDriver::addMaterialRenderer() for more informations on how to extend the
-engine with new materials. */
-class IMaterialRenderer : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Called by the IVideoDriver implementation the let the renderer set its needed render states.
-	/** This is called during the IVideoDriver::setMaterial() call.
-	When overriding this, you can set some renderstates or for example a
-	vertex or pixel shader if you like.
-	\param material: The new material parameters to be set. The renderer
-	may change the material flags in this material. For example if this
-	material does not accept the zbuffer = true, it can set it to false.
-	This is useful, because in the next lastMaterial will be just the
-	material in this call.
-	\param lastMaterial: The material parameters which have been set before
-	this material.
-	\param resetAllRenderstates: True if all renderstates should really be
-	reset. This is usually true if the last rendering mode was not a usual
-	3d rendering mode, but for example a 2d rendering mode.
-	You should reset really all renderstates if this is true, no matter if
-	the lastMaterial had some similar settings. This is used because in
-	most cases, some common renderstates are not changed if they are
-	already there, for example bilinear filtering, wireframe,
-	gouraudshading, lighting, zbuffer, zwriteenable, backfaceculling and
-	fogenable.
-	\param services: Interface providing some methods for changing
-	advanced, internal states of a IVideoDriver. */
-	virtual void OnSetMaterial(const SMaterial& material, const SMaterial& lastMaterial,
-		bool resetAllRenderstates, IMaterialRendererServices* services) {}
-
-	//! Called every time before a new bunch of geometry is being drawn using this material with for example drawIndexedTriangleList() call.
-	/** OnSetMaterial should normally only be called if the renderer decides
-	that the renderstates should be changed, it won't be called if for
-	example two drawIndexedTriangleList() will be called with the same
-	material set. This method will be called every time. This is useful for
-	example for materials with shaders, which don't only set new
-	renderstates but also shader constants.
-	\param service: Pointer to interface providing methos for setting
-	constants and other things.
-	\param vtxtype: Vertex type with which the next rendering will be done.
-	This can be used by the material renderer to set some specific
-	optimized shaders or if this is an incompatible vertex type for this
-	renderer, to refuse rendering for example.
-	\return Returns true if everything is ok, and false if nothing should
-	be rendered. The material renderer can choose to return false for
-	example if he doesn't support the specified vertex type. This is
-	actually done in D3D8 and D3D9 when using a normal mapped material with
-	a vertex type other than EVT_TANGENTS. */
-	virtual bool OnRender(IMaterialRendererServices* service, E_VERTEX_TYPE vtxtype) { return true; }
-
-	//! Called by the IVideoDriver to unset this material.
-	/** Called during the IVideoDriver::setMaterial() call before the new
-	material will get the OnSetMaterial() call. */
-	virtual void OnUnsetMaterial() {}
-
-	//! Returns if the material is transparent.
-	/** The scene managment needs to know this
-	for being able to sort the materials by opaque and transparent. */
-	virtual bool isTransparent() const { return false; }
-
-	//! Returns the render capability of the material.
-	/** Because some more complex materials
-	are implemented in multiple ways and need special hardware capabilities, it is possible
-	to query how the current material renderer is performing on the current hardware with this
-	function.
-	\return Returns 0 if everything is running fine. Any other value is material renderer
-	specific and means for example that the renderer switched back to a fall back material because
-	it cannot use the latest shaders. More specific examples:
-	Fixed function pipeline materials should return 0 in most cases, parallax mapped
-	material will only return 0 when at least pixel shader 1.4 is available on that machine. */
-	virtual s32 getRenderCapability() const { return 0; }
-};
-
-
-} // end namespace video
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IMaterialRendererServices.h

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_MATERIAL_RENDERER_SERVICES_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_MATERIAL_RENDERER_SERVICES_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "SMaterial.h"
-#include "S3DVertex.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace video
-{
-
-class IVideoDriver;
-
-
-//! Interface providing some methods for changing advanced, internal states of a IVideoDriver.
-class IMaterialRendererServices
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Destructor
-	virtual ~IMaterialRendererServices() {}
-
-	//! Can be called by an IMaterialRenderer to make its work easier.
-	/** Sets all basic renderstates if needed.
-	Basic render states are diffuse, ambient, specular, and emissive color,
-	specular power, bilinear and trilinear filtering, wireframe mode,
-	grouraudshading, lighting, zbuffer, zwriteenable, backfaceculling and
-	fog enabling.
-	\param material The new material to be used.
-	\param lastMaterial The material used until now.
-	\param resetAllRenderstates Set to true if all renderstates should be
-	set, regardless of their current state. */
-	virtual void setBasicRenderStates(const SMaterial& material,
-		const SMaterial& lastMaterial,
-		bool resetAllRenderstates) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets a constant for the vertex shader based on a name.
-	/** This can be used if you used a high level shader language like GLSL
-	or HLSL to create a shader. Example: If you created a shader which has
-	variables named 'mWorldViewProj' (containing the WorldViewProjection
-	matrix) and another one named 'fTime' containing one float, you can set
-	them in your IShaderConstantSetCallBack derived class like this:
-	\code
-	virtual void OnSetConstants(video::IMaterialRendererServices* services, s32 userData)
-	{
-		video::IVideoDriver* driver = services->getVideoDriver();
-
-		f32 time = (f32)os::Timer::getTime()/100000.0f;
-		services->setVertexShaderConstant("fTime", &time, 1);
-
-		core::matrix4 worldViewProj(driver->getTransform(video::ETS_PROJECTION));
-		worldViewProj *= driver->getTransform(video::ETS_VIEW);
-		worldViewProj *= driver->getTransform(video::ETS_WORLD);
-		services->setVertexShaderConstant("mWorldViewProj", worldViewProj.M, 16);
-	}
-	\endcode
-	\param name Name of the variable
-	\param floats Pointer to array of floats
-	\param count Amount of floats in array.
-	\return True if successful.
-	*/
-	virtual bool setVertexShaderConstant(const c8* name, const f32* floats, int count) = 0;
-
-	//! Bool interface for the above.
-	virtual bool setVertexShaderConstant(const c8* name, const bool* bools, int count) = 0;
-
-	//! Int interface for the above.
-	virtual bool setVertexShaderConstant(const c8* name, const s32* ints, int count) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets a vertex shader constant.
-	/** Can be used if you created a shader using pixel/vertex shader
-	assembler or ARB_fragment_program or ARB_vertex_program.
-	\param data: Data to be set in the constants
-	\param startRegister: First register to be set
-	\param constantAmount: Amount of registers to be set. One register consists of 4 floats. */
-	virtual void setVertexShaderConstant(const f32* data, s32 startRegister, s32 constantAmount=1) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets a constant for the pixel shader based on a name.
-	/** This can be used if you used a high level shader language like GLSL
-	or HLSL to create a shader. See setVertexShaderConstant() for an
-	example on how to use this.
-	\param name Name of the variable
-	\param floats Pointer to array of floats
-	\param count Amount of floats in array.
-	\return True if successful. */
-	virtual bool setPixelShaderConstant(const c8* name, const f32* floats, int count) = 0;
-
-	//! Bool interface for the above.
-	virtual bool setPixelShaderConstant(const c8* name, const bool* bools, int count) = 0;
-
-	//! Int interface for the above.
-	virtual bool setPixelShaderConstant(const c8* name, const s32* ints, int count) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets a pixel shader constant.
-	/** Can be used if you created a shader using pixel/vertex shader
-	assembler or ARB_fragment_program or ARB_vertex_program.
-	\param data Data to be set in the constants
-	\param startRegister First register to be set.
-	\param constantAmount Amount of registers to be set. One register consists of 4 floats. */
-	virtual void setPixelShaderConstant(const f32* data, s32 startRegister, s32 constantAmount=1) = 0;
-
-	//! Get pointer to the IVideoDriver interface
-	/** \return Pointer to the IVideoDriver interface */
-	virtual IVideoDriver* getVideoDriver() = 0;
-};
-
-} // end namespace video
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IMesh.h

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_MESH_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_MESH_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "SMaterial.h"
-#include "EHardwareBufferFlags.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-	class IMeshBuffer;
-
-	//! Class which holds the geometry of an object.
-	/** An IMesh is nothing more than a collection of some mesh buffers
-	(IMeshBuffer). SMesh is a simple implementation of an IMesh.
-	A mesh is usually added to an IMeshSceneNode in order to be rendered.
-	*/
-	class IMesh : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! Get the amount of mesh buffers.
-		/** \return Amount of mesh buffers (IMeshBuffer) in this mesh. */
-		virtual u32 getMeshBufferCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get pointer to a mesh buffer.
-		/** \param nr: Zero based index of the mesh buffer. The maximum value is
-		getMeshBufferCount() - 1;
-		\return Pointer to the mesh buffer or 0 if there is no such
-		mesh buffer. */
-		virtual IMeshBuffer* getMeshBuffer(u32 nr) const = 0;
-
-		//! Get pointer to a mesh buffer which fits a material
-		/** \param material: material to search for
-		\return Pointer to the mesh buffer or 0 if there is no such
-		mesh buffer. */
-		virtual IMeshBuffer* getMeshBuffer( const video::SMaterial &material) const = 0;
-
-		//! Get an axis aligned bounding box of the mesh.
-		/** \return Bounding box of this mesh. */
-		virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox() const = 0;
-
-		//! Set user-defined axis aligned bounding box
-		/** \param box New bounding box to use for the mesh. */
-		virtual void setBoundingBox( const core::aabbox3df& box) = 0;
-
-		//! Sets a flag of all contained materials to a new value.
-		/** \param flag: Flag to set in all materials.
-		\param newvalue: New value to set in all materials. */
-		virtual void setMaterialFlag(video::E_MATERIAL_FLAG flag, bool newvalue) = 0;
-
-		//! Set the hardware mapping hint
-		/** This methods allows to define optimization hints for the
-		hardware. This enables, e.g., the use of hardware buffers on
-		pltforms that support this feature. This can lead to noticeable
-		performance gains. */
-		virtual void setHardwareMappingHint(E_HARDWARE_MAPPING newMappingHint, E_BUFFER_TYPE buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX) = 0;
-
-		//! Flag the meshbuffer as changed, reloads hardware buffers
-		/** This method has to be called every time the vertices or
-		indices have changed. Otherwise, changes won't be updated
-		on the GPU in the next render cycle. */
-		virtual void setDirty(E_BUFFER_TYPE buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX) = 0;
-	};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IMeshBuffer.h

@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_MESH_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_MESH_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "SMaterial.h"
-#include "aabbox3d.h"
-#include "S3DVertex.h"
-#include "SVertexIndex.h"
-#include "EHardwareBufferFlags.h"
-#include "EPrimitiveTypes.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-	//! Struct for holding a mesh with a single material.
-	/** A part of an IMesh which has the same material on each face of that
-	group. Logical groups of an IMesh need not be put into separate mesh
-	buffers, but can be. Separately animated parts of the mesh must be put
-	into separate mesh buffers.
-	Some mesh buffer implementations have limitations on the number of
-	vertices the buffer can hold. In that case, logical grouping can help.
-	Moreover, the number of vertices should be optimized for the GPU upload,
-	which often depends on the type of gfx card. Typial figures are
-	1000-10000 vertices per buffer.
-	SMeshBuffer is a simple implementation of a MeshBuffer, which supports
-	up to 65535 vertices.
-
-	Since meshbuffers are used for drawing, and hence will be exposed
-	to the driver, chances are high that they are grab()'ed from somewhere.
-	It's therefore required to dynamically allocate meshbuffers which are
-	passed to a video driver and only drop the buffer once it's not used in
-	the current code block anymore.
-	*/
-	class IMeshBuffer : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! Get the material of this meshbuffer
-		/** \return Material of this buffer. */
-		virtual video::SMaterial& getMaterial() = 0;
-
-		//! Get the material of this meshbuffer
-		/** \return Material of this buffer. */
-		virtual const video::SMaterial& getMaterial() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get type of vertex data which is stored in this meshbuffer.
-		/** \return Vertex type of this buffer. */
-		virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getVertexType() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get access to vertex data. The data is an array of vertices.
-		/** Which vertex type is used can be determined by getVertexType().
-		\return Pointer to array of vertices. */
-		virtual const void* getVertices() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get access to vertex data. The data is an array of vertices.
-		/** Which vertex type is used can be determined by getVertexType().
-		\return Pointer to array of vertices. */
-		virtual void* getVertices() = 0;
-
-		//! Get amount of vertices in meshbuffer.
-		/** \return Number of vertices in this buffer. */
-		virtual u32 getVertexCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get type of index data which is stored in this meshbuffer.
-		/** \return Index type of this buffer. */
-		virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getIndexType() const =0;
-
-		//! Get access to Indices.
-		/** \return Pointer to indices array. */
-		virtual const u16* getIndices() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get access to Indices.
-		/** \return Pointer to indices array. */
-		virtual u16* getIndices() = 0;
-
-		//! Get amount of indices in this meshbuffer.
-		/** \return Number of indices in this buffer. */
-		virtual u32 getIndexCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get the axis aligned bounding box of this meshbuffer.
-		/** \return Axis aligned bounding box of this buffer. */
-		virtual const core::aabbox3df& getBoundingBox() const = 0;
-
-		//! Set axis aligned bounding box
-		/** \param box User defined axis aligned bounding box to use
-		for this buffer. */
-		virtual void setBoundingBox(const core::aabbox3df& box) = 0;
-
-		//! Recalculates the bounding box. Should be called if the mesh changed.
-		virtual void recalculateBoundingBox() = 0;
-
-		//! returns position of vertex i
-		virtual const core::vector3df& getPosition(u32 i) const = 0;
-
-		//! returns position of vertex i
-		virtual core::vector3df& getPosition(u32 i) = 0;
-
-		//! returns normal of vertex i
-		virtual const core::vector3df& getNormal(u32 i) const = 0;
-
-		//! returns normal of vertex i
-		virtual core::vector3df& getNormal(u32 i) = 0;
-
-		//! returns texture coord of vertex i
-		virtual const core::vector2df& getTCoords(u32 i) const = 0;
-
-		//! returns texture coord of vertex i
-		virtual core::vector2df& getTCoords(u32 i) = 0;
-
-		//! Append the vertices and indices to the current buffer
-		/** Only works for compatible vertex types.
-		\param vertices Pointer to a vertex array.
-		\param numVertices Number of vertices in the array.
-		\param indices Pointer to index array.
-		\param numIndices Number of indices in array. */
-		virtual void append(const void* const vertices, u32 numVertices, const u16* const indices, u32 numIndices) = 0;
-
-		//! Append the meshbuffer to the current buffer
-		/** Only works for compatible vertex types
-		\param other Buffer to append to this one. */
-		virtual void append(const IMeshBuffer* const other) = 0;
-
-		//! get the current hardware mapping hint
-		virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint_Vertex() const = 0;
-
-		//! get the current hardware mapping hint
-		virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint_Index() const = 0;
-
-		//! set the hardware mapping hint, for driver
-		virtual void setHardwareMappingHint( E_HARDWARE_MAPPING newMappingHint, E_BUFFER_TYPE buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX ) = 0;
-
-		//! flags the meshbuffer as changed, reloads hardware buffers
-		virtual void setDirty(E_BUFFER_TYPE buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX) = 0;
-
-		//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
-		/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
-		virtual u32 getChangedID_Vertex() const = 0;
-
-		//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
-		/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
-		virtual u32 getChangedID_Index() const = 0;
-	};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-
-

include/irrlicht/IMeshCache.h

@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_MESH_CACHE_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_MESH_CACHE_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "path.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-
-namespace scene
-{
-	class IMesh;
-	class IAnimatedMesh;
-	class IAnimatedMeshSceneNode;
-	class IMeshLoader;
-
-	//! The mesh cache stores already loaded meshes and provides an interface to them.
-	/** You can access it using ISceneManager::getMeshCache(). All existing
-	scene managers will return a pointer to the same mesh cache, because it
-	is shared between them. With this interface, it is possible to manually
-	add new loaded meshes (if ISceneManager::getMesh() is not sufficient),
-	to remove them and to iterate through already loaded meshes. */
-	class IMeshCache : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! Destructor
-		virtual ~IMeshCache() {}
-
-		//! Adds a mesh to the internal list of loaded meshes.
-		/** Usually, ISceneManager::getMesh() is called to load a mesh
-		from a file. That method searches the list of loaded meshes if
-		a mesh has already been loaded and returns a pointer to if it
-		is in that list and already in memory. Otherwise it loads the
-		mesh. With IMeshCache::addMesh(), it is possible to pretend
-		that a mesh already has been loaded. This method can be used
-		for example by mesh loaders who need to load more than one mesh
-		with one call. They can add additional meshes with this method
-		to the scene manager. The COLLADA loader for example uses this
-		method.
-		\param name Name of the mesh. When calling
-		ISceneManager::getMesh() with this name it will return the mesh
-		set by this method.
-		\param mesh Pointer to a mesh which will now be referenced by
-		this name. */
-		virtual void addMesh(const io::path& name, IAnimatedMesh* mesh) = 0;
-
-		//! Removes the mesh from the cache.
-		/** After loading a mesh with getMesh(), the mesh can be
-		removed from the cache using this method, freeing a lot of
-		memory.
-		\param mesh Pointer to the mesh which shall be removed. */
-		virtual void removeMesh(const IMesh* const mesh) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns amount of loaded meshes in the cache.
-		/** You can load new meshes into the cache using getMesh() and
-		addMesh(). If you ever need to access the internal mesh cache,
-		you can do this using removeMesh(), getMeshNumber(),
-		getMeshByIndex() and getMeshName().
-		\return Number of meshes in cache. */
-		virtual u32 getMeshCount() const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns current index number of the mesh or -1 when not found.
-		/** \param mesh Pointer to the mesh to search for.
-		\return Index of the mesh in the cache, or -1 if not found. */
-		virtual s32 getMeshIndex(const IMesh* const mesh) const = 0;
-
-		//! Returns a mesh based on its index number.
-		/** \param index: Index of the mesh, number between 0 and
-		getMeshCount()-1.
-		Note that this number is only valid until a new mesh is loaded
-		or removed.
-		\return Pointer to the mesh or 0 if there is none with this
-		number. */
-		virtual IAnimatedMesh* getMeshByIndex(u32 index) = 0;
-
-		//! Returns a mesh based on its name (often a filename).
-		/** \deprecated Use getMeshByName() instead. This method may be removed by
-		Irrlicht 1.9 */
-		_IRR_DEPRECATED_ IAnimatedMesh* getMeshByFilename(const io::path& filename)
-		{
-			return getMeshByName(filename);
-		}
-
-		//! Get the name of a loaded mesh, based on its index. (Name is often identical to the filename).
-		/** \deprecated Use getMeshName() instead. This method may be removed by
-		Irrlicht 1.9 */
-		_IRR_DEPRECATED_ const io::path& getMeshFilename(u32 index) const
-		{
-			return getMeshName(index).getInternalName();
-		}
-
-		//! Get the name of a loaded mesh, if there is any. (Name is often identical to the filename).
-		/** \deprecated Use getMeshName() instead. This method may be removed by
-		Irrlicht 1.9 */
-		_IRR_DEPRECATED_ const io::path& getMeshFilename(const IMesh* const mesh) const
-		{
-			return getMeshName(mesh).getInternalName();
-		}
-
-		//! Renames a loaded mesh.
-		/**	\deprecated Use renameMesh() instead. This method may be removed by
-		Irrlicht 1.9 */
-		_IRR_DEPRECATED_ bool setMeshFilename(u32 index, const io::path& filename)
-		{
-			return renameMesh(index, filename);
-		}
-
-		//! Renames a loaded mesh.
-		/** \deprecated Use renameMesh() instead. This method may be removed by
-		Irrlicht 1.9 */
-		_IRR_DEPRECATED_ bool setMeshFilename(const IMesh* const mesh, const io::path& filename)
-		{
-			return renameMesh(mesh, filename);
-		}
-
-		//! Returns a mesh based on its name.
-		/** \param name Name of the mesh. Usually a filename.
-		\return Pointer to the mesh or 0 if there is none with this number. */
-		virtual IAnimatedMesh* getMeshByName(const io::path& name) = 0;
-
-		//! Get the name of a loaded mesh, based on its index.
-		/** \param index: Index of the mesh, number between 0 and getMeshCount()-1.
-		\return The name if mesh was found and has a name, else	the path is empty. */
-		virtual const io::SNamedPath& getMeshName(u32 index) const = 0;
-
-		//! Get the name of the loaded mesh if there is any.
-		/** \param mesh Pointer to mesh to query.
-		\return The name if mesh was found and has a name, else	the path is empty. */
-		virtual const io::SNamedPath& getMeshName(const IMesh* const mesh) const = 0;
-
-		//! Renames a loaded mesh.
-		/** Note that renaming meshes might change the ordering of the
-		meshes, and so the index of the meshes as returned by
-		getMeshIndex() or taken by some methods will change.
-		\param index The index of the mesh in the cache.
-		\param name New name for the mesh.
-		\return True if mesh was renamed. */
-		virtual bool renameMesh(u32 index, const io::path& name) = 0;
-
-		//! Renames the loaded mesh
-		/** Note that renaming meshes might change the ordering of the
-		meshes, and so the index of the meshes as returned by
-		getMeshIndex() or taken by some methods will change.
-		\param mesh Mesh to be renamed.
-		\param name New name for the mesh.
-		\return True if mesh was renamed. */
-		virtual bool renameMesh(const IMesh* const mesh, const io::path& name) = 0;
-
-		//! Check if a mesh was already loaded.
-		/** \param name Name of the mesh. Usually a filename.
-		\return True if the mesh has been loaded, else false. */
-		virtual bool isMeshLoaded(const io::path& name) = 0;
-
-		//! Clears the whole mesh cache, removing all meshes.
-		/** All meshes will be reloaded completely when using ISceneManager::getMesh()
-		after calling this method.
-		Warning: If you have pointers to meshes that were loaded with ISceneManager::getMesh()
-		and you did not grab them, then they may become invalid. */
-		virtual void clear() = 0;
-
-		//! Clears all meshes that are held in the mesh cache but not used anywhere else.
-		/** Warning: If you have pointers to meshes that were loaded with ISceneManager::getMesh()
-		and you did not grab them, then they may become invalid. */
-		virtual void clearUnusedMeshes() = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IMeshLoader.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_MESH_LOADER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_MESH_LOADER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "path.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace io
-{
-	class IReadFile;
-} // end namespace io
-namespace scene
-{
-	class IAnimatedMesh;
-
-//! Class which is able to load an animated mesh from a file.
-/** If you want Irrlicht be able to load meshes of
-currently unsupported file formats (e.g. .cob), then implement
-this and add your new Meshloader with
-ISceneManager::addExternalMeshLoader() to the engine. */
-class IMeshLoader : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Destructor
-	virtual ~IMeshLoader() {}
-
-	//! Returns true if the file might be loaded by this class.
-	/** This decision should be based on the file extension (e.g. ".cob")
-	only.
-	\param filename Name of the file to test.
-	\return True if the file might be loaded by this class. */
-	virtual bool isALoadableFileExtension(const io::path& filename) const = 0;
-
-	//! Creates/loads an animated mesh from the file.
-	/** \param file File handler to load the file from.
-	\return Pointer to the created mesh. Returns 0 if loading failed.
-	If you no longer need the mesh, you should call IAnimatedMesh::drop().
-	See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-	virtual IAnimatedMesh* createMesh(io::IReadFile* file) = 0;
-};
-
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IMeshManipulator.h

@@ -1,393 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_MESH_MANIPULATOR_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_MESH_MANIPULATOR_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "vector3d.h"
-#include "aabbox3d.h"
-#include "matrix4.h"
-#include "IAnimatedMesh.h"
-#include "IMeshBuffer.h"
-#include "SVertexManipulator.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-	struct SMesh;
-
-	//! An interface for easy manipulation of meshes.
-	/** Scale, set alpha value, flip surfaces, and so on. This exists for
-	fixing problems with wrong imported or exported meshes quickly after
-	loading. It is not intended for doing mesh modifications and/or
-	animations during runtime.
-	*/
-	class IMeshManipulator : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! Flips the direction of surfaces.
-		/** Changes backfacing triangles to frontfacing
-		triangles and vice versa.
-		\param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed. */
-		virtual void flipSurfaces(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
-
-		//! Sets the alpha vertex color value of the whole mesh to a new value.
-		/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
-		\param alpha New alpha value. Must be a value between 0 and 255. */
-		void setVertexColorAlpha(IMesh* mesh, s32 alpha) const
-		{
-			apply(scene::SVertexColorSetAlphaManipulator(alpha), mesh);
-		}
-
-		//! Sets the alpha vertex color value of the whole mesh to a new value.
-		/** \param buffer Meshbuffer on which the operation is performed.
-		\param alpha New alpha value. Must be a value between 0 and 255. */
-		void setVertexColorAlpha(IMeshBuffer* buffer, s32 alpha) const
-		{
-			apply(scene::SVertexColorSetAlphaManipulator(alpha), buffer);
-		}
-
-		//! Sets the colors of all vertices to one color
-		/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
-		\param color New color. */
-		void setVertexColors(IMesh* mesh, video::SColor color) const
-		{
-			apply(scene::SVertexColorSetManipulator(color), mesh);
-		}
-
-		//! Sets the colors of all vertices to one color
-		/** \param buffer Meshbuffer on which the operation is performed.
-		\param color New color. */
-		void setVertexColors(IMeshBuffer* buffer, video::SColor color) const
-		{
-			apply(scene::SVertexColorSetManipulator(color), buffer);
-		}
-
-		//! Recalculates all normals of the mesh.
-		/** \param mesh: Mesh on which the operation is performed.
-		\param smooth: If the normals shall be smoothed.
-		\param angleWeighted: If the normals shall be smoothed in relation to their angles. More expensive, but also higher precision. */
-		virtual void recalculateNormals(IMesh* mesh, bool smooth = false,
-				bool angleWeighted = false) const=0;
-
-		//! Recalculates all normals of the mesh buffer.
-		/** \param buffer: Mesh buffer on which the operation is performed.
-		\param smooth: If the normals shall be smoothed.
-		\param angleWeighted: If the normals shall be smoothed in relation to their angles. More expensive, but also higher precision. */
-		virtual void recalculateNormals(IMeshBuffer* buffer,
-				bool smooth = false, bool angleWeighted = false) const=0;
-
-		//! Recalculates tangents, requires a tangent mesh
-		/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
-		\param recalculateNormals If the normals shall be recalculated, otherwise original normals of the mesh are used unchanged.
-		\param smooth If the normals shall be smoothed.
-		\param angleWeighted If the normals shall be smoothed in relation to their angles. More expensive, but also higher precision.
-		*/
-		virtual void recalculateTangents(IMesh* mesh,
-				bool recalculateNormals=false, bool smooth=false,
-				bool angleWeighted=false) const=0;
-
-		//! Recalculates tangents, requires a tangent mesh buffer
-		/** \param buffer Meshbuffer on which the operation is performed.
-		\param recalculateNormals If the normals shall be recalculated, otherwise original normals of the buffer are used unchanged.
-		\param smooth If the normals shall be smoothed.
-		\param angleWeighted If the normals shall be smoothed in relation to their angles. More expensive, but also higher precision.
-		*/
-		virtual void recalculateTangents(IMeshBuffer* buffer,
-				bool recalculateNormals=false, bool smooth=false,
-				bool angleWeighted=false) const=0;
-
-		//! Scales the actual mesh, not a scene node.
-		/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
-		\param factor Scale factor for each axis. */
-		void scale(IMesh* mesh, const core::vector3df& factor) const
-		{
-			apply(SVertexPositionScaleManipulator(factor), mesh, true);
-		}
-
-		//! Scales the actual meshbuffer, not a scene node.
-		/** \param buffer Meshbuffer on which the operation is performed.
-		\param factor Scale factor for each axis. */
-		void scale(IMeshBuffer* buffer, const core::vector3df& factor) const
-		{
-			apply(SVertexPositionScaleManipulator(factor), buffer, true);
-		}
-
-		//! Scales the actual mesh, not a scene node.
-		/** \deprecated Use scale() instead. This method may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9 
-		\param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
-		\param factor Scale factor for each axis. */
-		_IRR_DEPRECATED_ void scaleMesh(IMesh* mesh, const core::vector3df& factor) const {return scale(mesh,factor);}
-
-		//! Scale the texture coords of a mesh.
-		/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
-		\param factor Vector which defines the scale for each axis.
-		\param level Number of texture coord, starting from 1. Support for level 2 exists for LightMap buffers. */
-		void scaleTCoords(scene::IMesh* mesh, const core::vector2df& factor, u32 level=1) const
-		{
-			apply(SVertexTCoordsScaleManipulator(factor, level), mesh);
-		}
-
-		//! Scale the texture coords of a meshbuffer.
-		/** \param buffer Meshbuffer on which the operation is performed.
-		\param factor Vector which defines the scale for each axis.
-		\param level Number of texture coord, starting from 1. Support for level 2 exists for LightMap buffers. */
-		void scaleTCoords(scene::IMeshBuffer* buffer, const core::vector2df& factor, u32 level=1) const
-		{
-			apply(SVertexTCoordsScaleManipulator(factor, level), buffer);
-		}
-
-		//! Applies a transformation to a mesh
-		/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
-		\param m transformation matrix. */
-		void transform(IMesh* mesh, const core::matrix4& m) const
-		{
-			apply(SVertexPositionTransformManipulator(m), mesh, true);
-		}
-
-		//! Applies a transformation to a meshbuffer
-		/** \param buffer Meshbuffer on which the operation is performed.
-		\param m transformation matrix. */
-		void transform(IMeshBuffer* buffer, const core::matrix4& m) const
-		{
-			apply(SVertexPositionTransformManipulator(m), buffer, true);
-		}
-
-		//! Applies a transformation to a mesh
-		/** \deprecated Use transform() instead. This method may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9 
-		\param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
-		\param m transformation matrix. */
-		_IRR_DEPRECATED_ virtual void transformMesh(IMesh* mesh, const core::matrix4& m) const {return transform(mesh,m);}
-
-		//! Creates a planar texture mapping on the mesh
-		/** \param mesh: Mesh on which the operation is performed.
-		\param resolution: resolution of the planar mapping. This is
-		the value specifying which is the relation between world space
-		and texture coordinate space. */
-		virtual void makePlanarTextureMapping(IMesh* mesh, f32 resolution=0.001f) const=0;
-
-		//! Creates a planar texture mapping on the meshbuffer
-		/** \param meshbuffer: Buffer on which the operation is performed.
-		\param resolution: resolution of the planar mapping. This is
-		the value specifying which is the relation between world space
-		and texture coordinate space. */
-		virtual void makePlanarTextureMapping(scene::IMeshBuffer* meshbuffer, f32 resolution=0.001f) const=0;
-
-		//! Creates a planar texture mapping on the buffer
-		/** This method is currently implemented towards the LWO planar mapping. A more general biasing might be required.
-		\param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
-		\param resolutionS Resolution of the planar mapping in horizontal direction. This is the ratio between object space and texture space.
-		\param resolutionT Resolution of the planar mapping in vertical direction. This is the ratio between object space and texture space.
-		\param axis The axis along which the texture is projected. The allowed values are 0 (X), 1(Y), and 2(Z).
-		\param offset Vector added to the vertex positions (in object coordinates).
-		*/
-		virtual void makePlanarTextureMapping(scene::IMesh* mesh,
-				f32 resolutionS, f32 resolutionT,
-				u8 axis, const core::vector3df& offset) const=0;
-
-		//! Creates a planar texture mapping on the meshbuffer
-		/** This method is currently implemented towards the LWO planar mapping. A more general biasing might be required.
-		\param buffer Buffer on which the operation is performed.
-		\param resolutionS Resolution of the planar mapping in horizontal direction. This is the ratio between object space and texture space.
-		\param resolutionT Resolution of the planar mapping in vertical direction. This is the ratio between object space and texture space.
-		\param axis The axis along which the texture is projected. The allowed values are 0 (X), 1(Y), and 2(Z).
-		\param offset Vector added to the vertex positions (in object coordinates).
-		*/
-		virtual void makePlanarTextureMapping(scene::IMeshBuffer* buffer,
-				f32 resolutionS, f32 resolutionT,
-				u8 axis, const core::vector3df& offset) const=0;
-
-		//! Clones a static IMesh into a modifiable SMesh.
-		/** All meshbuffers in the returned SMesh
-		are of type SMeshBuffer or SMeshBufferLightMap.
-		\param mesh Mesh to copy.
-		\return Cloned mesh. If you no longer need the
-		cloned mesh, you should call SMesh::drop(). See
-		IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-		virtual SMesh* createMeshCopy(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
-
-		//! Creates a copy of the mesh, which will only consist of S3DVertexTangents vertices.
-		/** This is useful if you want to draw tangent space normal
-		mapped geometry because it calculates the tangent and binormal
-		data which is needed there.
-		\param mesh Input mesh
-		\param recalculateNormals The normals are recalculated if set,
-		otherwise the original ones are kept. Note that keeping the
-		normals may introduce inaccurate tangents if the normals are
-		very different to those calculated from the faces.
-		\param smooth The normals/tangents are smoothed across the
-		meshbuffer's faces if this flag is set.
-		\param angleWeighted Improved smoothing calculation used
-		\param recalculateTangents Whether are actually calculated, or just the mesh with proper type is created.
-		\return Mesh consisting only of S3DVertexTangents vertices. If
-		you no longer need the cloned mesh, you should call
-		IMesh::drop(). See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
-		information. */
-		virtual IMesh* createMeshWithTangents(IMesh* mesh,
-				bool recalculateNormals=false, bool smooth=false,
-				bool angleWeighted=false, bool recalculateTangents=true) const=0;
-
-		//! Creates a copy of the mesh, which will only consist of S3DVertex2TCoord vertices.
-		/** \param mesh Input mesh
-		\return Mesh consisting only of S3DVertex2TCoord vertices. If
-		you no longer need the cloned mesh, you should call
-		IMesh::drop(). See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
-		information. */
-		virtual IMesh* createMeshWith2TCoords(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
-
-		//! Creates a copy of the mesh, which will only consist of S3DVertex vertices.
-		/** \param mesh Input mesh
-		\return Mesh consisting only of S3DVertex vertices. If
-		you no longer need the cloned mesh, you should call
-		IMesh::drop(). See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
-		information. */
-		virtual IMesh* createMeshWith1TCoords(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
-
-		//! Creates a copy of a mesh with all vertices unwelded
-		/** \param mesh Input mesh
-		\return Mesh consisting only of unique faces. All vertices
-		which were previously shared are now duplicated. If you no
-		longer need the cloned mesh, you should call IMesh::drop(). See
-		IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-		virtual IMesh* createMeshUniquePrimitives(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
-
-		//! Creates a copy of a mesh with vertices welded
-		/** \param mesh Input mesh
-		\param tolerance The threshold for vertex comparisons.
-		\return Mesh without redundant vertices. If you no longer need
-		the cloned mesh, you should call IMesh::drop(). See
-		IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-		virtual IMesh* createMeshWelded(IMesh* mesh, f32 tolerance=core::ROUNDING_ERROR_f32) const = 0;
-
-		//! Get amount of polygons in mesh.
-		/** \param mesh Input mesh
-		\return Number of polygons in mesh. */
-		virtual s32 getPolyCount(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
-
-		//! Get amount of polygons in mesh.
-		/** \param mesh Input mesh
-		\return Number of polygons in mesh. */
-		virtual s32 getPolyCount(IAnimatedMesh* mesh) const = 0;
-
-		//! Create a new AnimatedMesh and adds the mesh to it
-		/** \param mesh Input mesh
-		\param type The type of the animated mesh to create.
-		\return Newly created animated mesh with mesh as its only
-		content. When you don't need the animated mesh anymore, you
-		should call IAnimatedMesh::drop(). See
-		IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
-		virtual IAnimatedMesh * createAnimatedMesh(IMesh* mesh,
-			scene::E_ANIMATED_MESH_TYPE type = scene::EAMT_UNKNOWN) const = 0;
-
-		//! Vertex cache optimization according to the Forsyth paper
-		/** More information can be found at
-		http://home.comcast.net/~tom_forsyth/papers/fast_vert_cache_opt.html
-
-		The function is thread-safe (read: you can optimize several
-		meshes in different threads).
-
-		\param mesh Source mesh for the operation.
-		\return A new mesh optimized for the vertex cache. */
-		virtual IMesh* createForsythOptimizedMesh(const IMesh *mesh) const = 0;
-
-		//! Apply a manipulator on the Meshbuffer
-		/** \param func A functor defining the mesh manipulation.
-		\param buffer The Meshbuffer to apply the manipulator to.
-		\param boundingBoxUpdate Specifies if the bounding box should be updated during manipulation.
-		\return True if the functor was successfully applied, else false. */
-		template <typename Functor>
-		bool apply(const Functor& func, IMeshBuffer* buffer, bool boundingBoxUpdate=false) const
-		{
-			return apply_(func, buffer, boundingBoxUpdate, func);
-		}
-
-
-		//! Apply a manipulator on the Mesh
-		/** \param func A functor defining the mesh manipulation.
-		\param mesh The Mesh to apply the manipulator to.
-		\param boundingBoxUpdate Specifies if the bounding box should be updated during manipulation.
-		\return True if the functor was successfully applied, else false. */
-		template <typename Functor>
-		bool apply(const Functor& func, IMesh* mesh, bool boundingBoxUpdate=false) const
-		{
-			if (!mesh)
-				return true;
-			bool result = true;
-			core::aabbox3df bufferbox;
-			for (u32 i=0; i<mesh->getMeshBufferCount(); ++i)
-			{
-				result &= apply(func, mesh->getMeshBuffer(i), boundingBoxUpdate);
-				if (boundingBoxUpdate)
-				{
-					if (0==i)
-						bufferbox.reset(mesh->getMeshBuffer(i)->getBoundingBox());
-					else
-						bufferbox.addInternalBox(mesh->getMeshBuffer(i)->getBoundingBox());
-				}
-			}
-			if (boundingBoxUpdate)
-				mesh->setBoundingBox(bufferbox);
-			return result;
-		}
-
-protected:
-		//! Apply a manipulator based on the type of the functor
-		/** \param func A functor defining the mesh manipulation.
-		\param buffer The Meshbuffer to apply the manipulator to.
-		\param boundingBoxUpdate Specifies if the bounding box should be updated during manipulation.
-		\param typeTest Unused parameter, which handles the proper call selection based on the type of the Functor which is passed in two times.
-		\return True if the functor was successfully applied, else false. */
-		template <typename Functor>
-		bool apply_(const Functor& func, IMeshBuffer* buffer, bool boundingBoxUpdate, const IVertexManipulator& typeTest) const
-		{
-			if (!buffer)
-				return true;
-
-			core::aabbox3df bufferbox;
-			for (u32 i=0; i<buffer->getVertexCount(); ++i)
-			{
-				switch (buffer->getVertexType())
-				{
-				case video::EVT_STANDARD:
-					{
-						video::S3DVertex* verts = (video::S3DVertex*)buffer->getVertices();
-						func(verts[i]);
-					}
-					break;
-				case video::EVT_2TCOORDS:
-					{
-						video::S3DVertex2TCoords* verts = (video::S3DVertex2TCoords*)buffer->getVertices();
-						func(verts[i]);
-					}
-					break;
-				case video::EVT_TANGENTS:
-					{
-						video::S3DVertexTangents* verts = (video::S3DVertexTangents*)buffer->getVertices();
-						func(verts[i]);
-					}
-					break;
-				}
-				if (boundingBoxUpdate)
-				{
-					if (0==i)
-						bufferbox.reset(buffer->getPosition(0));
-					else
-						bufferbox.addInternalPoint(buffer->getPosition(i));
-				}
-			}
-			if (boundingBoxUpdate)
-				buffer->setBoundingBox(bufferbox);
-			return true;
-		}
-};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif

include/irrlicht/IMeshSceneNode.h

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_MESH_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_MESH_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "ISceneNode.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-class IShadowVolumeSceneNode;
-class IMesh;
-
-
-//! A scene node displaying a static mesh
-class IMeshSceneNode : public ISceneNode
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Constructor
-	/** Use setMesh() to set the mesh to display.
-	*/
-	IMeshSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
-			const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
-			const core::vector3df& rotation = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
-			const core::vector3df& scale = core::vector3df(1,1,1))
-		: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position, rotation, scale) {}
-
-	//! Sets a new mesh to display
-	/** \param mesh Mesh to display. */
-	virtual void setMesh(IMesh* mesh) = 0;
-
-	//! Get the currently defined mesh for display.
-	/** \return Pointer to mesh which is displayed by this node. */
-	virtual IMesh* getMesh(void) = 0;
-
-	//! Creates shadow volume scene node as child of this node.
-	/** The shadow can be rendered using the ZPass or the zfail
-	method. ZPass is a little bit faster because the shadow volume
-	creation is easier, but with this method there occur ugly
-	looking artifacs when the camera is inside the shadow volume.
-	These error do not occur with the ZFail method.
-	\param shadowMesh: Optional custom mesh for shadow volume.
-	\param id: Id of the shadow scene node. This id can be used to
-	identify the node later.
-	\param zfailmethod: If set to true, the shadow will use the
-	zfail method, if not, zpass is used.
-	\param infinity: Value used by the shadow volume algorithm to
-	scale the shadow volume (for zfail shadow volume we support only
-	finite shadows, so camera zfar must be larger than shadow back cap,
-	which is depend on infinity parameter).
-	\return Pointer to the created shadow scene node. This pointer
-	should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
-	information. */
-	virtual IShadowVolumeSceneNode* addShadowVolumeSceneNode(const IMesh* shadowMesh=0,
-		s32 id=-1, bool zfailmethod=true, f32 infinity=1000.0f) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets if the scene node should not copy the materials of the mesh but use them in a read only style.
-	/** In this way it is possible to change the materials of a mesh
-	causing all mesh scene nodes referencing this mesh to change, too.
-	\param readonly Flag if the materials shall be read-only. */
-	virtual void setReadOnlyMaterials(bool readonly) = 0;
-
-	//! Check if the scene node should not copy the materials of the mesh but use them in a read only style
-	/** This flag can be set by setReadOnlyMaterials().
-	\return Whether the materials are read-only. */
-	virtual bool isReadOnlyMaterials() const = 0;
-};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IMeshWriter.h

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __IRR_I_MESH_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __IRR_I_MESH_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "EMeshWriterEnums.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace io
-{
-	class IWriteFile;
-} // end namespace io
-
-namespace scene
-{
-	class IMesh;
-
-	//! Interface for writing meshes
-	class IMeshWriter : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-	{
-	public:
-
-		//! Destructor
-		virtual ~IMeshWriter() {}
-
-		//! Get the type of the mesh writer
-		/** For own implementations, use MAKE_IRR_ID as shown in the
-		EMESH_WRITER_TYPE enumeration to return your own unique mesh
-		type id.
-		\return Type of the mesh writer. */
-		virtual EMESH_WRITER_TYPE getType() const = 0;
-
-		//! Write a static mesh.
-		/** \param file File handle to write the mesh to.
-		\param mesh Pointer to mesh to be written.
-		\param flags Optional flags to set properties of the writer.
-		\return True if sucessful */
-		virtual bool writeMesh(io::IWriteFile* file, scene::IMesh* mesh,
-							s32 flags=EMWF_NONE) = 0;
-
-		// Writes an animated mesh
-		// for future use, no writer is able to write animated meshes currently
-		/* \return Returns true if sucessful */
-		//virtual bool writeAnimatedMesh(io::IWriteFile* file,
-		// scene::IAnimatedMesh* mesh,
-		// s32 flags=EMWF_NONE) = 0;
-	};
-
-
-} // end namespace
-} // end namespace
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IMetaTriangleSelector.h

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_META_TRIANGLE_SELECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_META_TRIANGLE_SELECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "ITriangleSelector.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-//! Interface for making multiple triangle selectors work as one big selector.
-/** This is nothing more than a collection of one or more triangle selectors
-providing together the interface of one triangle selector. In this way,
-collision tests can be done with different triangle soups in one pass.
-*/
-class IMetaTriangleSelector : public ITriangleSelector
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Adds a triangle selector to the collection of triangle selectors.
-	/** \param toAdd: Pointer to an triangle selector to add to the list. */
-	virtual void addTriangleSelector(ITriangleSelector* toAdd) = 0;
-
-	//! Removes a specific triangle selector from the collection.
-	/** \param toRemove: Pointer to an triangle selector which is in the
-	list but will be removed.
-	\return True if successful, false if not. */
-	virtual bool removeTriangleSelector(ITriangleSelector* toRemove) = 0;
-
-	//! Removes all triangle selectors from the collection.
-	virtual void removeAllTriangleSelectors() = 0;
-};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IOSOperator.h

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_OS_OPERATOR_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_OS_OPERATOR_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
-#include "irrString.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-
-//! The Operating system operator provides operation system specific methods and informations.
-class IOSOperator : public virtual IReferenceCounted
-{
-public:
-	//! Get the current operation system version as string.
-	virtual const core::stringc& getOperatingSystemVersion() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get the current operation system version as string.
-	/** \deprecated Use getOperatingSystemVersion instead. This method will be removed in Irrlicht 1.9. */
-	_IRR_DEPRECATED_ const wchar_t* getOperationSystemVersion() const
-	{
-		return core::stringw(getOperatingSystemVersion()).c_str();
-	}
-
-	//! Copies text to the clipboard
-	virtual void copyToClipboard(const c8* text) const = 0;
-
-	//! Get text from the clipboard
-	/** \return Returns 0 if no string is in there. */
-	virtual const c8* getTextFromClipboard() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get the processor speed in megahertz
-	/** \param MHz The integer variable to store the speed in.
-	\return True if successful, false if not */
-	virtual bool getProcessorSpeedMHz(u32* MHz) const = 0;
-
-	//! Get the total and available system RAM
-	/** \param Total: will contain the total system memory
-	\param Avail: will contain the available memory
-	\return True if successful, false if not */
-	virtual bool getSystemMemory(u32* Total, u32* Avail) const = 0;
-
-};
-
-} // end namespace
-
-#endif

include/irrlicht/IParticleAffector.h

@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_PARTICLE_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IAttributeExchangingObject.h"
-#include "SParticle.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-//! Types of built in particle affectors
-enum E_PARTICLE_AFFECTOR_TYPE
-{
-	EPAT_NONE = 0,
-	EPAT_ATTRACT,
-	EPAT_FADE_OUT,
-	EPAT_GRAVITY,
-	EPAT_ROTATE,
-	EPAT_SCALE,
-	EPAT_COUNT
-};
-
-//! Names for built in particle affectors
-const c8* const ParticleAffectorTypeNames[] =
-{
-	"None",
-	"Attract",
-	"FadeOut",
-	"Gravity",
-	"Rotate",
-	"Scale",
-	0
-};
-
-//! A particle affector modifies particles.
-class IParticleAffector : public virtual io::IAttributeExchangingObject
-{
-public:
-
-	//! constructor
-	IParticleAffector() : Enabled(true) {}
-
-	//! Affects an array of particles.
-	/** \param now Current time. (Same as ITimer::getTime() would return)
-	\param particlearray Array of particles.
-	\param count Amount of particles in array. */
-	virtual void affect(u32 now, SParticle* particlearray, u32 count) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets whether or not the affector is currently enabled.
-	virtual void setEnabled(bool enabled) { Enabled = enabled; }
-
-	//! Gets whether or not the affector is currently enabled.
-	virtual bool getEnabled() const { return Enabled; }
-
-	//! Get emitter type
-	virtual E_PARTICLE_AFFECTOR_TYPE getType() const = 0;
-
-protected:
-	bool Enabled;
-};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IParticleAnimatedMeshSceneNodeEmitter.h

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_ANIMATED_MESH_SCENE_NODE_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_PARTICLE_ANIMATED_MESH_SCENE_NODE_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IParticleEmitter.h"
-#include "IAnimatedMeshSceneNode.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-//! A particle emitter which emits particles from mesh vertices.
-class IParticleAnimatedMeshSceneNodeEmitter : public IParticleEmitter
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Set Mesh to emit particles from
-	virtual void setAnimatedMeshSceneNode( IAnimatedMeshSceneNode* node ) = 0;
-
-	//! Set whether to use vertex normal for direction, or direction specified
-	virtual void setUseNormalDirection( bool useNormalDirection = true ) = 0;
-
-	//! Set the amount that the normal is divided by for getting a particles direction
-	virtual void setNormalDirectionModifier( f32 normalDirectionModifier ) = 0;
-
-	//! Sets whether to emit min<->max particles for every vertex or to pick min<->max vertices
-	virtual void setEveryMeshVertex( bool everyMeshVertex = true ) = 0;
-
-	//! Get mesh we're emitting particles from
-	virtual const IAnimatedMeshSceneNode* getAnimatedMeshSceneNode() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get whether to use vertex normal for direction, or direction specified
-	virtual bool isUsingNormalDirection() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get the amount that the normal is divided by for getting a particles direction
-	virtual f32 getNormalDirectionModifier() const = 0;
-
-	//! Gets whether to emit min<->max particles for every vertex or to pick min<->max vertices
-	virtual bool getEveryMeshVertex() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get emitter type
-	virtual E_PARTICLE_EMITTER_TYPE getType() const { return EPET_ANIMATED_MESH; }
-};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif // __I_PARTICLE_ANIMATED_MESH_SCENE_NODE_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/IParticleAttractionAffector.h

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_ATTRACTION_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_PARTICLE_ATTRACTION_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IParticleAffector.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-//! A particle affector which attracts or detracts particles.
-class IParticleAttractionAffector : public IParticleAffector
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Set the point that particles will attract to
-	virtual void setPoint( const core::vector3df& point ) = 0;
-
-	//! Set whether or not the particles are attracting or detracting
-	virtual void setAttract( bool attract ) = 0;
-
-	//! Set whether or not this will affect particles in the X direction
-	virtual void setAffectX( bool affect ) = 0;
-
-	//! Set whether or not this will affect particles in the Y direction
-	virtual void setAffectY( bool affect ) = 0;
-
-	//! Set whether or not this will affect particles in the Z direction
-	virtual void setAffectZ( bool affect ) = 0;
-
-	//! Get the point that particles are attracted to
-	virtual const core::vector3df& getPoint() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get whether or not the particles are attracting or detracting
-	virtual bool getAttract() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get whether or not the particles X position are affected
-	virtual bool getAffectX() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get whether or not the particles Y position are affected
-	virtual bool getAffectY() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get whether or not the particles Z position are affected
-	virtual bool getAffectZ() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get emitter type
-	virtual E_PARTICLE_AFFECTOR_TYPE getType() const { return EPAT_ATTRACT; }
-};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif // __I_PARTICLE_ATTRACTION_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
-

include/irrlicht/IParticleBoxEmitter.h

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_BOX_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_PARTICLE_BOX_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IParticleEmitter.h"
-#include "aabbox3d.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-//! A particle emitter which emits particles from a box shaped space
-class IParticleBoxEmitter : public IParticleEmitter
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Set the box shape
-	virtual void setBox( const core::aabbox3df& box ) = 0;
-
-	//! Get the box shape set
-	virtual const core::aabbox3df& getBox() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get emitter type
-	virtual E_PARTICLE_EMITTER_TYPE getType() const { return EPET_BOX; }
-};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif
-

include/irrlicht/IParticleCylinderEmitter.h

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
-// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
-// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
-
-#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_CYLINDER_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
-#define __I_PARTICLE_CYLINDER_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
-
-#include "IParticleEmitter.h"
-
-namespace irr
-{
-namespace scene
-{
-
-//! A particle emitter which emits from a cylindrically shaped space.
-class IParticleCylinderEmitter : public IParticleEmitter
-{
-public:
-
-	//! Set the center of the radius for the cylinder, at one end of the cylinder
-	virtual void setCenter( const core::vector3df& center ) = 0;
-
-	//! Set the normal of the cylinder
-	virtual void setNormal( const core::vector3df& normal ) = 0;
-
-	//! Set the radius of the cylinder
-	virtual void setRadius( f32 radius ) = 0;
-
-	//! Set the length of the cylinder
-	virtual void setLength( f32 length ) = 0;
-
-	//! Set whether or not to draw points inside the cylinder
-	virtual void setOutlineOnly( bool outlineOnly = true ) = 0;
-
-	//! Get the center of the cylinder
-	virtual const core::vector3df& getCenter() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get the normal of the cylinder
-	virtual const core::vector3df& getNormal() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get the radius of the cylinder
-	virtual f32 getRadius() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get the center of the cylinder
-	virtual f32 getLength() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get whether or not to draw points inside the cylinder
-	virtual bool getOutlineOnly() const = 0;
-
-	//! Get emitter type
-	virtual E_PARTICLE_EMITTER_TYPE getType() const { return EPET_CYLINDER; }
-};
-
-} // end namespace scene
-} // end namespace irr
-
-
-#endif
-